The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutMiscellaneous - Fountain Drive 16TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER BUELDING DEPARTMENT APPLICATION TO CONSTRUCT REPAIR, RENOVATE, CHANGE THE USE OR OCCUPANCY OF, OR DEMOLISH ANY BUILDING OTHER THAN A ONE OR TWO FAMILY DWELLING Section for Official Use Onl BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER: DATE ISSUED - SIGNATURE: Building CommissiGMAPgCCO of Buildings Date 1.1 Property Address: 1.2 Assessors Map and Parcel Nuinber. (A0 Iro LA N r + ito ri C No. P14 Map Number Parcel Number kub-ay,--g 4, 0 IVY 5 hiforrilatig": Filf 1.4 11operb j..Wnen Ai u 'Te 1 P) 4 Zoning District Proposed Use Lot Aregsf) FrorAage (fl) 1.6 BUILDING SETBACKS (ft) Front Yard Side Yard Rear Yard Requircd Provide Rec*ed Provided RcqWrW Provided 1.7 Water Supply M.G.L.C.40. 1.5. Flood Zone Information: 1.9 Sewerage Disposal System: Public 0 Private 0 zone - Outside Flood Zone 0 Municipal On Site Disposal System 0 2.1 Own of Record Name (Pn'yt) Address for Semi, Vj�4 �7 Si re Telephone 2.2 Authorized Agent Mo44tU�Mtf-0-D�,s, Name P Address for Service: ?"7, Sig, & -7 Telephone I i' R!" Mv 1 3.1 Licensed Construction Supervisor Not Applicable 0 B<144) M, 14jr ®mss 1/y Address — License Number //'-/ C)ld RJ Pe/kf-_ AM. p30,L Licensed Construction Mpervisor: l Expiration' Date A�� 07 rj 91 S- - 7/-/ Signature Telephone 3.2 Registered Home Improvement Contractor Not Applicable 0--' Company Name'. Registration Number Address Expiration Date Signature Telephone ic 0 I 1�z ra Co . ,as Owner/Authorized Agent Hereby declare that the statements and information on the foregoing application are true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and belief. Signed under the pains and penalties of perjury k"Lkc", 17D Print Name / D D Signature o Owner/Agent Date Item Estimated Cost Dollars to beFIR— Completed by permit applicant a .� 1. Building (a) Building Permit Fee �I 7 2, 9 — Multiplier 2 Electrical (b) Estimated Total Cost of Construction from (6) 3 Plumbing Building Permit fee (i) x (b) 7 090. 4 Mechanical (HVAC) 5 5 Fire Protection io©a �- 6 Total (1+2+3+4+5) Check Number & 2 1 1, 4i iX f �. i�}eT}-N�yf'Y 4,.i1: �..:' 7F ♦�S 14 /S x'i I.:J' ,,cc Jfi '...t flM . fFld y 'S'i44, !' :{t}}3 -. nc.} 7.i ,�) ll �f 1 a4 t t.•�J .. Y" 7: 2 A }.•t i�i'hf}f�-af #, ,mayh+. �¢�!{+1R.: k� ',l tCl l Y�f:•. i1 }.ljt,. }{ttd5 } .v{ ..Gf•.ir t�. 5�..}; 3U •X .;`Upt�. S,6 ,1 �, �f.-S '�r ,�.�s,.,,,: is X2..� _p4�tta 3t .k;.att� tt `t�'`s,�-�f.eSP i�; t� is��,a�., iy'iq�lkl �' ,ik •�..,..: Kms" s �iwf .,gip �. '��in.-��c� a�3 .. u�Qd ,t ,ri krF ,� qui 3}i' NO. OF STORIES SIZE BASEMENT OR SLAB SIZE OF FLOOR TIMBERS 1 ST 2 ND 3RD SPAN DEMENSIONS OF SILLS DEMENSIONS OF POSTS DIMENSIONS OF GIRDERS HEIGHT OF FOUNDATION THICKNESS SIZE OF FOOTING X MATERIAL OF CHIMNEY IS BUILDING ON SOLID OR FILLED LAND IS BUILDING CONNECTED TO NATURAL GAS LINE s - -. Y KYx "�•2»'i' S t,^t `� -a �� k .. ''( i #'\ �, .. Y fid' �3h S�3 '. •.. " t.�S�:.rd 34� 4.Y:WY?�y,E4_"�.§�'+2�jri�V7wY 'eY 1-'§E� ��`k�,S;� ysu�4�y s.#v3 i' i-� ,�' { ,._ .,.;. .._.� .k�.x Workers Compensation Insurance affidavit must be completed and submitted with this application. Failure to provide this affidavit will result in the denial of the issuance of the building permit. Signed affidavit Attached Yea ..... 4C, No ....... ❑ s�c°r>lorl s rRQ stQ> ,u.1j]si cry Z CIA)t�$ CONSTS[iC QN CQ 1T1ExU 'T ! ''Ttitl� M- , R 11 �£t1►Nx� 35, iGF�#iF1 5.1 Registered Architect: Va 1 50 ARC, ME ME Name: 41 ME v•��, it No. -46,63 O COHASS. � Address M J o rH OV Signature ! Telephone f f U111141�{ t/v\- " V Lv' Area of Responsibility z Regis tion Number Expirat n D e � Nam , rrUU`'{O� IVall �l1A W,S�!�4_4 iN��C IPJ�e U4,6t 641- Address§: L Signature Totaf Not applicable ❑ Registration Number Expiration Date Name: Address Signature Telephone Area of Responsibility Registration Number Expiration Date Name Address Signature Telephone Area of Responsibility Registration Number Expiration Date Name Address Signature Telephone Not Applicable ❑ Responsible M Charge off' Construction N TAK, ; ZSCA "T New Construction 0 Existing Building 9 Repair(s)Alterations(s) USE GROUP (Check as applicable) Addition E Accessory Bldg. [I Demolition El Other 11 Specify A-1 A4 0 Brief Description of Proposed Work: El A-3 0 V - P� ]A 113 0 0 B Business 0 BUILDING AREA EXISTING if applicable) PROPOSED USE GROUP (Check as applicable) CONSTRUCTION TYPE A Assembly 0 A-1 A4 0 A-2 A-5 El A-3 0 ❑ ]A 113 0 0 B Business 0 2A 2B 2C 0 0 0 C Educational 0 F Factory 0 F -I 0 F-2 0 H High Hazard —0 3A 3B 0 0 I Institutional 0 1-1 0 1-2 0 1-3 0 M Mercantile 11 4 )Je R residential 0 R-1 0 R-2 0 R-3 0 5A 5B 0 0 S Storage 0 S-1 0 S-2 0 U utility 0 Specify. M Mixed Use 0 Specify: S Special Use 11 Specify: COMPLETETHISSECTION IF EXISTING BUILDING UNDERGOING RENOVATIONS, ADDITIONS AND OR CHANGE IN USE Existing Use Group: 0� jk Existing Hazard Index 780 CMR 34: & , 16 Proposed Use Group: 2V /9Q Proposed Hazard Index 780 CMR 34: BUILDING AREA EXISTING if applicable) PROPOSED Number of Floors or Stories Include Basement levels Floor Area per Floor (sf) Total Area (so Total Heiaht (ft) jet Independent Structural Engineerie g Structural Peer Review Required Yes 0 No SECTION 10a Owner Authorization - TO BE COMPLETED WHEN OWNERS AGENT OR CONTRACTOR APPLIES FOR BUILDING PERMIT Owner of the subject property Hereby authorizcAc&,,/ My behalf, in all matters relative two work authorized by this building permit application Signa of Owner Date to act on °•_� r - ' OFFICE OF BUILDING INSPECTOR TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER CONSTRUCTION CONTROL PROJECT NUMBER: o'� ij ; '5c"~V1 14 l� ZU, .1111 s PROJECT TITLE:_ PROJECT LOCATION: % fGU tA+j5l NAME OF BUILDING: NATURE OF PROJECT: 0) 1N ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 116 OF THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUIL ING CODE, 1- 16 tay►l r-'. M a tD,NL1 el -e- REGISTRATION NC 64 BEING A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECH HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE PREPARED OR DIRECTLY SUPERVISED THE PREPARATION OF ALL DESIGN PLANS, COMPUTATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS CONCERNING: ENTIRE PROJECT ARCHITECTURAL ❑ STRUCTURAL ❑ FIRE PROTECTION ❑ ELECTRICAL ❑ OTHER (SPECIFY) MECHANICAL ❑ FOR THE ABOVE NAMED PROJECT AND THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEGE, SUCH PLANS, COMPUTATIONS AND SPECIRiCATIONS MEET THE APPLICABLE PROVISION OF THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE, ALL ACCEPTABLE ENGINEERING PRATICES. AND APPLICABLE LAWS AND ORDINANCES FOR THE PROPOSED USE AND OCCUPANCY. I FURTHER CERTIFY THAT I SHALL PERFORM THE NECESSARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND BE PRESENT ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE ON A REGULAR AND' PERIODIC BASIS TO DETERMINE THAT THE WORK IS PROCEEED►NG IN'AC6t kDANCE WITH THE DOCUMENTS APPROVED FOR THE BUILDING PERMIT AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOLLOWING AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 116.0 1. Review, for conformance to the design concept, shop drawings, samples and other submittals which are submitted by the contractor in accordance with the requirements of the construction documents. -� 2. Review and approval of the quality control procedures for all code -required controlled materials. 3. Be present at intervals appropriate to the: stage of construction to become, generally familiar with- the progress and quality of the work and to determine, in general, if the work is being performed in a manner consistent with the construction documents. PURSUANT TO SECTION 116.2 .2 1 SHALL SUBMIT WEEKLY , A PROGRESS REPORT . TOGETHER WITH PERTINENT COMMENTS TO THE NORTH ANDOVER BUILDING INC14, h�T E• MED/N QCT UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, I SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL REPORT AS TO TH �� , cF� SATISFACTORY COMPLETION AND READINESS OF THE PROJECT FOR OCCUPA No. 4663 SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS DAY OF NOTARY PUBLIC MY COMMISSION EXPIRES GTA eamI" o1-A4dal a, BOARD OF BUILDING REULATIONSh t, Ucense`f� NSTRUCTION SUPERVIS_ OR r Number.�CS 075914 c�hdete��09/2I�1�5 � t j+ b04 Tr. no: 75914. ' 1 ted To:a00�r J 3� BRIAN M DIA: 114 OLD GAGI PELHAM, NH 03076 ru" ACORDCERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE0/26/2000 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE iS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Byfield Insurance Agency Inc ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 57 Main St. HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR Byfield, MA 01922 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. P:978-462-0833 F:978-462-2880 INSURED MEADOWS CONSTRUCTION AND MICHAEL MEADOWS 166 MIDDLE RD. NEWBURY CCIVFRAC;FIR MA 01922- INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER A: PREFERRED MUTUAL INS. CO. INSURER B: ARBELLA PROTECTION INS CO INSURER C: LEGION INS CO INSURER 0: INSURER E: THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. I1.NSR TYPE OF INSURANCE TR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE ( POLICY EXPIRATION, DATE I DATEIMMIDDIYYILIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY A I I! i® COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE IS 1,000,000 CPP130532102 11/22/1999 11/22/2000 F1REDAMAGE (Any fire) 50,000 one S I❑J CLAIMS MADE I ®I OCCUR QI MED EXP (Any one person) b 5 , 0 0 0 CPP140532102 11/22/2000 11/22/2001 ❑I PERSONAL NJURY $ 1 , 8 ADV INJURY 000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE b 3,000,000 GEN -L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: ®I POLICY i ❑I PRO- I ❑� LOC - PRODUCTS • COMP/OP AGG ; S 3,000, 000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY I i ❑; ANY AUTO COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT i$ 1,000,000 (Ea accident) ❑i ALL OWNED AUTOS B ❑I 65361400000 04/08/2000 04/08/2001 BODILY INJURY 'f SCHEDULEDAUTOS (Per person) ®I HIRED AUTOS ®� NON -OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ i❑ --- — -- -- PROPERTY DAMAGE b (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY I AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT Ib ❑I ANY AUTO ❑' OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG iS EXCESS LIABILITY ❑I (❑J EACH OCCURRENCE'IS OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE f DEDUCTIBLE I 'f I :f ❑' RETENTION $ jb WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC STATU• DTH• EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY M1I5 ! ER C i 2060231532 08/17/2000 08/17/2001 E.L.EACHICCIDENT b 500,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEES 500, 000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT S Soo, 000 I OTHER I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONSNEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS CAPITAL IMPR PROJECT 667-1,2,3, DHCH FISH#196009 NO ANDOVER HOUSING AUTHORITY AND MA DEPT OF COMMUNITY AFFAIRS ARE ADDL INSD FOR JOB I I I AQUI IIUNAL INZWKtU; INJ NORTH ANDOVER HOUSING AUTHORITY 1 MORKESKI MEADOWS NORTH ANDOVER MA 01845 ACORD 25-S (7/97) VHIVLrCLLAI IVry SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 010 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORI REPRESENTATIVE .. -0 X /�. ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 m M a] CD Cl) m GO CL O co CL >co o p CL Cr CD O -- _- CA CD O O CO) O CA d C7 CD O CD CD y CD O CCD O CD n O z cn9 z C C ?�O O Q H ? _ HN go a.m m ti O m 0C.) CIS CD caco c 22 3 m Z �ma H m -1 0 m0)' o y CO) O CD CD m O O� C C09 3 V .-r O 10 o Z��v Co is* a CD O = s o CL m m o ?v OItCD; 2 GO C H n e. cot • 9 O A i o y H S �� OP f 11 �c C"� =CD = f o� ^�H m ds,c do m o+ o�C �o CD o . = .` C/) CD c Ixo w o ��el) Com" ro w o ro l"' Z t m n g o A. w O tz 5 z r� o a d 7d I 0=3 0 c TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER BUELDING DEPARTMENT APPLICATION TO CONSTRUCT REPAIR, RENOVATE, CHANGE THE USE OR OCCUPANCY OF, OR DEMOLISH ANY BUILDING OTHER THAN A ONE OR TWO FAMILY DWELLING `,#..w�c'*,:x+n„' ` - s Section for Official Use Onl .. BUILDING PERMIT NUMBER: DATE ISSUED: ( ` SIGNATURE: Building Comm issioner/I or of Buildings Date 1.1 Property Address: 1.2 Assessors Map and Parcel Number: S o L/u 41- Lr \ Map Number Parcel Number � /UJ�t/P1� {M A. lyn,!Tdd ori7�1S� 1.3 in Inform 5 DN jr/1.4V s: ow 3 o v /ds 7*ti.*. Zarin Distrid Proposed Use Lot Area Frontage ft 1.6 WELDING SETBACKS (ft) Front Yard Side Yard Rear Yard Required Provide Required— Provided R red Provided 1.7 Water Supply M.G.L.C.40. 54) 1.5. Flood Zone Information: 1.8 Sewerage Disposal System: Public ❑ Private ❑ Zone Outside Flood Zone ❑ Municipal On Site Disposal System ❑ 2y1ner of Record padP,e�' ��3O "Me S��ee T Name (P t) Address for Service : w � 97� /F-3g3a-- Si6r Telephone 2.2 Authorized Agent /J �ee' *I<.N14Ct A.Y�te�d�ls t�1@a0ow1 (�vS�,S�yvA�cR S7 - Name Print Address for Service: 79 9(a5 1-(7 . S ignre Telephone 3.1 Licensed Construction Supervisor Not Applicable ❑ -�:</4N wt, 1/i r o-rS�« c Address License Number 1C4r; Licensed ction Su sor: v Expiration Date (117 ?15 — 714' 11 Telephone 3.2 Registered Home Improvement Contractor Not Applicable Q Company Name„ Registration Number Address Expiration Date Signature Telephone ON 1> M,C, a QS ,, as Owner/Authorized Agent Hereby declare that the statements and information on the foregoing application are true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and belief. Signed under the pains and penaltiesof perjury n "1 `t-k M" ec, 5 1 L3 Print Name p a/ Signa of er/ ent Date - ani. Item Estimated Cost (Dollars) to be ;F �. x ( h V Completed by permit applicant 1. Building 34- (a) Building Permit Fee z l3� ° Multiplier 2 ElectricalS y 7 (b) Estimated Total Cost of . i Construction from (6) 3 Plumbing Building Permit fee (a) x (b) 00c> 7 , 4 Mechanical (HVAC) 33 3 5 Fire Protection 6 Total (1+2+3+4+5) y am I Z 3 L/ Check Number bt"L]. ...$ y�.f �Yf i✓ :✓' .ki h Y; ...N.: y "`.t?: i Z i ,4C f �`^'. .:,• ^' 'y�}l',. �Q%u NO. OF STORIES SIZE BASEMENT OR SLAB SIZE OF FLOOR TIMBERS 1 Sr 2ND 31tD SPAN DEMENSIONS OF SILLS DEMENSIONS OF POSTS DIMENSIONS OF GIRDERS HEIGHT OF FOUNDATION THICKNESS SIZE OF FOOTING X MATERIAL OF CIIIMNEY IS BUILDING ON SOLID OR FILLED LAND IS BUILDING CONNECTED TO NATURAL GAS LINE 3 -r i�c'r,y'-r'J�1s�3ylow 4fV.ry,a ..' Yy'J,�`s✓*< yeP".Yy'ri `'".li. F�r.u,F3 Y�y` ,xv MINE ., ;2- '$'" .�#'sh SECTION 4 Xt9ILML Elt Workers Compensation Insurance affidavit must be completed and submitted with this application. Failure to provide this affidavit will result in the denial of the issuance of the building permit. Signed affidavit Attached Yea ..... No....... ❑ "SECTION 5 . PROM06. A c.>d � �TS�CTIEIN 5 1I ES F4 ll N s S�TRU, 011 s CT-T03 CONS S1fiGTIf 3l G"t31TRUI iPAI'i' Tb 116![�AiII iYM! GTt b17AS7D SI'AC A.. s..... ::.._, . 5.1 Registered Architect: �� Name: �cS� �E,MEp�N Fc� No. 4663r- Address 3 COHASSErj` _�J MA Signature f' Telephone DF MPSgP ',��11Sbi. �1E4YIalLPM� q�4i '� - Area of Responsibility Name:� wz)s v t -M' • Q, ,R z5 Registration Number Addre s: e� 2 2 cel Exp' tion ate Signature Total Not applicable ❑ Name: Registration Number Expiration Date Address Signature Telephone Area of Responsibility Registration Number Expiration Date Name Address Signature Telephone Area of Responsibility Registration Number Expiration Date Name Address Signature Telephone Not Applicable ❑ Company ame: i - -ak ` to Responsible m Charge 6f Construction ':��-,15�tE�•�!Ttf�1��'�,�4P'<io3�;,I�ec'rks�Il,�iEs13'tEsbblel„ New Construction ❑ Existing BuildingRepair(s) ❑ Alterations(s) Addition ❑ Accessory Bldg. ❑ Demolition ❑ Other ❑ Specify Brief Description of Proposed Work: Kk �e� •4- x r^� t►wi 1 PA -� y"e3Ae-s V n ex -j Eq4Wm 3A 3B ❑ ❑ IInstitutional ❑ I-1 ❑ I-2 ❑ I-3 ❑ M Mercantile ❑ 4 USE GROUP Check as applicable) CONSTRUCTION TYPE A Assembly ❑ A-1 A-2 0 A-3 ❑ A4 ❑ A-5 ❑ ]A 113 ❑ 0 B Business 0 2A 2B 2C ❑ ❑ ❑ C Educational 0 F Factory ❑ F-1 ❑ F-2 ❑ H High Hazard ❑ 3A 3B ❑ ❑ IInstitutional ❑ I-1 ❑ I-2 ❑ I-3 ❑ M Mercantile ❑ 4 R residential ❑ R-1 ❑ R-2 ❑ R-3 ❑ 5A 5B ❑ ❑ S Storage ❑ S-1 ❑ S-2 ❑ U Utility 0 M Mixed Use ❑ S Special Use 0 Specify: Specify: Specify: COMPLETE THIS SECTION IF EXISTING BUILDING UNDERGOING RENOVATIONS, ADDITIONS AND OR CHANGE IN USE Existing Use Group: %t/ / y7 Existing Hazard Index 780 CMR 34:�j�% Proposed Use Group:_ / Proposed Hazard Index 780 CMR 34: / v BUILDING AREA EXISTING if applicable) PROPOSED Number of Floors or Stories Include Basement levelsL' 144- Floor Area per Floors Total Areas !M Total Height ft / " o Independent Structural Engineering Structural Peer Review Required Yes ❑ No SECTION 10a Owner Authorization - TO BE COMPLETED WHEN OWNERS AGENT OR CONTRACTOR APPLIES FOR BUILDING PERMIT I, lh�d 11 n (.cu.EG1- ,as Owner of the subject property Hereby authorize A(C k4- e-"(//WNO 4 ��r�C(ntJ s h 57�CU f 77U /L) to act on My behalf, in all matters relative two work authorized by this building permit application Sii4tu# of Owner Date •-O� .1011TH, .. ;.. PROJECT NUMBER`: IWA OFFICE OF BUILDING INSPECTOR TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER CONSTRUCTION CONTROL PROJECT TITLE: (.- u"'v-`' Wj PROJECT LOCATION: S'D r'�0&--eir NAME OF BUILDING: - NATURE OF PROJECT:. Kit s IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARTICLE 116 OF THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE, 6-, M6E2ajCf1Z REGISTRATION NO. 54k,6� 3 BEING A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER/ARCHITECH HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE PREPARED OR DIRECTLY SUPERVISED THE PREPARATION OF ALL DESIGN PLANS, COMPUTATIONS -AND SPECIFICATIONS CONCERNING: ENTIRE PROJECT A ARCHITECTURAL ❑ STRUCTURAL ❑ MECHANICAL ❑ FIRE PROTECTION ❑ ELECTRICAL ❑ OTHER (SPECIFY) FOR THE ABOVE NAMED PROJECT AND THAT, TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEGE, SUCH PLANS, COMPUTATIONS AND SPECIFIERTIONS MEET THE APPLICABLE PROVISION OF THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE, ALL ACCEPTABLE ENGINEERING PRATICES. AND APPLICABLE LAWS AND ORDINANCES FOR THE PROPOSED USE AND OCCUPANCY. I FURTHER CERTIFY THAT I SHALL PERCRM THE NECESSARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND BE PRESENT ON THE CONSTRUCTION '31 i TE ON A REGULAR AND PERIODIC BASIS TO DETERMINE THAT THE WORK IS PROCEEEDING IN ACCODANCE WITH THE DOCUMENTS APPROVED FOR THE BUILDING PERMIT AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOLLOWING AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 116.0 1. Review, for conformance to the design concept, shop drawings, samples and other submittals which are submitted by the contractor in accordance with the requirements of the construction documents. 2. Review and approval of the quality control procedures for all code -required controlled materials. 3. Be present at intervals appropriate to the -stage of construction to become, generally familiar with- the progress and quality of the work and to determine, in general, if the work is being performed in a manner consistent with the construction documents. RtD A PURSUANT TO SECTION 116.2 .2 1 SHALL SUBMIT WEEKLY, A PROGRESS REPORT �\4,, �, � E. Meoiyc TOGETHER WITH PERTINENT COMMENTS TO THE NORTH ANDOVER BUILDING INSP �v F� 3 No. 4663 UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, I SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL REPORT AS TO THE COHASSET, 4 SATISFACTORY COMPLETION AND READINESS OF THE PROJECT FOR OCCUPANCY. MA H of SIGNATURE SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS DAY OF 19 NOTARY PUBLIC MY COMMISSION EXPIRES 1 ('T' /m i BOARD OF BUILDING I License: QONSTRUCTION Number -CS 075914 B hat ps tt - t J'JT l� 61 04 S vjjEt-----;-J Restric idT�:,' 94a4;-L- BRiANM DIAS 114 OLD GAGI PELHAM, NH 03076 Tr. no: 75914, ACORD,w CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 10/26/2000 0/26/2000 PRODUCER Byfield Insurance Agency 'Inc THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE 57 Main St. Byfield, MA 01922 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE P:978-462-0833 F:978-462-2880 INSURED MEADOWS CONSTRUCTION AND MICHAEL MEADOWS 166 MIDDLE RD. INSURERA: PREFERRED MUTUAL INS. CO. INSURER B: ARBELLA PROTECTION INS CO INSURERC: LEGION INS CO NEWBURY MA 01922 - INSURER D: INSURER E: (Any one person) S 000 CPP140532102 111/22/2000 11/22/2001 PERSONAL BADV INJURY s 1,000,000_ THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY EFFECTIVE ( POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS POLICY NUMBER A GENERAL LIABILITY ® COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY I EACH OCCURRENCE iS 1,000,000 CPP130532102 11/22/1999 11/22/2000 FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) IS 50,000 QJ CLAIMS MADE (®J OCCUR MED EXP 51 Eli (Any one person) S 000 CPP140532102 111/22/2000 11/22/2001 PERSONAL BADV INJURY s 1,000,000_ OI -.._._._ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 3,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: I PRODUCTS • COMP/OP AGG $ 3,000,000 ®I POLICY al PRO I �i LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ❑ ANY AUTO COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT I (Ea accident) S 1,000,000 a! ALL OWNED AUTOS B ❑! SCHEDULED AUTOS 65361400000 04/08/2000 04/08/2001 BODILY INJURY S (Per person), � j ®� HIRED AUTOS ®I NON -OWNED AUTOS I BODILY INJURY S (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE IS (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY j AUTO ONLY • EA ACCIDENT IS El ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC S AUTO ONLY: AGG i S EXCESS LIABILITY j EACH OCCURRENCE is LI OCCUR I ICLAIMS MADE IS AGGREGATE I ❑I DEDUCTIBLE $ i i ❑' RETENTION S IS WORKERS COMPENSATION AND U• • WC STATORY IMITS ! 0TTH FIR EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY C 2060231532 08/17/2000 08/17/2001 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT s 500,000 !E.L.DISEASE •EAEMPLOYEES 500,000 I E.L. DISEASE • POLICY LIMIT S 500,000 i OTHER I I I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONSIVEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/SPECIAL PROVISIONS CAPITAL IMPR PROJECT 667-1,2,3, DHCH FISH#196009 NO ANDOVER HOUSING AUTHORITY AND MA DEPT OF COMMUNITY AFFAIRS ARE ADDL INSD FOR JOB LaK I IFIGA 1 t HULUEK II II ADDITIONAL INSURED: INSURER LETTER: - _ _ UANUtLL.AI IUN NORTH ANDOVER HOUSING AUTHORITY 1 MORKESKI MEADOWS NORTH ANDOVER MA 01845 ACORD 25-S (7197) SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 010 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORI REPRESENTATIVE /% / ©ACORD CORPORATION 1988 m m cn0 m CO) 'v ,n Z CL O d acc o p CL c* CD O a v cc CD y 10 CD 0 i CO) d CM) •C, O CO) d a CD CSD y CO) O st 0 0 cn n O V J C O tz I%cn .cn �i _d .a H o m a � n � rm„e�a� � m Z �� H - O .3.. •O•►m y T CDy C9 6O O H p N O ?m S > > m O M cal :1O 0 ca C13 S ao� �- m oa;9� ;} CD CD �•�b 1 m O O y :Z y = •�Q •� CL d `� coCAco c co t CD ;r 1 a ` n �► • � D 0 N CnD V! . mCD 0 'o Co :♦ a '% �o 1 3 C OCS �q x. ro p m O '� �O O S" C17 r ?? O 'z,- ��%, io.. :j O ?' O � C G � O O. ZC p 1 omq 09 0 c "Physical Access Improvements" 3 Housing for the Elderly Community Centers Fountain Drive (667-1), Bingham Way (667-2), Fould's Terrace (667-3) North Andover, MA North Andover Housing Authority One Morkeski Meadows. North Andover, Massachusetts 01845 PROJECT MANUAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Housing & Community Development Bureau of Housing Development & Construction 1 Congress St. Boston, Massachusetts 02114 DHCD ProVect # 196009 ;.11 April 18, 2000NO, 13 No. 4667, CGHnsser, INTERNATIONAL /ARCHITECTS 99 Washington St. Melrose, Mass. 02176 (617) 665-1545 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority TABLE OF CONTENTS Number of Pages TITLE SHEET FOR PROJECT MANUAL........................................................................... 1 TABLEOF CONTENTS...................................................................................................... 3 ADVERTISEMENT.............................................................................................................. BIDDING DOCUMENTS INSTRUCTIONSTO BIDDERS.......................................................................................... 7 FORMFOR GENERAL BID................................................................................................ 2 FORMFOR SUB-BID.......................................................................................................... 3 FORM OF SOMWBA CERTIFIED ENTERPRISES PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE.......... 1 FORM OF SOMWBA LETTER OF INTENT....................................................................... 2 FORMS FORM OF OWNER/CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT.......................................................... 2 FORM OF CORPORATE VOTE......................................................................................... 1 FORM OF CONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CERTIFICATION ......................... 1 FORM OF PERFORMANCE BOND................................................................................... 1 FORMOF PAYMENT BOND.............................................................................................. 1 FORMOF SUBCONTRACT............................................................................................... 2 FORM OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND .................. 1 FORM OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CERTIFICATION .................. 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS.................................................2 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT..........................................................31 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 4 Section 01045 Section 01050 Section 01100 Section -01110 Section 01300 Section 01500' Section 01510 Section 01520 Section 01700 Section 01710 CUTTING AND PATCHING......................................................5 CONDUCT OF WORK............................................................5 LABOR REGULATIONS..........................................................9 EEO & MBE/WBE PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS W/FORMS ......5 SUBMITTALS........................................................................ 4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES......................................................10 PROTECTION.......................................................................6 CLEANINGUP.......................................................................3 PROJECT CLOSEOUT............................................................4 SURVEYS AND RECORD DRAWINGS.......................................2 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK Section 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION.......................................................5 Section 02200 EARTHWORK........................................................................ 9 Section 02500 PAVING AND SURFACING.......................................................4 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 03300 CONCRETE...........................................................................8 DIVISION 4- MASONRY (NOT USED) DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS..........................................................6 DIVISION 6 - WOOD & PLASTICS Section 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY............................................................4 Section 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY..............................................................6 Section 06500 REINFORCED PLASTIC RAILING SYSTEM.................................6 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07200 INSULATION......................................................................... 2 Section 07900 JOINT SEALERS....................................................................5 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES..................................................5 Section 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS............................................................3 Section 08391 ALUMINUM STORM DOORS....................................................7 Section 08710 FINISH HARDWARE...............................................................7 Section 08800 GLASS & GLAZING................................................................6 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL...............................................................3 Section 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING...........................................................3 Section09900 PAINTING.............................................................................8 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section10425 SIGNS.................................................................................. 3 Section 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES..........................................5 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Section 11452 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES....................................................4 DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED) TABLE OF CONTENTS 2of3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS (NOT USED) DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15400 PLUMBING (Filed Sub -Bid Required)...................................11 Section 15500 HVAC.................................................................................7 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16000 ELECTRICAL (Filed Sub -Bid Required)..................................9 PROJECT DRAWINGS Fountain Drive Community Center (667-1) ASP -1 Site Plan and Details AA -1 Existing Conditions & Demolition Plans and details AA -2 New Work Plans, Sections and Details AA -3 New Work Kitchen Plans, Sections and Details AA -4 New Work Toilet Plans, Sections and Details AM -1 Mechanical Plans, Details and Notes. AE -1 Electrical Plans, Details and Notes. Bingham Way Community Center (667-2) BSP -1 Site Plan and Details BA -1 Existing Conditions & Demolition Plans and details BA -2 New Work Plans, Sections and Details BA -3 New Work Kitchen Plans, Sections and Details BA -4 New Work Toilet Plans, Sections and Details BM -1 Mechanical Plans, Details and Notes. BEA Electrical Plans, Details and Notes. Fou/d's Terrace Community Center(667-3) CSP -1 Site Plan and Details CA -1 Existing Conditions & Demolition Plans and details CA -2 New Work Plans, Sections and Details CA -3 New Work Kitchen Plans, Sections and Details CA -4 New Work Toilet Plans, Sections and Details CE -1 Electrical Plans, Details and Notes. END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 3of3 CENTRAL REGISTER — GENERAL CONTRACT Public Contracts that are construction related and estimated to exceed $10,000. Published two weeks prior to general bid opening. AWARDING AUTHORITY AND PROJECT INFORMATION Agency: Project Number: 196009 North Andover Housing Authority Estimated Cost: $ 178,249.00 One Morkeski Meadows P.O. Box 373 Contractor Qualification: "General Building North Andover MA 01845 (required for contracts over $25,000) Construction" Project: The Project is an ADA Upgrade of the Kitchens, Bathrooms and Entries at the Three Project Site Community Buildings (Fountain Drive (667-1), Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3)), along with the creation of a new parking at Bingham Way (667-2). Work includes new counters, cabinets, new appliances and fixtures, new bathrooms, fixtures and accessories, new flooring, new doors, frames and hardware, new lighting and electrical work, new plumbing and modifications to existing plumbing, heating and electrical services, new concrete handicapped ramps and railings. CONTRACT INFORMATION Plans / Specifications Available Contact Person: Ms. Hope Minicucci (place, date & time) Executive Director North Andover Housing Authority Phone: (978) 682-3932 One Morkeski Meadows P.O. Box 373 Fax: (978) 794-1142 North Andover MA 01845 Wednesday August 30, 2000 12:00 AM CONTRACT INFORMATION Sub Bid Deadline: General Bid Deadline: (date and time) (date and time) "General Building Construction" Wednesday Septemberl3, 2000 2:00 PM Wednesday September 20, 2000 2:00 PM Sub Bid Categories: Section 15400 Plumbing and Section 16000 Electrical Additional Information: Pre -Bid meeting will be held at the Housing Authority Offices, on Friday September 8,2000 @ 10:00 AM. Note DCAM certification required of General in "General Building Construction" ADVERTISEMENT The North Andover Housing Authority, the Awarding Authority, invites sealed bids from Contractors for the Construction of "Physical Access Improvements - Three Housing for the Elderly Community Centers" work to be done at State -Aided Housing Projects No. 667-1',667-2 and 667-3 in the Town of North Andover, Mass. in accordance with documents prepared by MBA International / Architects Inc.. The Project is an ADA Upgrade of the Kitchens, Bathrooms and Entries at the Three Project Site Community Buildings (Fountain Drive (667-1), Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3)), along with the creation of a new parking at Bingham Way (667-2). Work includes new counters, cabinets, new appliances and fixtures, new bathrooms, fixtures and accessories, new flooring, new doors, frames and hardware, new lighting and electrical work, new plumbing and modifications to existing plumbing, heating and electrical services, new concrete handicapped ramps and railings. The work is estimated to cost $178,249.00 General bidders must be certified by the Division of Capital Planning and Operation in the category of "General Building Constuction". Bids are subject to M.G.L. c.149 §44A -J and to minimum wage rates as required by M.G.L. c.149 §§26 to 27H inclusive. General Bids will be received until 2:00 p.m., Wednesday September 20,2000 and publicly opened, forthwith. Filed Sub -Bids for Section 15400 Plumbing and Section 16000 Electrical will be received until 2:00 p.m. at the above address, on Wednesday September 13, 2000 and publicly opened forthwith. Mailed Bids should be sent to the North Andover Housing Authority One Morkeski Meadows, North Andover MA 01845 and received no later than the date and time specified above. All bids shall be accompanied by a bid deposit that is not less than five (5%) of the greatest possible bid amount and made payable to the North Andover Housing Authority. Bid Forms and Contract Documents will be available for pick-up at the North Andover Housing Authority One Morkeski Meadows, North Andover MA 01845 after 12:00 AM noon on Wednesday August 30, 2000 upon deposit of a certified or cashier's check in the amount of $50.00 per set, payable to the North Andover Housing Authority. This deposit will be refunded for up to two sets for general bidders and for one set for sub -bidders upon return of the sets in good condition within thirty days of receipt of general bids. Otherwise the deposit shall be the property of the Awarding Authority. Bidders requesting Contract Documents to be mailed to them shall include a separate check for $ 25.00 per set, payable to the North Andover Housing Authority, to cover mail handling costs. No Documents will be mailed after 12:00 PM noon on Wednesday September 6, 2000 General bidders must agree to contract with minority and women -owned businesses as certified by the State Office of Minority and Women Business Assistance (SOMWBA). The amount of participation which shall be reserved for such enterprises shall not be less than seventeen (17 %) percent of the final contract price, including accepted alternates, of which at least twelve (12 %) percent shall be for minority business enterprises and five ( 5 %) percent shall be reserved for women -owned business enterprises. A pre-bid meeting and inspection of the sites will be conducted on Friday September 8, 2000 at 10:00 AM at the Housing Authority Offices at One Morkeski Meadows, in North Andover for those interested. The Project buildings will not be open for inspection there after without an appointment. Contact Housing Director Hope Minicucci at (978) 682-3932. The Contract Documents may be seen, but not removed at: Construction Market Data F.W. Dodge - McGraw Hill 75 Second Avenue - Suite 320 24 Hartwell Ave. Needham, MA 02194 Lexington, MA 02174 North Andover Housing Authority (or closest regional F.W. Dodge Company) Date August 30, 2000 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 - BIDDER'S REPRESENTATION 1.1 Each General Bidder or Sub -bidder (hereinafter called the "Bidder") by making a bid or sub -bid (hereinafter called "bid") represents that: 1. The Bidder has read and understands the Contract Documents and the bid is made in accordance therewith. 2. The Bidder has visited the site and is familiar with the local conditions under which the Work has to be performed. 1.2 Failure to so examine the Contract Documents and site will not relieve any Bidder from any obligation under the bid as submitted. ARTICLE 2 - GENERAL BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION 2.1 General bids shall be submitted with the following: 1. A Certificate of Eligibility in "General Construction" issued by the Division of Capital Planning and Operations (DCPO), DCPO Form CQ7, showing that the Bidder has been approved to bid on projects the size and nature of this project; and 2. A Contractor Update Statement, DCPO Form CQ3. 2.2 It is the Bidder's responsibility to obtain the necessary forms from DCPO and make application in sufficient time for evaluation of the application and issuance of a Certificate of Eligibility prior to bid. 2.3 The Contractor Update Statement is not a public record as defined in M.G.L. c.4 §7 and will not be open to public inspection. ARTICLE 3 - MBE AND WBE PARTICIPATION 3.1 Article 3 only applies to contracts estimated by the Housing Authority to cost more than $50,000. Refer to the estimate in the Advertisement. 3.2 The minimum percentage that must be contracted with minority-owned and women -owned businesses is stated in the Advertisement. 3.3 The apparent low Bidder must submit the SOMWBA Certified Enterprise Participation Schedule and Letters of Intent from all of the firms listed on the Schedule within five (5) working days after receipt of bids. The Housing Authority and the Department may, at their discretion, grant an extension of time to submit these documents, if deemed to be appropriate and in the public interest to do so. DHCD INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS c14912/96 1 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Letters of Intent are not required for filed Subcontractors. However, filed Sub -bidders who are SOMWBA-Certified shall be listed on the Participation Schedule. Submit the completed Participation Schedule and Letters of Intent to:( with a copy to the Housing Authority) Department of Housing and Community Development DHCD-Legal Office/MBE Coordinator 100 Cambridge Street -18th Floor Boston, MA 02202 ATTENTION: MBE/WBE Participation for (project name). 3.4 Failure to submit the required Participation Schedule and Letters of Intent or failure to meet the percentage of participation stated in the Advertisement and as required by Article 15 of the General Conditions, shall result in rejection of the bid. The Bidder will be ineligible for contract award, unless a waiver or an extension of time has been granted by the Housing Authority and the Department. Requests for such a waiver or extension must be made to the DHCD MBE Coordinator, by 5:00 P.M. on the fifth (5th) working day after the General Bid opening. In cases of such failure the next lowest eligible Bidder shall be notified and given five (5) working days to submit the Participation Schedule and Letters of Intent. 3.5 The Bidder must submit prior to, and as a condition of Contract approval, signed subcontracts with all subcontractors or a purchase order or invoice from material suppliers or manufacturers listed on the Participation Schedule. 3.6 Filed Sub -bidders are not required to submit a Participation Schedule. They may, at their option, submit a Letter of Intent with their bid if they are a SOMWBA certified enterprise. If a filed subcontractor intends to sub -sub work to a SOMWBA certified enterprise, and the General Contractor wishes for that subcontract to be credited towards participation for this contract, a Participation Schedule and Letter of Intent is required. ARTICLE 4 - REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION 4.1 Bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity, inconsistency, or error which they may discover upon examination of the Contract Documents, the site, and local conditions before submission of their Bid. 4.2 Bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Contract Documents shall make a written request to the Architect. The Architect will answer such requests if received seven (7) calendar days before the date for receipt of the bids. 4.3 Interpretation, correction, or change in the Contract Documents will be made by written Addendum which will become part of the Contract DHCD INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS c14912/96 2 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Documents. Neither the Housing Authority nor the Architect will be held accountable for any oral interpretations, corrections, or changes. 4.4 Addenda will be mailed by the Architect by U.S Postal Service, certificate of mailing, to every individual or firm on record as having taken a set of Contract Documents. 4.5 Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection at the locations listed in the Advertisement where Contract Documents are on file. ARTICLE 5 - PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF BIDS 5.1 Bids shall be submitted on the "Form for General Bid" or the "Form for Sub - Bid", as appropriate, furnished at no cost by the Housing Authority. The forms enclosed in the Project Manual shall not be extracted or used. Additional forms are available at the location listed in the Advertisement. 5.2 All entries on the bid form shall be made by typewriter or in ink. 5.3 Where so indicated on the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures. Where there is a discrepancy between the bid sum expressed in words and the bid sum expressed in figures, the words shall control. 5.4 If the requirement of Performance and Payment Bonds for filed sub -contractors is left blank by the General Bidder on the Form for General Bid, the Housing Authority shall interpret this as a "yes". No increase in contract price will be allowed for providing these bonds. 5.5 Costs for subcontractor's bond premiums shall be paid for by the General Contractor in accordance with M.G.L. c.149 §44F. 5.6 If the General Bidders are instructed to carry an amount for a given sub -trade listed under Item 2, General Bidder's shall list the sub -trade, and amount provided by the Housing Authority. The line under bonds required on the General Bid Form should be left blank or marked N/A in order for subparagraph 5.6.1(b) to be applicable. 5.6.1 Upon solicitation of a subcontractor to perform the work required by the sub -trade as mentioned in subparagraph 5.6, the General Bidder's contract amount will be adjusted as follows: (a) The difference between the subcontract amount and the amount carried in the bid. (b) The total cost of the subcontractor's bonds, if the General Contractor requires such bonds after the solicitation is completed and if the general contractor complied with 5.6 above, and DHCD INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS c14912/96 3 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority (c) The costs for General Contractor's Bonds for the incremental difference between the amount carried and the actual solicited subcontract amount. 5.6.2 Overhead and Profit for supervision of the sub -trade in question shall be ,included by all General Bidders in Item 1. Additional overhead and profit is not allowed on the incremental difference as stated in M.G.L. c.149 §44F(4)(a)(2)• 5.7 Bid Deposits shall be: .1 at least five percent (5%) of the greatest possible bid amount, considering all alternates; .2 made payable to the housing authority; .3 conditioned upon faithful performance by the principal of the agreements contained in the bid, and .4 in the form of: a. cash, b. certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check issued by a responsible bank or trust company, or C. a bid bond issued by a surety company licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 5.7.5 Bid deposits of the three (3) lowest responsible and eligible General Bidders and Sub -bidders, in each trade, shall be retained until the execution and delivery of the Owner/Contractor Agreement. 5.8 The sub -bid, including the bid deposit shall, be enclosed in a sealed envelope with the following plainly marked on the outside: Filed Sub -Bid for: • Name of Housing Authority and Project Number • Sub -bid Section Number • Trade • Sub -bidder's Name, Business Address, and Phone Number 5.9 The General Bid, including the bid deposit, DCPO Certificate of Eligibility (CQ7) and Update Statement (CQ3) shall be enclosed in a sealed envelop with the following plainly marked on the outside: General Bid for: Name of Housing Authority and Project Number Bidder's Name, Business Address, and Phone Number 5.10 Date and time for receipt of bids is set forth in the Advertisement. 5.11 Timely delivery of a bid to the location designated shall be the full responsibility of the Bidder. DHCD INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS c14912/96 4 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority ARTICLE 6 - ALTERNATES 6.1 Each General Bidder shall acknowledge Alternates in Section C on the Form for General Bid by entering the dollar amount of addition or subtraction necessitated by the Alternate. 6.2 In the event an Alternate does not involve a change in the amount of the base bid, the Bidder shall so indicate by writing "No Change", or "NIC" or "0" in the space provided for that Alternate. 6.3 Sub -bidders shall enter on the Form for Sub -bid the amount of addition or subtraction necessitated by the Alternate which pertains to the work of that trade. If the Alternate does not involve a change in the bid amount so indicate by writing "No Change", "NIC" or "0". If the alternate does not affect your category of work so indicate by writing "N/A". 6.4 General Bidders shall enter on the Form for General Bid a single amount for each Alternate which shall consist of the Sub -bidders' amounts and the amount for work performed by the General Contractor. 6.5 The low Bidder will be determined on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the accepted alternates. ARTICLE 7 - WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 7.1 Before Opening of Bids 7.1.1 Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the time designated for receipt of bids upon written request. Withdrawal of bids must be confirmed over the Bidder's signature by written notice post -marked or sent by facsimile on or before the date and time set for receipt of bids. 7.1.2 Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of bids. 7.2 After Opening of Bids 7.2.1 Bidders may withdraw a bid, without penalty, any time up to the time of Award as defined in paragraph 8.1, and upon demonstrating, to the satisfaction of the Housing Authority, that a bona fide clerical error was made during the preparation of the bid. Failure to conclusively demonstrate a bona fide clerical error may result in forfeiture of the bid deposit. DHCD INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS c14912196 5 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority ARTICLE 8 - CONTRACT AWARD 8.1 Award means both the determination and selection of the lowest, responsible and eligible bidder, by Housing Authority board vote. 8.2 The Housing Authority will award the contract to the lowest responsible and eligible bidder within thirty days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded after the opening of bids in accordance with M.G.L. c.149 §44A. 8.3 The Contract will be awarded to the lowest responsible and eligible Bidder, except in the event of substitution as provided under M.G.L. c.149 §§44E and 44F, in which cases the procedure as required by said sections shall govern the award of the Contract. 8.4 The award of this Contract is subject to the approval of the Director of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Housing and Community Development. (DHCD). Contracts without DHCD approval shall not be considered valid. 8.5 The Housing Authority reserves the right to waive any informalities in or to reject any or all Bids if it be in the public interest to do so. 8.6 The Housing Authority also reserves the right to reject any sub -bid if it determines that such sub -bid does not represent the bid of a person competent to perform the work as specified, or if less than three sub -bids are received for a sub -trade, or if bid prices are not reasonable for acceptance without further competition. 8.7 As used herein, the term "lowest responsible and eligible bidder' shall mean the General Bidder whose bid is the lowest of those Bidders demonstrably possessing the skill, ability, and integrity necessary for the faithful performance of the work, and who meets the requirements for Bidders set forth in M.G.L. c.149 §44A -J and is not debarred from bidding under M.G.L. c.149 §44C; and who shall certify that they are able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work. ARTICLE 9 - FORMS REQUIRED FOR CONTRACT APPROVAL 9.1 Upon Award, the General Bidder shall complete the following forms to ensure prompt contract validation. These forms will be provided to the selected General Bidder by DHCD. Submit (3) originals of each. 9.2 Owner/Contractor Agreement and Form of Corporate Vote. 9.3 Form of Contractor's Equal Employment Certification in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. DHCD INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS c149 12/96 6 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 9.4 Form of Sub -Contractor's Equal Employment Certification in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. 9.4.1 Form of Performance Bond and Form of Payment Bond must be submitted by the General Contractor on DHCD's form, in accordance with Article 18 of the General Conditions. The dates on the bonds must coincide with the contract date, and a current Power -of -Attorney must be attached to each bond. 9.4.2 Performance and Payment Bonds must also be submitted for all filed subcontractors, if required by the General Bidder on its Form for General Bid, in the total amount of the subcontract payable to the General Contractor. 9.5.1 Insurance Certificates for the General Contractor and all filed subcontractors are required and must be submitted in accordance with Article 16 of the General Conditions. 9.5.2 General Contractors must indicate on special perils insurance or installation floater if stored materials are covered. 9.6.1 Form of Subcontract for all filed subcontractors - executed and submitted on the statutory subcontract form. 9.6.2 Subcontracts with MBE/WBE subcontractors - executed on a form agreeable between both parties. 9.6.3 Purchase Orders to, or Invoices from, MBE/WBE suppliers. 9.7 Statement of Management on Internal Accounting Controls and a Statement prepared by a CPA expressing an opinion to the state of Management Controls, as required by M.G.L. c.30 §39R. This applies to all General Contractors with contracts of $100,000 or more. ARTICLE 10 - CONTRACT VALIDATION 10.1 The Owner -Contractor Agreement shall not be valid until signed by the Director of DHCD. 10.2 The Notice to Proceed for construction shall not be issued until the Owner/Contractor Agreement has been validated by the Director of DHCD 10.3 Incomplete or unacceptable submissions of forms required by paragraphs 9.2 - 9.7 will delay the validation of the Owner/Contractor Agreement by DHCD. END OF SECTION DHCD INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS c14912/96 7 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority FORM OF GENERAL BID TO THE AWARDING AUTHORITY A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers", for the North Andover Housing Authority in North Andover, Massachusetts, in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared by by MBA International / Architects inc for the contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications. B. This bid includes addenda number(s) C. The proposed contract price is: dollars $ (Bid Amount in Words) For Alternate No. Add $ Subtract $ No. $ $ No. $ $ (Each alternate shall be listed separately) D. The subdivision of the proposed contract price is as follows: (Bid Amount in Numbers) ITEM 1. The work of the general contractor, being all work other than that covered by ITEM 2. TOTAL OF ITEM 1 $ ITEM 2. Sub -bids as follows: Sub -trade TOTAL OF ITEM 2 Name of Sub -Bidder Amount Bonds required indicated by YES or NO The undersigned agrees that each of the above named sub -bidders will be used for the work indicated at the amount stated, unless a substitution is made. The undersigned further agrees to pay the premiums for the performance and payment bonds furnished by sub -bidders as requested herein and that all of the cost of all such premiums is included in the amount set forth in Item I of this bid. DHCD FORM FOR GENERAL BID c14912/96 1 of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority The undersigned agrees that if selected as general contractor, they will promptly confer with the awarding authority on the question of sub -bidders; and that the awarding authority may substitute for any sub -bid listed above a sub -bid filed with the awarding authority by another sub -bidder for the sub -trade against whose standing and ability the undersigned makes no objection; and that the undersigned will use all such finally selected sub -bidders at the amounts named in their respective sub -bids and be in every way as responsible for them and their work as if they had been originally named in this general bid, the total contract price being adjusted to conform thereto. E. The undersigned agrees that, if selected as general contractor, we will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the awarding authority, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials or payment bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority and each in the sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the general contractor and are included in the contract price. The undersigned hereby certifies that they are able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work and that they will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section forty-four A of Chapter 149. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: Name of General Bidder) Signatur BY: (Signature & Title of person signing bid) (Business Address) (City and State) Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature, and affix corporate seal; if a partnership, give full names and residential addresses of partners if different from business addresses. DHCD FORM FOR GENERAL BID c14912/96 2 of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority FORM FOR SUB -BID TO ALL GENERAL BIDDERS EXCEPT THOSE EXCLUDED: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all the work specified in Section No. of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by MBA International / Architects inc for "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers", for the North Andover Housing Authority in North Andover, Massachusetts, for the contract sum of: dollars ($ ) Bid Amount in Words Bid Amount in Dollars For Alternate No. Add $ Subtract $ No. $ $ (Each alternate shall be listed separately) B. This sub -bid includes addenda number(s) C. This sub -bid ❑ maybe used by any general bidder except: ❑ may only be used by the following general bidders: [To exclude general bidders, insert"X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.] D. The undersigned agrees that, if selected as a sub -bidder, they will, within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub -bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested to do so in the general bid by such general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the DHCD FORM FOR SUB -BID c14912/96 1 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub -trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specification the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for such class of work or part thereof are: NAME CLASS OF WORK BID PRICE (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by the undersigned). F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids of the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda, and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the general contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications (including all general conditions stated therein) and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that the contractor, by those documents, assumes toward the owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of the contractor's qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: Have been in business under present business name for years. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of general contractor and architect on which you served as subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building. BUILDING TYPE ARCHITECT GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONTRACT AMOUNT 4. Bank Reference DHCD FORM FOR SUB -BID c149 12/96 2 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority The undersigned hereby certifies that it is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work and that it will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards to subcontracts subject to section 44F of Chapter 149. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that this sub -bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: (Name of Sub -Bidder) SIGNATURE By (Signature & Title of person signing bid) (Business Address) (City, State and Zip Code) Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature, and affix corporate seal; if a partnership, give full residential address if different from business address. DHCD FORM FOR SUB -BID c14912/96 3 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SOMWBA CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE (SCE) PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE This form must be submitted by the apparent low general bidder within five working days of receipt of bids. Filed subbidders who are SOMWBA certified MBEs or WBEs or filed subcontractors who intend to sub -subcontract with a SOMWBA certified MBE or WBE may submit this form with their Filed sub -bid. Letters of Intent from all SCEs listed must be submitted with this Participation Schedule. Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" at State -Aided Housing Projects No. 667-1',667-2 and 667-3 in the Town of North Andover The undersigned intends to subcontract with the following firms for the listed work and dollar amounts: Name of Company 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Date Description of Work MBE Supplier or or Subcontract WBE Dollar Value of MBE Commitment: $ Dollar Value of WBE Commitment: $ Total Dollar Value Commitment: $_ DollarValue of Participation (Name of General Contractor) (Authorized Signature) (Address) (City, State & Zip Code) DHCD PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE 12/96 1 of 1 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority LETTER OF INTENT SOMWBA CERTIFIED ENTERPRISE This form is provided for SOMWBA Certified Enterprises (SCEs) being utilized as MBEs and WBEs on this contract. This form must be completed by each SOMWBA Certified Enterprise and submitted by the bidder using the SCE. General bidders or filed sub -bidders that are SCEs may omit this form. TO: General Bidder Name: Street Address: City/Town: Phone: Fax: FROM: SCE Name: Street Address. City/Town: Phone: _ Fax: RE: State -Aided Project "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" (667-1, 667-2, 667-3) for the North Andover Housing Authority My company intends to perform work in connection with the above project as: ❑ an individual ❑ a joint venture with ❑ other (explain) ❑ a corporation ❑ a partnership 2. My company is certified by SOMWBA as a MBE WBE in the following categories: WARNING: Misrepresenting your firm's SOMWBA certification may remit in disqualification from this and other DHCDfunded projects; 3. My company has not changed its ownership, control, or management in any ways that affect certification since obtaining SOMWBA certification. 4. My company understands that if your company is awarded the contract, your company intends to enter into an agreement to perform the work described below for the price indicated. My company also understands that your company will make substitutions only as allowed by Article 15 of the General Conditions for the above project. 5. My company intends to (Brief description of work) DHCD LETTER OF INTENT 12/96 1 of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority This Work includes: ❑ Labor & Materials ❑ Labor Only ❑ Materials Only for a total amount of Date: dollars ($ ) (Authorized signature of SCE) Name and Title Please advise DHCD immediately if either party attempts to renegotiate the above. DHCD LETTER OF INTENT 12/96 2 of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Housing and Community Development This agreement made the day of 119 , by and between Housing Authority, hereinafter called the "Owner", and hereinafter called the "Contractor". Iftnesseth, that the Owner and the Contractor, for the consideration hereinunder named, agree as follows: Article 1. Scope of Work: The Contractor shall perform all Work required by the Contract Documents for "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" in North Andover, MA. prepared by MBA International / Architects inc. acting as, and referred to in the Contract Documents as the "Architect". Article 2. Time of Completion: The Contractor shall commence work under this Contract on the date specified in the written "Notice to Proceed" and shall bring the Work to Substantial Completion within 120 calendar days of said date. Damages for delays in the performance of the Work shall be in accordance with Article 9 of the General Conditions of the Contract. Article 3. Contract Sum: The Owner shall pay the Contractor, in current funds, for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and deductions by Change Order, of the Contract Sum of dollars ($ ). The Contract Sum is divided as follows: Item 1: The Work of the Contractor, being all Work other than that covered by Item 2 ................................................. Item 2: Subcontractors as follows: Section - Trade 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Subcontractor R Amount $ Totalof Item 2.......................................................................................... $ Article 4. The Contract Documents: The following, together with this Agreement, form the Contract and all are as fully a part of the contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein: The Advertisement, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, and DHCD OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT c14912/96 1of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Specifications as enumerated in the Table of Contents, the drawings as enumerated in the List of Contract Drawings, DHCD publication, known as the Construction Handbook, and all Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. Article 5. Alternates: The following Alternates have been accepted and their costs are included in the Contract Sum stated in Article 3 of this Agreement: Alternate No(s): and Article 6. REAP Certification: Pursuant to M.G.L. c62(c) §49(a), the individual signing this Contract on behalf of the Contractor, hereby certifies, under the penalties of perjury, that to the best of his/her knowledge and belief the Contractor has complied with any and all applicable state tax laws. Article 7. Validation: This Contract will not be valid until signed by the Director of the Massachusetts Department of Housing and Community Development. In Witness Whereof, the Parties Hereto Have Caused This Instrument to be Executed Under Seal. ' CONTRACTOR Name of Contractor Address By: Signature and Seal Witness: ' If a Corporation, attach a notarized copy of the Corporate Vote authorizing signatory to sign Contract. s AWARDING AUTHORITY Name of Housing Authority Signature and Seal Title Attest: 2 If signed by someone other than a Housing Authority Board member attach a copy of Certified Board Vote authorizing the signatory to sign Contract. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT In accordance with M.G.L. 121 B, and Revisions thereto. Director Date DHCD OWNER -CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT c14912/96 2of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF AUTHORIZATION hereby certify that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the: Name of Corporation duly called and held at on the City or Town at which a quorum was present and acting, it was voted that Name of Corporate Officer of the 19 day of , 19_, be and hereby is authorized to execute and deliver for Name of Corporation and on behalf of the Corporation a Contract with the North Andover Housing Authority, for "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" work to be done at State -Aided Housing Projects No. 667-1',667-2 and 667-3 in the Town of North Andover, and to act as Principal to execute Bonds in connection therewith, which Contract and Bonds were presented to and made a part of the records of said meeting. I further certify that Name of Corporate Officer is duly qualified and acting of the Corporation and that said vote has not been Title repealed, rescinded or amended A true copy of the record, ATTEST: (CORPORATE SEAL) SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO THIS DAY OF BEFORE ME. Notary Public My Commission Expires: DHCD CORPORATE VOTE 12/96 1 of 1 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority FORM OF CONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CERTIFICATION This form must be completed and submitted by the Contractor prior to the signing of the Owner -Contractor Agreement. This certifies that: Contractor Street Address City/State/Zip Code Intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under this contract: 2. Will comply with the minority manpower ratio and specific affirmative action steps contained in Article 14 of the Conditions of this Contract; and 3. Will obtain similar certifications from each of its subcontractors and submit to the Owner prior to the award of any subcontract under this contract the subcontractor's certification. (Signature of authorized representative of contractor) Date Name and Title DHCD FORM OF CONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY 12/96 1 of 1 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PERFORMANCE BOND COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, Bond No. as Principal, and , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the North Andover Housing Authority, as Obligee, in the sum of dollars($ ), to be paid to the Obligee, for which payments, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the said Principal has made a contract with the Obligee, bearing the date of 19_, for the construction of "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" work to be done at State -Aided Housing Projects No. 667-1',667-2 and 667-3 in the Town of North Andover, Massachusetts NOW, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal and all Subcontractors under said contract shall well and truly keep and perform all the undertakings, covenants, agreement, terms and conditions of said contract on its part to be kept and performed during the original term of said contract and any extensions thereof that may be granted by the Obligee, with or without notice to the Surety, and during the life and any guarantee required under the contract, and shall also well and truly keep and perform all the undertakings, covenants, agreements, terms and conditions of any and all duly authorized modifications, alterations changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the Surety of such modifications, alterations, changes or additions being hereby waived, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and virtue. IN THE EVENT, that the contract is abandoned by the Principal, or in the event that the Obligee, under the provisions of Article 19 of the General Conditions of said contract terminates the employment of the Principal or the authority of the Principal to continue the work, said Surety hereby further agrees that said Surety shall, if requested in writing by the Obligee, take such action as is necessary to complete said contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have hereto set their hands and seals this day of ,19 PRINCIPAL (Name & Seal) (Title) Attest: SURETY Attest: (Attorney -in -Fact) (Seal) The rate for this bond is % for the first $ and % for the next $. The total premium for this bond is $ DHCD PERFORMANCE BOND 12/96 1 of 1 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PAYMENT BOND COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: Bond No. That we, as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the North Andover Housing Authority, as Obligee, in the sum of dollars ($ ) to be paid to the Obligee, for which payments, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the said Principal has made a contract with the Obligee, bearing the date of 19_, for the construction of "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" work to be done at State -Aided Housing Projects No. 667-1',667-2 and 667-3 in the Town of North Andover, Massachusetts. NOW the conditions of this obligation are such that if the Principal and all subcontractors under said contract shall pay for all labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in said contract and in any and all duly authorized modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions to said contract that may hereafter be made, notice to the Surety of such modifications, alterations, extensions of time, changes or additions being hereby waived, the foregoing to include any other purposes or items set out in, and to be subject to, provisions of M.G.L. c.30 §39A, and M.G.L. c.149 §29, as amended, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of '19 PRINCIPAL By: (Seal) (Title) Attest: SURETY By: (Attomey-in-Fact) (Seal) Attest: The rate for this bond is — % for the first $ and % for the next $. The total premium for this bond is $ DHCD PAYMENT BOND 12196 1 of 1 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority FORM OF SUBCONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT MADE THIS DAY OF 19 , by and between a corporation organized and existing under the laws of an individual doing business as hereinafter called the "Contractor' and a corporation organized and existing under the laws of , an individual doing business as hereinafter called the "Subcontractor'. 1. The Subcontractor agrees to furnish all labor and materials required for the completion of all work specified in Section No. of the specifications for and the plans referred to therein and Addenda No. , , and for the "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" work to be done at State - Aided Housing Projects No. 667-1',667-2 and 667-3 in the Town of North Andover all as prepared by MBA International / Architects inc for the sum of ($ 1 and the Contractor agrees to pay the Subcontractor said sum for said work. This price includes the following alternates (and other items set forth in the sub -bid): Alternates No(s). (a) The Subcontractor agrees to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans; specifications (including all general conditions stated therein) and Addenda No(s). _ and to assume to the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities that the Contractor by those documents assumes to the North Andover Housing Authority hereinafter called the "Awarding Authority", except to the extent that provisions contained therein are by their terms or by law applicable only to the Contractor. (b) The Contractor agrees to be bound to the Subcontractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described documents and to assume to the Subcontractor all the obligations and responsibilities that the Awarding Authority by the terms of the hereinbefore described documents assumes to the Contractor, except to the extent that provisions contained therein are by their terms or by law applicable only to the Awarding Authority. 2. The Contractor agrees to begin, prosecute and complete the entire work specified by the Awarding Authority in an orderly manner so that the Subcontractor will be able to begin, prosecute and complete the work described in this subcontract; and, in consideration thereof, upon notice from the Contractor, either oral or in writing, the Subcontractor agrees to begin, prosecute and complete the work described in this Subcontract in an orderly manner and with due consideration to the date or time specified by the Awarding Authority for the completion of the entire work. 3. The Subcontractor agrees to furnish to the Contractor within a reasonable time after the execution of this subcontract, evidence of workmen's compensation insurance as required by law and evidence of public liability and property damage insurance of the type and in limits required to be furnished to the Awarding Authority by the Contractor. DHCD FORM OF SUBCONTRACT Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 4. The Contractor agrees that no claim for services rendered or materials furnished by the Contractor to the Subcontractor shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the Contractor to the Subcontractor during the first ten (10) days of the calendar month following that in which the claim originated. 5. This agreement is contingent upon the execution of a general contract between the Contractor and the Awarding Authority for the complete work. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement the date and year first above -written. SEAL ATTEST By: SEAL ATTEST By: _ Signature Signature Name of Subcontractor Name of Contractor DHCD FORM OF SUBCONTRACT Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Bond No. SUBCONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, as Principal, hereinafter called Subcontractor, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto _ as Obligee, hereinafter called General Contractor, in the amount of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States of America, and for the payment of which we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our successors and assigns, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS THE SAID SUBCONTRACTOR entered into a certain subcontract with the said General Contractor bearing date of the day of 199_, for: "Physical Access Improvements - three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" work to be done at State - Aided Housing Projects No. 667-1',667-2 and 667-3 in the Town of North Andover, Massachusetts which contract is by reference made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the subcontractor shall faithfully perform the subcontract and shall indemnify and hold harmless the General Contractor and the surety or sureties under the labor and materials or payment bond furnished by such General Contractor to the awarding authority against (1) any and all loss and expense arising out of any and all claims in connection with the performance of said subcontract which would be required to be paid under the labor and materials or payment bond furnished by the General Contractor to the awarding authority and (2) attorney's fees in the event the subcontractor after notice, fails to assume the defense of and defend such claims, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. IN WITNESS WHEREOF WE, hereunto set our hands and seals this day of , 19_. ATTEST: PRINCIPAL (SEAL) ATTEST: SURETY (SEAL) BY: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT The total premium for this bond is $ The rate for this bond is % for the first $ and % for the balance. DHCD SUBCONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND c.14912/96 1 of 1 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority FORM OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CERTIFICATION This form must be completed and submitted by all Filed Subcontractors prior to the validation of the Owner -Contractor Agreement This certifies that: (Name of Subcontractor) (Street Address) (City, State, Zip Code) 1. Intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under this subcontract: 2. Will comply with the minority manpower ratio and specific affirmative action steps contained in Article 14 of the Conditions of this Contract; and 3. Will obtain similar certification from each of its sub -subcontractor and submit said certification(s) to the Owner, prior to the award of any sub -subcontract under this subcontract. Date (Signature of authorized representative of Subcontractor) Name and Title DHCD FORM OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S EQUAL EMPLOYMENT CERTIFICATION 12/96 1 of 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE PAGE 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS ............................................... 1. 2. OWNER......................................................................... 2. 3. DEPARTMENT................................................3. 4. CONTRACTOR.............................................................. 4. 5. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ......................... 9. 6. SUBCONTRACTORS..... ...... 0 ........ 0 .................... o ........ o.10. 7. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER / SEPARATE CONTRACT A 0. 8. CHANGES IN THE WORK., .................. o ........ o 11. 9. TIME, SCHEDULE, COMPLETION.................................14. 10. PAYMENTS..................................................................17. 11. GUARANTEES + WARANTEES......................................20. 12. MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS .................. 21. 13. CONTRACTOR'S ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS ........22. 14. EEO REQUIREMENTS..................................................23. 15. MBE — WBE REQUIREMENTS........................................25. 16. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS......................................28. 17. INDEMNIFICATION.......................................................30. 18. BONDS........................................................................30. 19. TERMINATION.............................................................31. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS 04912/96 TOC -A- =0' rk ................................................................... 9.5.4 ork!o .3.3.4, 4.9.5. 4.21.1, 7.2.1 Acs and 4.3.4, 4.7.9, 10.8, 17.1 Addenda....................................................................... 1.1.1, 4.15.1 Administration of Contract ...................................................... Article 5 Administrator ................................ 2.3.2. 3.1.2, 3.1.3. 3.3.1, 3.3.3, 8.1.5 8.7.1, 8.7.2, 19.4 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid ..................................................1.1.1 Architect Definition of .........................................................5.1, 5.1.1 Architect's Approval .................................................4.7.6, 4.7.7, 4.7.9 5.3.5, 8.1.2, 8.1.3, 8.1.4 Architect's Decision ...................................... 4.3.7. 4.8.1. 4.11.1, 5.3. 10 8.3.1.3, 8.6.3.1, 8.7.1, 8.7.2, 9.3.3.2.2 9.6.4, 9.7.1, 9.7.2, 10.4, 10.5 Architect's Inspection ...............................4.3.7, 4.3.8. 4.8.2. 4.9.3, 4.9.4 4.12.1, 5.3.7. 9.3.2.1. 9.6.3 Architect's Interpretations ................................. 3.3.2. 4.19.1, 5.3.9. 8.5.1 Architect's Authorization to Reject Work ............ 4.8.1, 4.11.1, 4.12.1, 5.3.4 Archk='s Site Visits .......... 53.2, 5.3.7 Aesthetic Effect .................. *''* 5.3.10 Authority (Awarding Authority)..............................................See Owner Bonds ............................................ 6.2.1.2. 8.3.1.3(g), 9.7.4, 15.4.5, 18 -c- Change Orders ....................................1.1.1, 2.4.2, 3.3.1.2. 4.15.1. 5.3.6 8-1-1. 8.1-2, 8.2-1. 8.3-1. 8.5.1. 8.6,8.7.1 9.1-1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2.1. 9.3.3.6, 9.7.1, 10.3.1.4, 18.2 Claims for Additional Costs ........................ 7.1.1. 8.7, 10.7.2, 17.1, 19.3.2 Claims for Additional Time ....................................................7.1.1.8.7 Cleaning Up ................................. 4.17.1 Completion (Substandal/iFinal) 3.3.1.6, *'"* ' 4 6.1, 9.7 Construction Advisor ................................................. 3.1.3.8.1.4, 8.4.1 Construction Change Directive ....................1.1.1, 3.3.1.2, 5.3.6, 8.1.1. 9.7 Construction Handbook .......... 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 3.1.3, 5.3.8, 5.4.1, 8.7.4, 10.3.1 Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors ................1.1.4, Article 7 Construction schedule .............................................. 4.15.1. 7.1.2.9.4.1 ContractDocurnents ..................................................................... 1.1 Contract Owner Contractor Agreement ........ 1. 1. 1, 1.2.1, 2.1.1, 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 6.2.1, 8.6, 9.3.3.1, 9.3.3.3, 10.1.1, 10.8.2 Contract Sum .................... 3.3.1, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 8.4.1, 8.6.2.2. 9.33.3, 9.5.7, 10.1.1. 14.6.2.1, 15.1.12, 15.3.4 Contract Tam ........................................3.3.1, 8.1.1. 8.1.3. 8.2.1. 8.4. 1. 9.1.1, 9.2. 9.3.2.1, 9.3.3.1 Contractor.......................................................................... Article 4 CuttingAnd Patching .................................................................... 4.3 -D- Damageto Work ....................................................................... 9.6.7 Delays/Extensions of Time .......................................... 4.6.3.3. 4.8.2. 9.3 nt. DHCD .............................................................. Article 3 (D ) Department of Environmental Protection 4.17.4, 4.20.2.4.20.3 (DLWD) DeW== Of U-bw & WOedO= 24. 125 Disputes................................................................ Drawings ............................................ 1.1 .......... � 8.7.3. 9.3.1 .1, 1. 1.5. 1.3. 2.2.1, 4.7. 4.15 -E- Equal Employment Opportunity ...............................................Article 14 ExecutiveOrder ......................................................................... 12.7 -F- Filed Subcontractors ..............................................6.1.3, 9.3.1. 10.6.2.1 Final Completion ........................................................ 5.3.7. 9.5.4, 9.7 Final Payment .............................. 3.3.1-7. 5.3.1, 9.3.3.4, 10.6.1, 10.6.1.2 10.7, 11.2-1. 13.2.1, 131.2, 13.4.1 Fkuxiing.................................................................................... 3.2 -G- Guarantees......................................................................... Article I1 -H- Hazardous Materials ................................................................. 4.17.4 INDEX H Inderruffication ................................................................... Article 17 Information Provided by Owner .............................................. 2.2.4.2.1 Inspections..................................................................... 4.16.1. 5.3.7 Instructions to Bidders ............................................1.1.1. 15.2.1. 15.4.3 Insurance..........................................................................Article 16 -m- MBFJ'*VBE ........................................................................ Article 15 Methods. Means, Sequences ..............................................4.3.1, 8.6.2.2 -N- Notice to Proceed .................................................... 9.1.2. 9.5.1. 14.4.3 -0- Occupancy..................................................................... 4.16.1.5.3.7 Owner (Local Housing'Authority. Authority) ................................Article 2 -P- P2Y== .................................. 2.4.2. 3.3.3. 4.9.6, 4.12, 5.3.3. Article 10 14.6.2.2. 15.5.1. 15-5.2, 17. 4 19.2, 19.3 Payments. Application for ............ 5.3.3. 101.1, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6 Payments, Certification of ........... 5.3.7. 10-5, 10.6 Paymertt, Final ..... 3.3.1. 5.3.1, 5.3.7'*43.3.*4.* 1'0.7.'11*.2. 1*, 13.2. 13.4, 16.1 Permits....................................... : ............................................ 4.16 ProductData ............................................................... 4.7.4.15.5.3.5 Pruj= Representative ............................................. 5.3.8.8.7.3. 9.3.2.1 -R- RetairAge ..................................................................... 10.3.1,10.6.2 It Safety...................................................................................... 4.20 Samples ............................................................... 4.7.4.8.4.15. 5.3.5 Scheduleof Values *,,*,,,**** ... *,**,******,*,**,.** ................................... 10.2 Schedule. Construction ......................................... 4.15.1, 5.5.7.1.2.9.4 Schedule. Payment ....................................................................... 9.4 Schedule. Participation .......................15._.1. 15.4.1. 15.4.2, 15.4.3, 15.4.4 15.4.6. 15.4.7, 15.4.9, 15.5.1 She .4 .................. 1.2.1. 2.2.2. 4.4.1. 4.4.2. 4.9.2. 4.9.1. 4.9.2, 4.9.3, 4.9.4 4.12. 4.15. 4.17.2, 4.17.3. 4.17.4; 4.18, 4.20.3 4.21.1. 5.3.2, 5.3.8. 6.1.1. 7.1.1, 8.6.2, 10.4.1, 10.6.1.1, 12.4.1, 14.3.4, 19.1 SOMWBA.........................................................................Article 15 Specifications ............................1.1.1, 1.1.6. 1.3, 4.3.3. 4.7.5. 4.15. 5.3.5 Stored Materials ...... 8.6.3. 9.4.1, 10.2.2. 10.7.1. 11.2.1. 12.4.1 ....................... 4.9.4,4.9.6.10.4 Subcontractors.......................................... Article 6 Submittals ............ .......... 4.2.3.4.7, 4.15.5.35 Substantia! Completion ............... 5-3.7..9.6 Substitutions, Materials (or equals) ...............................4.6.3, 4.7.5.4.10.1 ............15.4.2.15 4 4, 15.4.7 Superintendent................ Supervision & Consmcdon ..............4.3.83.1 Surety ............................... 6.2.1, i- ................ 4.4.4.203.8 .7.3 i- 9.7.4, 15.4.5, Article 18. 19.1.5 Surveys.................................................................................. 2= -T- Taxes...................................................................................... 4.14 Termination ................3.3.1, 6.2.1. 14.2.1. 14.2.2. 14.6.2-3. 15.4.6. 15.5.3 Testing& Inspection ..................................................................... 4.8 -U- Unit Prices 8.3.1 _W_ Warranties .................................................4.10, 5.3.7, 9.6.8. Article I I WeatherProtection ..................................................................... 4.18 DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS 049 12196 Index GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Owner -Contractor Agreement, Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Bidding Documents, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Specifications, Drawings, DHCD publication known as the Construction Handbook, all addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, and other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction..The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial pormm of the Contract Docurnews, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevauom, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.7 THE CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK The Caistructiori Haridbook is published by and available free of charge, from the Department. It outlines the procedures that the Contractor, Owner, Architect, and Department shall follow during the construction of the Work. The most recent version, at the time of bid opening, of the Construction H is inuMporated by reference into the Contract Documents. 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION, AND INTENT 1.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a represeritation that the Contractor has visited the site, become familiar with local corxhdons under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.2.2 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are eorriplernentary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. Performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the intended results. In rase of inoot requirements in the Contract Documents, the requirement for the greater qua=ry or higher quality shall take precedence and shall -be the Contract requirement. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912/96 1 of 31 1.2.3. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.2.4. Where reference is made to standards or trade association publications, it shall be considered to refer to the latest edition and revision thereof, if any, in effect on the date the Contract Documents were advertised for bid. 1.3 USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor, or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, the Architect, and the Departmeia ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 DEFINITION The term "Owner", sometimes also referred to as the "Awarding Authority" or "Authority% means the Housing Authority identified in the Owner -Contractor Agreement, organized and existing under the provisions of M.G.L. c.121B. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER 2.2.1 The Owner will furnish to the Contractor, free of charge, a reasonable number of copies of the Contract Documents for the execution of the Work, including a set for record purposes. In addition, the Owner, through the Architect, will furnish to the Contractor a reproducible transparency and one black line print of detail and clarification drawings issued after the Contract has been awarded. The Contractor shall provide and distribute such number of prints of these transparencies as required for the Contractor's and Subcontractors' use. locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 2.2.2 The Owner shall famish available surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or persistently fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner by written order signed personally or by its authorized agent, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated. 2.3.2 Stop work orders require the Administrator's prior approval. (See Subparagraph 3.1.2) 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.4.1 Ifthe Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt of written notice from the Architect at the Owner's direction to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without Prejudice to other remedies, hire one or more contractors to correct such deficiencies. 2.4.2 In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.149 12/96 2 of 31 ARTICLE 3 DEPARTMENT 3.1 DEFINITIONS 3.1.1 The term "Department" means the Massachusetts Department of Housing and Community Development, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, MA 02202. 3.1.2 The term "Administrator" means the person appointed by the Department to administer the terms of the Contract for Financial Assistance between the Owner and the Department, who is also empowered to take certain actions under this Agreement. Contractor should address mail to the Administrator c/o the Construction Management Unit. 3.13 The term "Construction Advisor" means the person designated by the Administrator to assist the Administrator. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of the Construction Advisor's authority are described in the Construction Handbook 3.2 PROJECT FUNDING The Work under this Contract is funded by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts through the Department pursuant to a contract for financial assistance between the Department and the Owner. 3.3 DEPARTMENTS RESPONSIBILITIES 33.1 The Contractor is advised that various actions taken or decisions made by the Owner and/or the Architect under this Contract, require the prior approval and counter -signature of the Administrator. Those actions or decisions include, but are not limited to, the following: .1 Approval, substitutions, and final selection of Sub -Bidders pursuant to M.G.L. c. 149 §44F .2 Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, whether or not they affect a change in the Contract Sum or in the Contract Time. 3 Written orders, notices, and approvals given by the Owner pursuant to the Contract Documents or pursuant to any Laws applicable to this Contract, including approval of the Contractor's payment requests. .4 Approval of "or equal" submissions and substitutions pursuant to Subparagraph 4.6.3. .5 Stop Work order. .6 Certificate of Substantial Completion. .7 Final payment. .8 Termination of Contract. 3.3.2 In any instance where the Contractor requires clarification as to whose approval is required, the Architect shall provide such clarification. 33.3 Work undertaken by the Contractor or a Subcontractor at the Owner's or other person's order without the Administrator's countersignature prior to the start of such work shall be considered unauthorized work and shall not be considered cause for extra payment. The Contractor or Subcontractor shall be responsible for performing, at their own expense, corrective measures required by the Architect due to any failure to obtain the prior approval of the Administrator pursuant to Subparagraph 3.3.1. 33.4 The Department and its authorized representatives and agents shall at all tithes have access to, and be permitted to observe and review all Work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, conditions of employment, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records maintained by the Contractor on the Project. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912196 3 of 31 ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTOR 4.1 DEFINITION The Contractor, sometimes referred to as the General Contractor, is the person or entity identified as such throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terra Contractor means the Contractor or its authorized representative. 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency, or omission and knowingly failed to notify the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume responsibility for such performance and shall bear the attributable costs for correction. 4.2.2 The Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Architect at once. 4.2.3 The Contactor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contact -Documents and submittals approved Pursuant to Paragraph 4.7. 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES, COORDINATION, AND CUTTING AND PATCHING 4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. 4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of all Work and the coordination of the operations of all trades, Subcontractors, or materialmen engaged upon the Work. 4.3.3 All necessary cutting, coring, drilling, grouting, and Work shall be done by the Contractor, except as may be s ca iy noted other together �uzurde=ean usual darts of the sub -bid section of the Specifications. Y Particular filed 4.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors, and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work. 4.3.5 The Contractor shall be responsible .for inspection of portions of Work already performed under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 4.3.6 The Contractor shall do engineering required for establishing reference points for the trades- shall be responsible for maintaining bnch marks sand' lother 'survveyy mark's and shall d replace any bench marks or survey marks which have been disturbed or destroyed. 4.3.7 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, or directed in writing by the Architect, Work shall be done during regular working hours. However, if the Contractor desires to carry on the Work outside of regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or Massachusetts holidays it shall allow ample time to enable satisfactory arrangements to be made for inspecting Work in progress and shall bear the costs of such inspection. The Owner shall bill the Contractor directly for such costs. 43.8 Work done outside of regular working hours without the consent or knowledge of the Architect shall be subject to additional inspection and testing as directed by the Architect. The cost of this inspection and testing be paid by the Contractor whether the Work is found to be acceptable or not. shall 4.4 SUPERINTENDENT site The Contactor shall employ a Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project during performance of the Work. The Superintendent shall the Superintendent shall be as o rept the Contactor. and communications given to writing. Other communications shall be similarly�to the Contactor. Important communications shall be confirmed in attend each job meeting. on written request in each case. The Superintendent shall 4.4.20 a Superintendent shall be a competent and responsible employee, satisfactory to the Owner, who is re employed by the Contractor and is designated by the Contactor as its regularly Project site throughout the construction of the Work. The S representative be a to n in full time attendanceacing at the Work of the Contractor and the Subcontractors. The Supe � shall be responsible for coordinating all the Building Code. The S � shall be licensed consistent with the Massachusetts Superintendent's resume shall be submitted to the Owner prior to commencement of construction and must demonstrate to the Owner's reasonable satisfactioh that the Superintendent has perfonned similar duties on Previous construction projects similar to the Project. DHCO GENERAL CONDITIONS c.149 12/96 4 of 31 4.5 LABOR The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them, and whenever the Owner shall notify the Contractor, in writing, that any worker is, in its opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such employee shall be discharged from the Work and shall not again be employed on the Project except with the consent of the Owner. 4.6 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 4.6.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 4.6.2 Materials and Equipment to be installed as part of the Contract (both or either of which are hereinafter referred to as "Materials") shall be new, unused, of recent manufacture, assembled, and used in accordance with the best construction practices. 4.6.3 "OR EQUAL" SUBMISSIONS/SUBSTITUTIONS 4.6.3.1 Except where a product has been specified as a proprietary material, the words "or equal" are understood to follow the name of a� matter, vendor, or prod<nct specified to be used m the Contact Documents. To daermine if the materials or articles proposed by the Contractor are eo�ual to those specified, the Architect shall determine whether the materials or articles proposed are at least equal in quahty, durabtlrt' y, appearance, strength and design to the material or articles named or desazbed, and will perform at least equally the furiexioas imposed by the design. See M.G.L. c.30 §39M. 4.6.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing the Architect with any information and test results the Architect reasonably requires to determine if a material is equal to a material named or described in the Contract Documents. 4.63.3 Whenever the Contractor submits a material for approval as a substitute for a material named or described in the Contract Documents, such submission shall be made at least one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the date the materials will be used on the Project. In no event shall the Contractor maintain a claim for delays based upon the Architect's review of such substituted materials if the Contractor has failed to comply with the one hundred and twenty (120) days submission requirement. 4.7 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES 4.7.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub -subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate a portion of the Work. 4.7.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor or its Subcontractors and suppliers to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 4.7.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 4.7.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submission is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.7.9. 4.7.5 The Contractor shall review, approve, and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals made by the Contractor which are not required by the Contact Documents may be returned without action. The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions of Subparagraph 4.6.3 entitled "Or Equal" Submissions/Substitutions and Section 01300 of the Specifications. 4.7.6 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule submitted pursuant to Paragraph 9.4, and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 4.7.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals. 4.7.8 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912/96 5 of 31 4.7.9 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has written Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and the Department has given licit Architect deviation. The Contactor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissim in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals by the Architect's actions. 4.7.10 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. 4.7.11 Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 4.7.12 Contract When professional certification of performance Contrthe Architect shall bcriteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the act Documents, e entitled to rely upon the accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. 4.8 SAMPLES AND TESTS 4.8.1 Materials to be used in the Work may be tested or inspected after reasonable notice by the Architect and may be rejected if they fail the specified tests. Except as otherwise provided in the Contact, all testing of material specifically rued by the Architect will be paid for by the Owner, except that the cost of testing of materials that fail the testing ancriteria shall be borne d * ?rchi Contract Docut:nentsC►r. If the Contactor requests permission to use a material that was not specified in the such testing. tect such testing of such material before approving its use, the Connector shall pay for 4.8.2 The source of material proposed by the Contactor shall be designated in time to permit all testing and inspection before the material is needed for incorporation into the Work. The Conttacmr shall have � for lays due to testing if it fails to designate the proposed source or to order the material in time to provide for adequate testing mom Necessary arrangements shall be made to permit the Architect to make and materials or equipment ordered for the Work, in process of maw or fabrication, or �' storage other inspection hof e Of the Work. rage elteivhere than the site 4.8.3 The Contactor shall famish the Architect with samples of the materials it proposes to use in the execution of the work in such materials. time to afford the Architect the opportunity to fly,, ,, age for testing of 4.9 DELIVERY AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS 4.9.1 Materials and equipment shall be progressively delivered to the site so that there will be neither delay in the progress of the Work nor an undue accumulation of materials that are not to be used within a reasonable time. 4.9.2 Materials stored off-site shall be stored at the expense of the Contractor in a manner that preserves their quality and fitness for the Work. Material shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard clean surfaces and not on the ground and shall be properly protected. 4.9.3 If the Contractor requests the Architect's inspection of materials stored off-site, the Contractor shall assume the Architect's reasonable costs for travel, room, and meals associated with such inspection. 4.9.4 Materials stored either at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing shall be located so as to facilitate prompt inspection and may again be inspected prior to their use in the work. 4.9.5 The Contractor shall take charge of and be liable for any loss of or injury to the materials delivered at or in the vicinity of the place where the Work is being done and shall notify the Architect as soon as any such materials are so delivered and allow them to be examined by the Architect. 4.9.6 Payment for stored materials shall be made in accordance with Paragraph 10.4. 4.10 WARRANTY The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and e be of good quality and new unless otherwise re equipment me tinder the Contract will free from defects not inherent in the i required �� or �� Contract Documents, that the Work will be requirements c the Contract quality or permitted, and that the Work will conform with the Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not Properly approved and authorized, maybe considered defective. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. cD GAL CONDITIONS Ice4s9 12P96 GENERAL of 31 4.11 REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE MATERIALS The Architect may reject materials if the Architect reasonably determines that such materials do not conform to the Contract Documents. No rejected materials, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall be used in the Work except with the written permission of the Architect. No extra time shall be allowed for completion of the Work due to the rejection of non -conforming materials. 4.12 REJECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Architect's inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibilities to fulfill the Contract obligations, and defective work shall be corrected. Unsuitable work may be rejected by the Architect, notwithstanding that such work and materials have been previously overlooked or misjudged by the Architect and accepted for payment. If the Work or any part thereof shall be found defective at any time before the final acceptance of the whole Work, the Contractor shall forthwith correct such defect in a manner satisfactory to the Architect, and if any material brought upon the site for use in the Work, or selected for the same, shall be rejected by the Architect as unsuitable or not in conformity with the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall forthwith remove such materials from the vicinity of the Work. 4.13 MATERIALS ATTACHED OR AFFIXED TO THE WORK Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as vesting in the Contractor any right of property in the materials used after they have been attached or affixed to the Work or the soil; but all such materials shall, upon being so attached or affixed, become the property of the Owner. 4.14 SALES TAX EXEMPTION AND OTHER TAXES 4.14.1 To the extent that materials and supplies are used or incorporated in the performance of this Contract, the Contractor is considered an exempt purchaser under the Massachusetts Sales Act, Chapter 14 of the Acts of 1966. 4.14.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all other taxes and tariffs of any sort, related to the work. 4.15 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the use and information of the Owner, one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, and other Contract Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, updated construction schedule, and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. 4.16 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES 4.16.1 The Contractor shall sea rre and pay for any and all permits, licenses, and feesrequired for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall coordinate all efforts required to obtain these permits 4.16.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 4.16.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 4.16.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable costs. 4.17 DEBRIS, CHEMICAL WASTE 4.17.1 The Contractor shall not permit the accumulation of debris, both exterior and interior, and the work area shall at all times be kept satisfactorily clean. 4.17.2 The Contractor shall remove debris from the site of the work and legally dispose of it at any private or public dump that the Contractor may choose. The Contractor shall make all arrangements and obtain any approvals necessary for said disposal from the owners or officials in charge of such dumps and shall bear all cost, including fees resulting from such disposal. Garbage shall be removed daily. 4.17.3 No open fire shall be permitted on site. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912/96 7 of 31 4.17.4 Chemical Waste: Chemical waste shall be stored in corrosion resistant containers, removed from the pro'ect site, and disposed of not less fieouentl than monthly unless directed otherwise. D' f y Disposal of chemical waste shall in accordance with requirements o the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (DEP). Fueling and lubricating of vehicles and e i shall be conducted in a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills and evaporation. Lubricants to bemddiscarded or burned shall be disposed of in accordance with ed procedures meettinmgg all applicable Federal, State and local re ons. In the event of an oil or hazardous r mfll large enough to vi'otate Federal. State, or applicable local regulations, the Architect shall be notified immediately. The Contractor shall be responsible for immediately cleaning up any oil or hazardous waste spills resulting from its operations. Any costs incurred in cleaning up any such spills shall be borne by the Contractor. 4.18 SITE AND WEATHER PROTECTION 4.18.1 The Contractor shall take precaution during the execution of work involving demolition not to disturb or damage any existing structures, landscaping, walks, roads, or other items scheduled to remain. The Contractor shall restore any damaged items to original condition and as directed by the Architect. The Contractor shall provide and erect table barricades, fences, signs, and other traffic devices to protect the work from traffic and the public as reasonably necessary and as required by the Massachusetts Building Code. 4.18.2 The Contractor shall install weather protection and provide adequate heat in the protected area from November 1 to March 31 as required by M.G.L. c.149 §44G. 4.19 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL RESOURCES All items havinll any apparent historical or archaeological interest which are discovered in the course of any construction activities shall be carefully preserved and reported immediately to the Architect for determination of appropriate actions to be taken. 4.20 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 4.20.1 The Contractor must comply with all Federal, State, and Local safety laws and regulations of the applicable to work performed under this Contract. 4.20.2 If the Contractor uses or stores toxic or hazardous substances it is subject to M.G.L. c.I I IF §2, the "Right to Know" law and regulations promulgated by the Department of Public Health, 105 CMR 670, the Department of Environmental Protection, 310 CMR 33, and the Department of Labor and Workforce Development, 441 CMR 21; and must post a Workplace Notice obtainable from the Department of Labor and Workforce Development. 4.20.3 The Contractor must comply with Dig -Safe Laws. Dig -Safe is the Utility Underground Plant Damage Prevention System, 111 South Bedford Road, Burlington, MA 01803, 1-800-3224844. The Contractor must notify Dig -Safe of contemplated excavation, demolition, or explosive work in public or private ways, and in any utility company right of way or easement, by certified mail, with a copy to Department of Environmental Protection (DEP). This notice must be given at least 72 hours prior to the work, but not more than sixty days before the work is to be done. Such notice shall state the name of the street or the route number of the way and an accurate description of the location and nature of the proposed work. Dig -Safe is required to respond to the notice within 72 hours of receipt by designating the location of pipes, mains, wires or conduits at the site. The Contractor shall not commence work until Dig -Safe has responded. The work shall be performed in such manner and with reasonable precautions taken to avoid damage to utilities under the surface at the work location. The Contractor shall provide the Superintendent with current Dig -Safe regulations, and a copy of M.G.L. c.82 §40. Any costs related to the services performed by Dig - Safe shall be borne by the Contractor. 4.20.4 This project is subject to compliance with Public Law 92-596 'Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970" (OSHA), with respect to all rules and regulations pertaining to construction, U.S. Code Title 29, sections 651 et seq. including Volume 36, numbers 75 and 105, of the Federal Register as amended, and as published by the U.S. Department of Labor. 4.20.5 If this Project requires the containment or removal of asbestos or material containing asbestos, lead or waste containing lead based paint, the Contractor shall entire that the person or company performing the asbestos or lead related services is licensed pursuant to applicable State laws and regulations. 4.21 ACCESS TO WORK The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work at all times and shall cooperate with the Owner whenever the Owner invites visitors to the site. DHCD GENERAL CONDTIONS c.14912/96 8 of 31 ARTICLE 5 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 5.1 ARCHITECT The Architect is the person or entity licensed to practice architecture or engineering, who is responsible for performirg, the duties assigned to the Architect by the Contract Documents. 5.2 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall communicate through the Architect. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 5.3 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 5.3.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be the Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the guaranty period described in Article 11. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. 5.3.2 The Architect will regularly visit the site, conduct job meetings, and keep the Owner informed of the progress and quality of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. The Architect's minutes of meetings shall be the official minutes kept on the Project. 5.3.3 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amount due the Contractor and will submit to the Owner and the Department for their consideration Certificates for Payment in such amounts as the Architect determines appropriate. 53.4 The Architect shall reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable to achieve the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 4.8. 53.5 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking such submittals for conformance with the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. This review shall be in accordance with the provisions of Subparagraph 4.6.3 and the procedures described in Section 01300 of the Specifications, and shall not relieve the Contractor from compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5.3.6 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize Minor Changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 8.1. 5.3.7 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of Final Completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon the Contractor's compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 5.3.8 If the Owner, Architect, and Department agree, the Owner may provide one or more project representatives toassist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as described in the Construction Handbook and explained at the pre -construction conference. 5.3.9 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's written response to such requests will be made within the thirty day time limit prescribed in Paragraph 8.6.3. 5.3.10 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. 5.4 PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES The Department's procedures, forms, and practices which must be employed on the Project are described in the Construction Handbook, and will be explained at the pre -construction conference. 5.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall meet in conference with representatives of the Owner, Department, and Architect to discuss and develop mutual understandings relative to administration of the quality assurance program, safety program, labor provisions, the schedule of work, and other Contract procedures. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS C.14912196 9 of 31 ARTICLE 6 SUBCONTRACTORS 6.1 DEFINITION ' 6.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perforin a portion of the work at the site. 6.1.2 The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor assumes toward the Owner and the Architect. 6.13 Subcontracts between the Contractor and a filed sub -bidder shall be in the form required by M.G.I. c.149 §44F. 6.2 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Paragraph 19.1 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety obligated under bond relating to the Contract. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNEARTICLE 7 R OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 7.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts m connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner. the Contractor shall make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing and coordinating their construction schedules with one another when directed to do so. 7.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 7.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors, reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 7.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends on proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects'm such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractors' completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 7.2.3 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or Partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors DHCO GENERAL CONDITIONS C. 14912/96 10 of 31 ARTICLE 8 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8.1 CHANGES - DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 All changes in the work, including any increase, decrease, or other equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or in the time for performing the Contract, shall be authorized in the forth of one, or a combination of, the following written instntments: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or a Minor Change in the Work. The term "equitable adjustment" as used in this paragraph shall include all adjustments to the Contract Sum or time to which the Contractor is entitled pursuant to M.G.L. c.30 §§39N and 390 and such equitable adjustment shall be made is accordance with the provisions of this Article. 8.1.2 A Minor Change is a written order binding on the Owner and Contractor issued by the Architect, with the concurrence of the Construction Advisor, not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. 8.13 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Department, Contractor, and Architect, stating their agreement regarding a change in the work, including a change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 8.1.4 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Architect, and Department, directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum, or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may, by Construction Change Directive, and without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 8.1.5 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor, Architect, and Department; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner, Architect, and the Department, and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a Minor Change in the Work may be issued by the Architect with the concurrence of the Construction Advisor. 8.1.6 Change Orders and Construction Change Directives must be counter -signed by the Administrator in accordance with Subparagraph 3.3.1, to be effective. 8.2 REQUEST FOR A CHANGE IN THE WORK A change order request shall be in writing and may originate with the Owner, the Department, the Architect, or the Contractor. If such a request would cause a change in the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall promptly submit to the Architect its cost and pricing data for such proposed change. Such data shall be accurate, current and complete at the time of submission and shall be computed in accordance with Subparagraph 8.3.1. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912J96 11 of 31 8.3 METHOD FOR DETERMINING AMOUNT OF CHANGE 83.1 Changes in the Contract Sum shall be calculated in accordance with one or a combination of the following methods, as determined by the Architect: .1 Lump sum basis, provided the lump sum amount shall include the estimated cost of the change, broken down by Items a through i in the following Subparagraph .3. .2 Unit price basis, to be adjusted in accordance with contract unit prices, or other agreed upon unit prices Provided that the unit prices shall be inclusive of all costs related to such equitable adjustment. .3 Time and materials basis, on a not -to -exceed predetermined upset amount determined by the Architect, to be . subsequently adjusted on the basis of the Contractor's actual casts based on the following items a though is a. Cost of labor at the rates found elsewhere in this document, including foremen; b. Costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cosi of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; c. Rental cost of marry and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether reined from the Corraactor or others. d. A percent of the net increase or decrease of Item a to cower Worker's Compensation, F.I.C.A., and unemployment contributions. e. The percentage for Worker's Compensation in Item d above shall not exceed the standard manual rate for the involved trade, as set by the Worker's Cotapensation Rating and Inspection Bureau of Massachusetts. This rate shall not include any surcharges such as experience modifications and all risk factor adjustment programs, etc. L For work performed by the Contractor's own forces, there shall be added an amount of 15% of items a, b and c for overhead, superintendence, and profit. g. For work performed by any Subcontractor, there shall be added an amount of 15 % of the Subcontractor's costs for Items a, b and c for the Subcontractor's overhead, superintendence and profit. The Contractor shall be entitled to an additional 10% mark-up on the total amount of the Subcontractor's price as compensation for assuming full responsibility and supervision for the Subcontractor's work. h. Actual increases in the premium costs for performance and payment bonds required of the Contractor and filed Subcontractors, provided there will be an appropriate credit for reduced premiums for a credit change order. i. On any change in the Contract Sum that involves a credit, the amount of the credit will not include an overhead and profit factor, however, the credit will include a 25 % account of item a (labor deleted) for item d. 8.3.2 The method provided in Subparagraph 8.3.1, for compensating the Contractor and Subcontractors for changes in the Work, shall be considered to adequately compensate the Contractor and Subcontractors for any and all costs directly, indirectly, or consequentially related to, or caused by, such change in the work. 8.4 WORK PERFORMED UNDER PROTEST The Contractor shall perform all work as directed by the Architect, and if the Architect determines that certain work . for which the Contractor has requested a change order does not represent a change in the Contract, or if the Contractor and the Architect cannot agree to the amount of compensation for a change order, the Contractor shall perform said work under protest and must follow the notice requirements and maintain the records required by Subparagraph 8.7.3. 8.5 STATUTORY CHANGE ORDER PROVISIONS The Contractor's attention is directed to the Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 30, §§ 39I. 39J, 39N, 390 and 39P, the provisions of which apply to this Contract. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912/96 12 of 31 8.6 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS, M.G.L. c.30 §39N 8.6.1 If, daring the progress of the Work, the Contractor or the Owner discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the site differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the Contract Documents, either the Contractor or the Owner may request an appropriate time extension and an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum applying to work affected by the differing site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the parry making such claim to the other parry as soon as possible after such conditions are discovered. 8.6.2 Upon receipt of such a claim from a Contractor, or upon its own initiative, the Owner shall make an investigation of such physical conditions, and, if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the Contract Documents or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the plans and Contract Documents and are of such nature as to cause an increase or decease in the cost of performance of the work or a change in the construction methods required for the performance of the work which results in an increase or decrease in the cast of the work, the Owner shall upon submission by the Contractor of a properly submitted Change Order request, make an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum and the Contract shall be modified in writing acro 8.6.3 TIMELY DECISION BY OWNER. M.G.L. c.30 §39P Whenever this Contract requires the Owner or its Architect to make a decision during construction of the Project, on interpretation of the specifications, approval of equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of the work, that decision shall be made promptly and, in any event, no later than thirty days after receipt of a written submission for such decision by the Contractor; but if such decision requires extended investigation and study, the Owner or the Architect shall, within thirty days after the receipt of the submission, give the Contractor written notice of the reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty day period and the date by which the decision will be made. 8.7 CLAIMS 8.7.1 If the Contractor has any claim or dispute of any nature arising under this Contract, including a claim based on the Owner's failure or refusal to approve a change order request of the Contractor, in full or in part, the Contractor shall submit such claim or dispute to the Architect, in the form of a change order request, for initial review and consideration, subject to further appeal to the Administrator. If the Contractor is not satisfied with the Architect's decision or, if the Architect fails to render a decision within thirty days after receiving written notice of such claim or dispute from the Contractor, the Contractor may file a written request for a decision with the Department pursuant to Subparagraph 8.7.2. 8.7.2 Appeal of an Architect's decision under Subparagraph 8.7.1 must be made directly to the Administrator by certified trail, copy to the Architect and Owner, within twenty-one (21) calendar days after the date on which the parry making the appeal receives the Architect's written decision or within twenty-one (21) days after the thirty (30) day non -decision period noted in 8.7.1. Failure to appeal within this period will result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and the Contractor. 8.7.3 Pending resolution of the claim or dispute, the Contractor must proceed with the disputed Work, as directed by the Architect. The Contractor must give written notice to the Department and the Architect stating that it is proceeding with the disputed work under protest. Accurate records of the nature and extent of the disputed Work and of the time spent and equipment used on the disputed Work shall be maintained by the superintendent and verified daily by the Project Representative, or the Owner's designee. Failure of the Contractor to maintain such records shall cause the Contractor to forfeit its claim to additional compensation for such disputed work. 8.7.4 Meetings or administrative conferences held by the Department to review the basis of the claim or dispute are conducted in accordance with the procedure described in the Construction Handbook. Such conferences are not subject to the State Administrative Procedures Act. 8.7.5 At the conclusion of these proceedings, the Department shall issue a decision which shall be final under the Contract. The matter may then be appealed to a court of competent jurisdiction. 8.7.6 Requests for administrative conferences by subcontractors must be made by the Contractor; subcontractors cannot make such requests directly. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912/96 13 of 31 ARTICLE 9 TIME, SCHEDULES, AND COMPLETION 9.1 DEFINITIONS 9.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, as extended by approved Change Order, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 9.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Notice to Proceed from the Owner. The commencement date shall not be postponed by the failure to act by the Contractor or by persons or entities for whom the Contractor is responsible. 9.1.3 The dare of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Subparagraph 9.6.7. 9.1.4 The term 'day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise speafically defied. 9.2. PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 9.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Contract. the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 9.2Z The Contractor shall proceed a poditis usly with adequate forces and shall ac lum Completion within the Contract Tune. 9.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 9.3.1 The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time for completion of the Work because of; A acts of God; .2 labor disputes; .3 abnormal weather conditions; or .4 acts of neglect of the Owner, Architect, or Department as described in Subparagraph 8.6.3. 9.3.1.5 Except in unusual circumstances, delays caused by suppliers, Subcontractors and sub -subcontractors shall be considered to be within the control of the Contractor. 9.3.1.6 Should the Contractor require additional time to complete the Work, the Contractor shall document the reasons therefor and request an extension of time at the time the alleged delay occurs, as provided in this Article and Article 8. 9.3.1.7 Failure to notify the Architect of any delay as provided in this Article shall preclude the Contractor from subsequently claiming any damages due to said delay. 9.3.1.8 Requests for extensions of time shall be submitted as a change order request to the Architect under Article 8 for the Owner's consideration. 9.3.2 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY FOR DELAYS The Connector shall be liable for, and shall pay, to the Owner, all of the Owner's Project relaid costs incurred after the time stipulated for Substantial Completion, as extended by Change Order. Such costs shall include: fees paid to the Architect as extra services for inspection services and administration of the Contract, at the rase stipulated in the Contract for Architectural Services between the Owner and the Architect; the casts of the Project Representative at the currertt salary rate; and any other direct cqe ses: The Owner may retain from moneys otherwise due the Connector whatever sums accrue to the Owner pursuarrt to this provision. The Contractor shall not be liable for costs for delay in performance for any period for which an extension of the Contract Time has been granted pursuant to the provisions of Subparagraph 93. 9.3.3 OWNER DELAYS 933.1 The Owner may delay the commencement of the Work, or any part thereof, due to unforeseen circumnstat= or conditions which have a bearing on the Work required tinder this Contract or for any other reason if it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Owner to do so. Except as, provided in the following Subparagraphs 9.3.3.2, 9.3.33, and 9.3.3.4, the Contractor shall have no claim for onal compensation on account of stash delay, but shall be entitled to an extension of Contract Time as determined reasonable by the Architect. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912196 14 of 31 9.3.3.2 The Contractor and the Owner agree that the following Subparagraphs provide the Contractor with the right to request additional compensation for Owner caused delays only in the following two circumstances: .1 When the Owner provides the Contractor with a written order to suspend or delay the Work, or a portion thereof, for a period of fifteen days or more. .2 When the Owner or its Architect fails to make a decision within the thirty day period described in Subparagraph 8.6.3 and such failure delays the Work, or a portion thereof, for fifteen days or more. 933.3 The Owner may, for its convenience, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the Work for such period of time as it may determine appropriate, provided however, that if there is a suspension, delay, or interruption for fifteen days or more, or there is a f the Owner to act within the time specified in this Contract, the Owner shall make an adjustment in the Contract Sum for any increase in the cost of performance of this Contract, but shall not include any profit to the Contractor on account of such increase; and provided further, that the Owner shall not make any adjustment in the Contract Sum under this provision for any suspension, delay, interruption, or failure to act to the extent that such is due to airy cause for which this Contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the Contract Sum under any other Contract provisions. M.G.L. c.30 §390 (a). 9.3.3.4 The Contractor must submit the amount of a claim under Subparagraph 9.3.3.3 to the Owner in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption, or failure to act and, in any event, not later than the date of final payment under this Contract and except for costs due to a suspension order, the Owner shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty days before the Contractor notified the Owner in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim. M.G.L. c.30 §390 (b). 9.3.3.5 The Owner and the Contractor agree that the preceding Subparagraph 9.3.3.4 places a burden on the Contractor to inform the Owner, whenever the Contractor considers that an action or inaction of the Owner or its Architect could result or has resulted in a delay in the Project, thereby providing the Owner with the opportunity to take action to avoid or lessen the time extensions or damages that might be associated with such action or macron. 9.3.3.6 The Contractor must file any claim for additional compensation made pursuant to Subparagraph 9.3.3.4 as a Change Order request. The amount of any such claim shall be calculated only in accordance with the provisions of Subparagraph 8.3.1.3 items a through i, and shall be subject to the provisions of Subparagraph 8.3.2. 9.4 CONSTRUCTION AND PAYMENT SCHEDULES 9.4.1 Prior to commencement of the Work the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a construction schedule in bar graph form, satisfactory to the Architect, showing in detail the proposed progress for the construction of the various parts of the Work, the proposed times for receiving materials required, and the interrelationship between the various construction operations and the percentage of completion and the dollar value of the completed work on the fust day of each month for each section of the specifications and the entire Work. Submission of said schedule shall be a condition precedent to approval of the Contractor's fust application for payment. 9.4.2 At the end of each month, or more often if required, the Contractor shall furnish the Architect an updated schedule showing actual progress of the various para of the Work in comparison with the originally proposed progress and payment schedules. If the Architect raises any objections to progress or payment schedules submitted by the Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately address and resolve such objections to the reasonable satisfaction of the Architect. 9.4.3 If the Contractor submits a construction schedule that anticipates Substantial Completion before the date established in the Owner's Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall have no claim for additional eompemation on account of any delays that prevent Substantial Completion before the date set in said Owner's Notice to Proceed. 9.5 USE AND OCCUPANCY 95.1 Prior to the date of Substantial Completion of the entire Project stipulated in the Notice to Proceed, the Owner shall have the right, from time to time, to occi>py and use any portion of the Project as the Work in connection therewith is substantially completed, provided such use and occupancy does not unduly interfere with the Contractor's operatiaiis. 9.5.2 The Architect will, prior to any such use and occupancy, give written notice to the Contractor, indicating the area intended to be occupied and used, and the intended commencement date of such use and occupancy. Occupancy and use shall not commence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the Contractor. 9.53 Upon receipt of such notice of intent, the Contractor shall promptly secure and submit to the Architect endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use and occupancy of the Work, or any designated portion thereof, by the Owner prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Project. The Contractor shall be permitted to canal its special perils insurance for that portion of the Project used and/or occupied by the Owner. 9.5.4 Partial or entire use and occupancy by the Owner shall not constitute an acceptance of Work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents nor relieve the Contractor from the obligation of performing any Work required by the Contract but not completed at the time of use and occupancy. Before such use and occupancy, the Architect will give the Contractor a list of items to be completed prior to Final Completion occurring in the areas to be occupied. DHCD GENERAL CONDMONS 0.14912/96 15 of 31 9.5.5 The Contractor shall be relieved of all matntenanoe costs of the portion of the Project occupied under the provisions of this Article. 9.5.6 The Contractor shall not be responsible for wear and tear or damage resulting solely from such use and o=4wicy. 95.7 The Contract Sum will be adjusted by mutually acceptable arrangements between the Owner and the Contractor with respect to heat, electricity, and water furnished by the Contracxor to the portion of the Work so occupied. 9.5.8 When any portion of the building is in condition to receive fittings,��w/D�1]=�-_]�c to be furnished and installed by the Owner under -CCfurniture, O other property such items into the building and shall provide all reasonablefacilities and protectionsherall allow .the Owner to bring 9.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.6.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when, in the opinion of the Architect, the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. 9.6de Contractorconsiders Contractshallthat the Work, or a pottian thereof what the Owner agrees to aooept separately is ptu�ane and submu to due ArtCx a list of items m be completed or list does not alar the rrspotm�buluyp or � and ooi�x items on the list. Fat�ure to iactude an item on such complete all Work in a000rdanse with the Conutracx Doctanauts. 9.6.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, the Architect will promptly make a thorough inspection and prepare a "punch list", setting forth in accurate detail any items on the Contractor's list and additional items that are not acceptable or are incomplete. 9.6.4 If, after receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect determines that the Work is not substantially complete, the Architect shall inform the Contractor of those items that must be completed before the Architect will prepare a punch list. Upon completion of those items, the Contractor shall again request the Architect to Preps the punch list. 9.6.5y �� punchlist has been prepared, the Comer will � a meeting with the Atciuk= and Subcontractors to punch list items and address questions on the work which must be done before final acceptance. 9.6.6 The Architect may revise the punch list, from time to time, to ensure that all items of the Work we properly completed. 9.6.7 The Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate within The provisions of Subparagraph 9.7.2. 9.6.8 Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate and shall be subject to the approval of the Department. 9.7 FINAL COMPLETION 9.7.1 After the Architect has certified that the Work is substantially complete, the Contractor shall immediately proceed to complete all the remaining items of Work as determined by the Architect, including items authorized by Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, or items disputed by the Contractor. 9.7.2 The Contractor shall complete all the retraining items of Work described in Su possible, and in any event within one hundred and twenty days aftef S� CompleaonuttlGssh t9.7. lit Arch soon as determines that a shorter time period for completion is appropriate, it which event the Contractor must Contract work wicomplete thethin such penod. The Archutect may extend such one hundred and twenty day period if the Architect determines that such extension is justified. 9.7.3 If the Contractor fails to complete the remaining items of Work within the time period provided in Subparagraph 9.7.2, the Owner may arrange for other contractors to complete such items and the direct and indirect costs of such completion shall be charged against the balance due the Contractor ori if no such balance remains, the Contractor shall Pay the Owner the costs of such completion. 9.7.4 As an alternative to the procedure'described in Subparagraph 9.7.3, 'the Owner may invoke the performance bond of the Contractor and demand that the surety shall complete the remaining items of work in a timely manner. 9.7.5 The Architect will conduct up to three (3) inspections of completed punchlist items. The Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of additional inspections required to verify successful completion of the punchlist. 0. D GENERAL CONDMONS 14499 12196 16 of 31 ARTICLE 10 PAYMENTS 10.1 CONTRACT SUM The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner -Contractor Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 10.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 10.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis , for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 10.2.2 The schedule of values shall contain a separate item for each Section of the Specifications broken down in such form as the Architect may require. Each item in the schedule of values shall include its proper share of overhead and profit. 10.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT Once each month, on a date established at the beginning of the Work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Architect by hand or by registered or certified mail with return receipt, an itemized Application for Payment, supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Architect may require, and reflecting retainage as provided in Subparagraph 10.6.1. Such Application for Payment shall be submitted on a form available from the Department, (a copy can be found in the Construction Handbook). The form shall show separately: .1 The value of labor and materials incorporated in the Work. .2 The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site, during the current pay period. .3 The value, kind, and quantity of each item of material or equipment not incorporated in the Work but suitably stored at some other location agreed upon in writing, during the current pay period. .4 All Change Orders approved up to the date of the Application for Payment. .5 The amounts approved for payment for each item on previous applications. 10.4 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS 10.4.1 The Contractor shall include in such Application for Payment only such materials as are incorporated in the Work.. Except however, the Contractor may include the value of materials or equipment delivered at the site of the Work (or at some location agreed to in writing) upon delivery to the Owner of: .1 an acceptable Transfer of Title (see the Construction Handbook); and .2 reeeipted invoices or other acceptable proof of prior payment by the Contractor for such materials; and .3 a stored materials insurance binder (see subparagraph 16.5.2) that covers the materials for which payment is requested, that names the Owner and the Department as an insured parry should the stored materials be subjected to any casualty, loss, or theft prior to their inclusion in the Work. 10.4.2 This materials) or equipmetrt must, in the judgmetu of the Architect: .1 meet the requirements of the Contract, including prior shop drawing, product data, and sample approval; and .2 be ready for use; and 3 be properly stored by the Contractor and adequately protected until incorporated into the Work. 10.43 Failure to comply with subparagraphs 10.4.1 and 10.4.2 may result in Certificates being c iariged in accordance with M.G.L. c.30 §39K. DHCD GENERAL CONDMONS c.14912/96 17 of 31 10.5. CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 10-5.1 The Architect shall mark the date of receipt on the Contractor's Application for Payment. The Architect will within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment either, .1 issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or .2 return the application to the Cm== if it is not in proper form or comrains computations not arithmetically correct; or .3 make changes to the application as provided in subparagraph 10.5.2. 10.5.2 The Architect shall notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in subparagraphs 10.6.1.2 and 10.6.1.3. 10.5.3 The Owner may make changes in any Application for Payment submitted by the Contractor in accordance with M.G.L. c.30 §39K, and the payment due on said Application for Payment shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made. The provisions of said Section 39K shall govern payments pursuant to Applications for Payment on which the Owner has made changes. 10.5.4 No certificate for payment nor any progress payment shall constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 10.6 STATUTORY PAYMENT PROVISIONS 10.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor in accordance with M.G.L. c.30 §39K which provides as follows: .1 Within 45 days after receipt from the Contractor, at the place designated by the Owner if such a place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the Owner will make a periodic payment to the Contractor for the Work performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site (or at some location agreed upon in writing) to which the Contractor has title or to which a Subcontractor has title and has authorized the Contractor to transfer tide to the Owner, less (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the Contra= and less (2) a retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of Section 39F, and less (3) a retention not exceeding five percent (5 %) of the approved amount of the periodic payment. .2 After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within 65 days after (a) the Contractor fully . completes the Work or substantially completes the work so that the value of the Work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the Owner, less than one percent (1 %) of the original Cow= Sum, or (b) the Connttactm substantially completes the Work and the Owner takes possession for o=;mncy, whichever occurs fust, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the entire balance due on the Contract less, (1) a retentionbased on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the Contractor and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory, items of Work less (2) a retention for direct payments to Subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of Section 39F, or based on the record of payments by the Contractor to the Subcamuaciors under this Contract if such record of payment indicates that the Contractor has not paid Subcontractors tors as provided in Section 39F. 3 If the Owner fails to make payment as herein provided, there shall be added to each such payment daily interim at the rate of three petce=r points above the rediscount rate then charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston commencing on the first day after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is delivered or mailed to the Contractor, provided, that no interest shall be due, in any event, on the amount due on a periodic estimate for final payment until forty-five days after receipt of such a periodic estimate from the Contractor, at the place designated by the Owner if such a place is so designated. The Conuactor agrees to pay to each Subcontractor a portion of any such interest paid in accordance with the amorunt due each Subcontractor. DHCD GENERAL CONDMONS c.14912/96 18 of 31 10.6.2 DIRECT PAYMENT TO SUBCONTRACTORS 10.6.2.1 The Contractor shall make payments to filed Subcontractors in accordance with M.G.L c.30 §39F which provides as follows: .1 Forthwith after the C t actor receives payment on account of a periodic estimate, the Contractor shall pay to each Subcontractor the amount paid for the labor performed and the materials furnished by the Subcontractor, less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the Subcontractor by the Contractor. .2 Not later than the 65th day after each Subcontractor stibstamially completes the Work in accordance with the plans and specifications, the entire balance due under the szkamtract less amounts retained by the Owner as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and u=&*=y items of Work, shall be due the Subcotoaractor and the Owner shall pay that amount to the Contractor. The Contractor shall forthwith pay to the Subcontractor the full amount received from the Owner less any amount specified in any count proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the Subcontractor by the Connector. 3 Each payment made by the Owner to the Contractor pursuant to Subparagraphs .1 and .2 of this paragraph for the labor performed and the materials hi nished by a Subcontractor shall be made to the Contractor for the accent of that Subcontractor and the Owner shall take seasonable steps to compel the Connector to make each such payment to each such Subcontractor. If the Owner has received a demand for direct payment from a Subcontractor for any amount which has already been included in a payment to the Contractor or which is to be included in a payment to the Contractor for payment to the Subcontractor as provided in Subparagraphs .1 and .2, the Owner shall act upon the demand as provided in this section. .4 If, within 70 days after the Subcontractor has substantially completed the Subcontract Work, the Subcontractor has not received from the Contractor the balance due under the Subcontract inicluding any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contactor, less any amount retained by the Owner as the estimated cost of c mule* the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of Work, the Subcontractor may demand direct payment of that balance from the Owner. The demand shall be by a swom statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the Owner, and a copy shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seventieth day after the subcontractor has stsbsmntially completed the Subcontract Work Within ten days after the Subcontractor has delivered or so mailed a copy to the Contractor, the Contractor may reply to the demand. The reply shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified marl to the Owner, and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the Subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the Subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the Connector and of the amount due for each claim made by the Contactor against the Subcontractor. .5 Within 15 days after receipt of the demand by the Owner but in no event prior to the 70th day after substantial completion of the Subcontract Work, the Owner shall make direct payment to the Subcontractor of the balance due under the Subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the Contractor, less any amount (i) retained by the Owner as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisbctory items of Work, (h) specified in any court proceedings barring such payment, or (rn) disputed by the Contractor in the sworn reply, provided, that the Owner shall not deduct from a direct payment any amount as provided in part (rte) if the reply is not sworn to, or for which the sworn reply does not contain the detailed breakdown required by Subparagraph .4. The Owner shall make further direct payments to the Subcontractor forthwith after the removal of the basis for deductions from direct payments made as provided in part 01 and (u) of this Soh. .6 The Owner shall forthwith deposit the amount deducted from a direct payment as provided is part (tin) of Subparagraph .5 in an interest-bearing joint account in the names of the Contractor and this Subcontrz= in a bank in Massachusetts selected by the Owner or agreed upon by the Contractor and the Subcontractor and shall notify the Contractor and the Subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the prank receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account, including accrued interest, as provided in an agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. .7 All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct payments deposited in an interest bearing account or accounts in a bank pursuant to Subparagraph .6 shall be made out of amounts payable to the General Contractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment from a Sabcormactor or out of amounts which later become payable to the Contractor and in order of receipt of such demands from Subctors. All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the Owner to the Contractor to the extent of such payment. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.1491 ZS6 19 of 31 .8 The Owner shall deduct from payments to the Contrmr amounts which, together with the deposits in interest-bearig; accounts pursuant to Subparagraph .6, are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of demands for direct payment received from Subcontractors. All such amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments, and the Subeomtractors shall have a right to such deductions prior to any claims against such amounts by creditors of the Com actor. .9 If the Subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in Subparagraph .1 or if the Contractor does not submit a periodic estimate for the value of the labor and materials performed or fiunishedvithe Subcontractor and the Subcontractor does not receive payment for same when due less the deductions provided for in Subparagraph .1, the Subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in Subparagraph .4 and the Contractor may file a sworn reply as provided in that same Subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month following that for which the Subcontractor performed or famished due labor and materials for which the Subcontractor seeks Payment shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a periodic estimate from the Contractor. Thereafter the Owner shall proceed as provided in Subparagraphs .5, .6, .7, and .8. 10.7 FINAL PAYMENT 10.7.1 Upon completion of the Work, the Contractor shall be entitled to payment of the Contract balance, in accordance with Subparagraph 10.6.1.2 and per the process described in Division 1 of the Specifications.` 10.7.2 The acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment due under this Contract or the execution of the Final Certificate of Completion, shall operate as a release to the Owner, Department, and the Architect from all claims and liability related to this Contract. 10.8 PAYMENT LIABILITIES OF CONTRACTOR 10.8.1 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for all expenses, losses, and damages incurred in consequence of any defect, omission, or mistake of the Contractor or any of its employees, Subcontractors, or suppliers. 10.8.2 The Owner may retain any moneys which would otherwise be payable tinder this Contract and apply the same, or so much as may be necessary therefor, to the payment of any expenses, losses, or damages incurred by the Owner as a direct result of the Contractor's failure to perform its obligations hereunder. ARTICLE 11 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES 11.1 GENERAL GUARANTY If at any time duringthe period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion as defined in Paragraph 9.6, any part of the Work shall, in the reasonable determination of the Architect or Owner, require replacing or repairing due to the fact that it is broken, defective, or otherwise does not conform to the Contract Documents, the Owner will notify the Contractor to make the required repairs or replacement. 11.2 If the Contractor shall neglect to commence such repairs or replacement to the satisfaction of the Owner within ten (10) days from the date of giving or mailing such notice, then the Owner may employ other persons to make the same. 11.3 The Contractor agrees, upon demand, to pay to the Owner all amounts which the Owner expends for such repairs or replacements. 11A During this one year guarantee period any corrective work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable terms of this Contract. For items of work completed after use and occupancy has been taken, the one year guarantee shall commence at the time the Owner accepts such items. 11.5 This one year guarantee shall not limit any express guaranty or warranty provided elsewhere in the Contract. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912(96 20 of 31 11.2 SPECIAL GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES 11.2.1 Guarantees and warranties required in the various sections of the Specifications trust be delivered to the Architect before final payment to the Contractor may be trade, or in the case of guarantees and warranties which originate with a Subcontractor's section of the Work, before final payment for the amount of that subtrade or for the phase of Work to which the guarantee or warranty relates. 11.2.2 The failure to deliver a required guarantee or warranty shall constitute a failure to fully complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 11.2.3 The Contractor's obligation to correct Work as set forth in Paragraph 4.12 is in addition to, and not in substitution of, such guarantees or warranties as may be required in the various Sections of the Specifications. . ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS LEGAL REQUIREMENTS 12.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall stay fully informed of all existing and future state and national laws and municipal ordinances and regulations in any mariner affecting those engaged or employed in the work, or the materials used or employed in the work, pr!n any way affecting the conduct of the Work, and of all such orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over the Contract Work. All provisions of law that apply to this Contract are hereby made a part of this Contract. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is discovered in the Contract Documents in relation to any such law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, the Contractor shall forthwith report the same to the Owner m writing. 12.1.1 The Contractor shall cause all of its agents and employees to observe and comply with all such existing and future laws, ordinances, regulations, orders and decrees. 12.2 CORPORATE DISCLOSURES The Contractor, if a foreign corporation, shall comply with M.G.L. c.181 §3 and §5, and M.G.L. c.30 §39L. 12.3 VETERANS PREFERENCE In the employment of madnanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers in the construction of public works in the Commonwealth, preference shall first be given to citizens of the Commonwealth who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencernent of their employment and who are veterans as defined M.G.L. c.4 §7 (34), and who are qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates; and secondly, to citizens of the Commonwealth generally who have been residents of the Commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment, and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then to citizens of the United States. 12.4 PREVAILING WAGE RATES The Director of the Department of Labor and Workforce Development has established the Schedule found in Division One of the Specifications, listing thepre minimum wage rates that must be paid to all workers employed on the Contract. Such Schedule shall continue to be minimum rate of wages payable to workers on this Contract throughout the term of the Connect. The Contractor shall not have any claim for extra compensation from the Owner if the actual wages paid to employees on the Contract exceeds the rates listed on the Schedule. The Contractor shall cause a copy of said Schedule to be Imp in a conspicuous place at the Project site during the term of the Contract. (See M.G.L. c. 149 §26-27H.) If reserve police officers are employed by the Contractor, they shall be paid the prevailing wage of regular police officers. (See M.G.L c.149 §34B). 12.5 VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT OPERATORS If the Director of the Department of Labor and Workforce Development has established a Schedule of wage rates to be paid to the operators of trucks, vehicles or equipment for this Project, the Contractor shall be obligated to pay such operators at least the minimum wage rate contained on such Schedule. (See M.G.L. c.149 §26-27H). DHCD GENERAL CONDMONS a 14912/96 21 of 31 12.6 EIGHT HOUR DAY AND LODGING 12.6.1 No laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman or inspector working in the employment of the Contractor, Subcontractor or other person doing or connacbng to do the whole or part of the Work, shall be required or permitted to work any more mei& hours in any one day, or more than 48 hours to any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in emergency. 12.6.2 Every employee on the Work shall lodge, board, and trade where and with whom he/she elects, and the Contracror. and trade �aSubcont actor shall not directly or indirectly require, as a condition of employment, that an employee lodge, board, particular place or with a particular person. 12.7 EXECUTIVE ORDERS 'lite C mwor shall comply with the prmAsions of M.G.L C. 151B; Executive Order No. 227, Governor's Code of Fair practices, Executive Order No. 237 pertaining to minority and women business development; Executive Order No. 246 pertaining to the handicapped and all mom promulgated pt thereto. The aforementioned law, Executive Orders, and regulations are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Contr=. ARTICLE 13 CONTRACTOR'S ACCOUNTING REQUIREMENTS 13.1 DEFINITIONS 13.1.1 "Contractor" means any person, corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, or other entity awarded this Contract. 13.1.2 "Contract" means any contract awarded or executed pursuant to M.G.L. c.30 §39M or M.G.L. c.149 §44A J, which is for an amount greater than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). 13Records" means books of original entry, accounts, checks, bank statements and all other banking correspondence, memoranda, invoices, computer printouts, tapes, discs, papers and other documents or transcribed information of airy type, whether expressed in ordinary or machine language. 13.1.4 "Independent Certified Public Accountant" means a person duly registered in good standing and entitled to practice as a certified public accountant under the laws of the place of his/her residence or principal office and who is in fact independent. 13.1.5 "Audit," when used in regard to financial statements, means an examination of records by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards for the purpose of expressing a certified opinion thereon, or, in the alternative, a qualified opinion or a declination to express an opinion for stated reasons. 13.1.6 'Accountant's Report," when used in regard to financial statements, means a document in which an independent certified public accountant indicates the scope of the audit which he/she has made and sets forth his/her opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole with a listing of noted exceptions and qualifications, h an assertion to the effect that an overall opinion cannot be expressed. When an overall opinion cannot be expressed the reason therefor shall be stated. An accountant's report shall include a signed statement by the responsible corporate officer attesting that management has fully disclosed all material facts to the and that the audited financial statement is a true and complete statement of the independent on of�� fir. 13.1.7 "Management," when used herein, means the chief executive officers, partners, principals or other person or pew primarily responsible for the financial and operational policies and practices of the Contractor. 13.1.8 Accounting terms, unless otherwise defined herein shall mean, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards. 13.2 RECORD KEEPING 13.2.1 The Contractor shall make, and keep for at least six years after final payment, books, records, and accounts which in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Contractor. 13.2.2 Until the expiration of six years after final payment, the Inspector General, the Owner, and the Department shall have the right to examine any books, documents, papers or records of the Contractor and Subcontractors that fitly pew to, and involve transactions relating to the Contractor and Subcontractors. OHCD GENERAL CONDMONS r-149 12/96 22 of 31 13.2.3 The Contractor shall describe any change in the method of m inrainino records or recording transactions which materially affects any statements filed with the Owner including the date of the change and reasons therefor, and shall accompany said description with a letter from the Contractor's independent certified public accountant approving or otherwise commenting on the changes. 13.2.4 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall file a statement of management on internal accounting controls as set forth in Paragraph 13.3 below. 13.2.5 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall file an audited financial statement for the most recent completed fiscal year as set forth in Paragraph 13.4 below and will continue to file such statement annually during the term of the Contract. 13.3 STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT CONTROLS. 13.3.1 Prior to execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall file with the Owner a statement of management as to whether the system of internal accounting controls of the Contractor and its subsidiaries reasonably assures that: .1 transactions are executed in accordance with management's general and specific authorization; .2 transactions are recorded as necessary to: a. to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, and b. to maintain accountability for assets; 3 access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and .4 the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action was taken with respect to any difference. 13.3.2 Prior to execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall also file with the Owner a statement prepared and signed by an independent certified public accountant, stating that the accountant has examined the statement of management on internal accounting controls, and expressing an opinion as to: .1 whether the representations of management in response to subparagraph 13.3.1 above are consistent with the results of management's evaluation of the system of internal accounting controls; and .2 whether such representations of management are reasonable with respect to transactions and assets in amounts which would be material when measured in relation to the applicant's financial statement. 13.4 ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT Every Contactor awarded a contract shall annually file with the Owner during the term of. the Contact a financial statement prepared by an independent certified public accountant on the basis of an audit by such accountant. The final statement filed shall include the date of final payment. All statements shall be accompanied by an accountant's report. ARTICLE 14 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENTS 14.1 DEFINITIONS For purposes of this Article 14, the following additional definitions shall apply: 14.1.1 'Minority" means Asian -Americans, Blacks, Western Hemisphere Hispanic Americans, North American Indians, Eskimos and Aleuts, and Cape Verdeans. 14.1.2 "Commission" or "MCAD" means the Massachusetts Commission Against Discrimination. 14.13 "E.E.O. Officer" or Equal Employment Opportunity Officer means those persons designated by the Contractor, the Owner, or any other agency or parry having jurisdiction under this contract, that serve in a capacity to implement this Article. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS 6.14912/96 23 of 31 14.2 CONDITIONS 14.2.1 The provisions of this Article 14 shall apply to the Contractor and all Subcontractors. 14.2.2 The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religious coed,. national origin, age, handicap, or sex. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment upgrading, demotion or transfer; rent advertising; recruitment layoff, termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; conditions or privileges of employment; and selection for apprenticeship. 14.2.3 The Contractor shall post notices provided by the Commission, in conspicuous places, setting forth the provisions of the Fair Employment Practices Law of the Commonwealth. 14.2.4 The Contractor shall undertake in good faith affirmative action measures designed to eliminate any discriminatory barriers in the terms and conditions of employment on the grounds of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age, handicap, or sex, and to eliminate and remedy any effects of such discrimination in the past. Such affirmative action shall entail positive and aggressive measures to ensure equal opportunity in the area of hiring, upgrading: demotion or transfer, recruitment, layoff or termination, rate of compensanon, and in-service or apprenticeship training pregrams• This affirmative action shall include all action required to guarantee equal employment opportunity for all persons, regardless of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age or sex. 14.25 The Genu= shall not discriminate on grounds of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age, or sex in employment practices, in the selection or retention of Su ootinc tors, or in the procurement of materials and rentals of equipment. 14.2.6 The Commission and a designee of the Owner shall have access to the construction site and all applicable records of the Contractor and Subcontractors. 14.2.7 The Contractor's EEO Certificate must be signed by the low general and all filed sub -bidders as a condition of Contract validation by the Department. 14.3 MINORITY GOAL 14.3.1 The povisim of paragraphs 143 -14.9 sball coly apply m oormxts with an advertised est value of 3100,000 or more 14.3.2 The Contractor shall maintain on this Project a percent ratio of minority employee than -hours in each job category not less than the percentages found in Section 01100 of the Specifications. Such job categories shall include but not be limited to those "Classes of Work" enumerated in M.G.L. c.149 §44F and for trades covered by Item 1 of the Contractor's bid.. 14.4 REFERRALS 14.4.1 In the hiring of minority journeymen, apprentices, trainees and advanced trainees, the Contractor shall rely on referrals from a multi-employer affirmative action program approved by the Department or the Commission; and traditional referral methods utilized by the construction industry, where such referrals are needed to meet minority hiring requirements. The Contractor shall keep accurate records of such requests for referrals. 14.4.3 Records of employment referral orders, prepared by the Contractor, shall be made available to the Owner and to the Department upon request. 14.5 WORK FORCE TABLES 14.5.1 The Contractor shall provide the weekly and quarterly information to the Owner on copies of forms that can be found in the Section 01110 of these Specifications. 14.6 COMPLIANCE - REPORTS AND INFORMATION The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the Owner or the Department on instructions issued by either of them and will permit access to its facilities and to any books, records, accounts and other sources of information which may be determined by the Owner or the Department to affect the empployment ofrsonnel. Where information required is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to fiunish this information, the Contractor shall so certify to the Owner or the Department as appropriate and shall set forth what efforts have been made to obtain the information. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912196 24 of 31 14.7 COMPLIANCE - INVESTIGATIONS 14.7.1 Whenever the Owner's EEO Officer, the MCAD, or the Department believes the Contractor may not be operating in compliance with the terms of these requirements, the Department shall conduct an investigation, and may confer with the parties, to verify such allegations. The Department shal!not initiate an investigation without prior notice to the Contractor. 14.7.2 If the Department finds the Contractor in non-compliance, it shall make a preliminary report, and notify the Contractor in writing of the steps necessary to bring such Contractor into compliance. A copy of this report shall be sent to the Department's Affirmative Action Officer. 14.8 COMPLIANCE - DEPARTMENT- AFFIRMATIVE ACTION INVESTIGATION 14.8.1 If the Contractor fails; or refuses to fully perform the steps nxessary to achieve compliance, the Department shall make a report of non-compliance to the Department's Affirmative Action Officer, who will then conduct an mvesnganon: 14.8.2 Should the Department's Affirmative Action Officer find the Contractor in non-compliance a final report recommending the imposition of one or more of the sanctions listed below shall be issued 14.8.3 Within fifteen (15) days of said report the Department shall, after due notice and giving the Contractor an Opportunity to respond, move to impose one or more of the following sanctions to attain compliance. 14.8.4 If the Department's Affirmative Action Office believes the Contractor has taken or is taking every possible measure to achieve compliance, a report shall show the Contractor is in compliance. 14.9 SANCTIONS 14.9.1 For each week that the Contractor fails or refuses to comply, the Department may recover from the Contractor, 1/100 of 1% of the original Contract Sum or S1000 whichever sum is greater, in the nanu,e of liquidated damages. 14.9.2 If a Subcontractor is in non-compliance, the Department may recover from the Contractor, 1/10 of 1 % of the SubContract Sum, or $400 whichever sum is greater, m the nature of liquidated damages, to be assessed by the Contractor as a back charge against the Subcontractor for each week that Subcontractor fails or refuses to comply. 14.9.3 The Owner may suspend part or all of any payment due under the contract until such time as the Contractor or any Subcontractor is able to demonstrate compliance with the terms of the Contract; 14.9.4 The Owner may terminate, or cancel part or all of the Contract, in accordan terms of the Contract. ce with the provisions of Article 19, unless the Contractor or any Subcontractor is able to demonstrate, within a specified time, compliance with the .5 The 1Department 4.9shall investigate t Owner to suspend the sanctions conditionally. Whereupon the gate c oimt've measures taken by the Contractor and shall either lift or reimpose the sar... 14.10 SEVERABILITY The provisions of this article are severable, and if any of these provisions shall be held Jrmcunstinrtional by any court of competent Jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect or impair airy of the remaining provisions of the Contract. MINORITY OR WOMAN OWNED BUARTICLE 15 S NESS ENT RPRISE SET ASIDE REQUIREMENTS 15.1 DEFINITIONS: For purposes of this Article 15, the following definitions shall apply: 15.1.1 "Minority" means a person who is a citizen or permanent resident of the United States and who is either: Black, Western Hemisphere Hispanic, Native American Indians, Eskimo and Aleut, Asian, or Cape Verdeans as defined by Executive Order 237. 15.1.2 "SOMWBA" means the State Office of Minority and Women Business Assistance, 100 Cambridge Street, Room 1300, Boston, Massachusetts 02202. D GENERAL CONDITIONS C 14499 12/96 25 of 31 15.1.3 "Minority Business Enterprise" (MBE) means a business organization which is owned and controlled fifty-one percent (51 %) or more by one or more minority group members and certified as such by SOMWBA. 15.1.4 "Women Business Enterprise" (WBE) means a business organization which is owned and controlled fifty-one percent (51%) or more by one or more women and certified as such by SOMWBA. 15.1.5 "SOMWBA Certified Enterprise" (SCE) means a MBE or WBE as defined in 15.1.3 and 15.1.4. 15.1.6 "MBE/WBE Manufacturer" means a person or firm certified by SOMWBA and engaged in the process of making, fabricating, constructing, forming or assembling a product(s) from raw, unfinished, semi -finished, or finished materials through a direct contract with a contractor, subcontractor, or supplier. 15.1.7 "MBE/WBE Subcontractor" means a person or firm certified as such by SOMWBA and contractually engaged by the contractor to perform a portion (a) of the contracted Work, including labor, materials and supplies, or (b) labor, materials and supplies, or any combination thereof. 15.1.8 'MBE/WBE Supplier" means a person or firm certified as such by SOMWBA and engaged in selling of materials and supplies to contractors, subcontractors, and/or manufacturers for the purpose of constructing, repairing, remodeling, adding to or subtracting from, or improving any building, structure or property through a direct contract with a contractor or subcontractor. Said MBE/WBE must sustain substantial financial risk in the process of performing/supplying the work for this contract. The Department may request information to determine where the MBE/WBE obtains supplies and materials. 15.1.9 "Amount of Participation" means the percentage stated on the advertisement of the final contract amount which is to be contracted to SCEs for work to be performed on this contract in accordance with this Article 15. 15.2 JOINT VENTURES 15.2.1 A Joint Venture shall mean a business arrangement between SOMWBA-certified M/WBEs and a non- SOMWBA certified General Contractor, in which the MBE or WBE has at least a twenty-five percent (25%) interest in the Contract, and in which the other has at least the required minimum percentage of participation in the Contract. It is expected that the M/WBE having the minimum 25% interest will parti '[pate in the management and decision making aspects of the project proportionate to its percentage of ownership and interest in the Contract. 15.2.2 An M/WBE Joint Venture shall mean a business arrangement wherein a SOMWBA certified MBE or WBE serves as a General Contractor and engages the services of another SOMWBA certified MBE or WBE (whichever is required) in an amount not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Contract amount, and in which the management and decision making aspects of the project are shared to the degree of participation and ownership in the Contract. 15.3 CONDITIONS The provisions of this Article 15 shall apply to all contracts with an advertised estimate of $50,000 or greater. 153.1 Within 5 working days after receipt of bids, unless an extension of time for liance is granted in accordance with Article 3 of the Instructions to Bidders, the apparent low bidder must submit a completed Participation Schedule and Letters of Intent covering each SCE used to satisfy the requirements of this Article 15. These letters shall include the contract items the SCE is proposing to perform and the paces that the SCE proposes to charge for the work 15.3.2 SCEs listed on the Participation Schedule may be any combination of MBE/WBE Subcontractors, MBE/WBE Manufactures, or MBE/WBE Suppliers as defined in Paragraph 15.1. 15.3.3 Letters of Intent are not required from filed sub -bidders who are SCEs. 15.3.4 The amount of participation of SCEs listed in The Participation Schedule must total at least the percentage set forth in the Advertisement. The amounts indicated in the Letter of Intent shall not be less than the amount shown on the Participation Schedule. The SCEs for whom Letters of Intent are submitted must be identical to the ones listed on the Participation Schedule. No substitutions shall be made without the written approval of the Department. 15.3.5 Prior to the Validation of the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner and the Depamient with executed copies of all subcontracts with all of the SCEs listed on the Participation Schedule. 15.3.6 Subcontractors are encouraged, but not required to subcontract portions of their work to SCEs. Participation forms, available with the bidding documents shall be used to list those SCEs with whom they wish to sub -subcontract and the dollar amount of those proposed sub -subcontracts. 153.7 The Contactor may include SCEs utilized by non -certified subcontractors to satisfy the requirements of this article. 153.8 SCEs listed on the Participation Schedule must be SOMWBA certified MBEs and WBEs at the time of the opening of bids. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.149 12/96 26 of 31 15.3.9 MBEIWBE Certification from any other agency/municipality shall not be considered applicable for this Contract 15.3.9.1 The Department reserves the right to allow a SCE to perform work other than those categories listed on the SCE's SOMWBA certification. 15.3.10 If a filed sub -bidder listed as a SCE is rejected for failure to obtain a performance and payment bond from a surety qualified to do business in the Commonwealth when requested by the general bidder to do so at the time of bid, said failure shall not entitle the general bidder to avoid the requirements of this Article 15. 15.3.11 The Contractor shall not change the SCEs listed in the Participation Schedule or make any other such SCE substitutions after the Contract has been executed or during, constriction without the written approval of the Owner and the Department. 15.3.12 The Contractor shall not terminate any subcontract for, nor perform with its own organization, work designated to an SCE on the Participation Schedule without the written approval of the Owner and the Department. Such approval shall be withheld until the Contractor demonstrates that the Amount of Participation is still met for any substituted SCE, provided however, that compliance with this paragraph shall not limit the terms of M.G.L. c.149 §44F. Notice of all M/WBE status changes (before Final Completion) must be sent to the Department of Housing and Community Development - Legal 0 E/WBE 18th Floor, 100 Cambridge Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02202. 15.4 COMPLIANCE 15.4.1 The Contractor must provide information as is necessary, in the judgment of the Owner or the Department, to ascertain compliance with the terms of this Article 15. 15.4.2 The Contractor shall provide, an executed Contractor's Affidavit of Payment to Minority Business Enterprises as found in Section 01110 of these Specifications. 15.4.3 If an SCE listed on the Participation Schedule has its SCE certified status revoked, the Contractor shall be considered to be out of compliance with this Article 15 and must proceed as outlined in Subparagraph 15.3.11. 15.4.4 If the Contractor desires to comply with this Article 15, but for reasons beyond its control cannot do so in accordance with the Participation Schedule, the Contractor must submit to the Owner and the Department the reason for its inability to comply and proposed revisions to the Participation Schedule stating how conditions of this Article 15 are to be met. 15.4.5 Failure to comply with any provisions of Article 15 shall constitute a breach of the Contract. 15.5 SANCTIONS 15.5.1 If at anytime during the life of this Contract, the Contractor is found to be out of compliance with Article 15, sanctions shall be imposed within fifteen (15) working days after notification to the Contractor of said violation. Ifwithin those fifteen (15) days the Contractor remedies the non-compliance to the satisfaction of the Department, or provides compelling documentation as outlined in Article 15.6.2, said sanctions tray be postponed or waved. If the Contractor requrres more than fifreen (15) days to remedy non-compliance, it shall make a writer request to the Department for a time extension. This request shall be made within the original fifreen (15) day period. Failure to respond shall result in immediate iraplementation of sanctions. 15.5.2 If the Contractor fails to comply with the terms of these conditions, the Owner may impose the following sanctions: .1 require the Contractor to provide equivalent substitute participation with SCEs acceptable to the Owner and Department and at no additional cost to the Owner., or .2 suspend any payment for the Work that should have been but was not performed by an SCE pursuant to the Participation Schedule. 15.5.3 To the extent that the Contractor has not complied with the terms of these conditions, the Owner may withhold from any Certificate for Payment moneys equivalent to the product of the percentage of completion times the SCE dollar amount, minus the amount already paid to SCEs for Work performed under the contract, minus any amounts withheld for previous non-compliance. 15.5.4 In addition to the sanctions allowed under Paragraph 15.5, the Owner may suspend or terminate this Contract in whole or in part, or may call upon. the Contractor's surety to perform all terms and conditions in the Contract. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912196 27 of 31 15.6 RECOURSE 15.6.1 The Owner and the Department have the option not to impose sanctions if the Contractor demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Department, that the Contractor has taken every possible measure to comply with Article 15. This may constitute a reason for waiving this Article in whole or in part. 15.6.2 To demonstrate every possible measure, the Contractor shall furnish: .1 the name of each firm solicited for quotations on each Subcontract, the price quoted by each, and whether or not the firm solicited was a minority or woman -owned business; .2 the reason for not subcontracting with a minority or woman -owned business enterprise when applicable; .3 evidence showing efforts by the Contractor to supplement its own and SOMWBA lists of minority and woman -owned business sources by contacting the Small Business Administration, trade organizations, the General Services Administration (U.S. Government), minority contractors' organizations, community organizations and other likely sources of names of additional minority or woman -owned business firs capable of performing the Work; and .4 evidence showing other efforts to comply with this Article 15. 15.7 WAIVERS The Department reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive all, or a portion of the requirements of this Article 15. 15.8 SEVERABILITY The provisions of this article are severable, and if any of these provisions shall be held unconstitutional by any court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall not affect or impair any of the remaining provisions of the Contract. ARTICLE 16 INSURANCE 16.1 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 16.1.1 'Ile Contractor shall take out and maintain insurance coverage as listed in subparagraphs 16.2 - 16.8 with respect to the operations as well as the completed operations of this Contract. This insurance shall be provided at the Contractor's expense and shall be in full force and effect for the full term of the Contract. 16.1.2 All policies shall be issued by companies authorized to write that type of insurance under the laws of this Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 16.2 CONTRACTOR'S COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 16.2.1 Provide the following minimum coverage with respect to the operations performed by any employee, Subcontractor, or supplier: Bodily Injury & Property Damage Products & Completed Operations Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000. each occurrence $1,000,000. general aggregate $1,000,000. aggregate $1,000,000. each occurrence 16.2.2 This policy shall include coverage relating to explosion, collapse, and underground property damage. 16.2.3 This policy shall include contractual liability coverage. 16.2.4 The Contractor shall provide a separate Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability policy in the name of the Owner at the same limits listed above. 16.2.5 The completed operations coverage shall be maintained for a period of two (2) years after Substantial Completion as defined in subparagraph 9.6.1. DHCD GENERAL CONDMONS c.14912196 28 of 31 16.3 VEHICLE LIABILITY Provide the following minimum coverage with respect to the operations of any employee, including coverage for owned, non -owned, and hired vehicles: Bodily Injury and Property Damage 16.4 WORKER'S COMPENSATION $ 1,000,000. each person $1,000,000. each accident Combined Single Limit of $1,000,000 Provide the following coverage in. accordance with M.G.L. c.149 §34A and c.152 as amended: Worker's Compensation Coverage A Employer's Liability Coverage B 16.5 PROPERTY COVERAGE Provide Statutory Minimum $ 500,000. each accident $ 500,000. disease per employee $ 500,000. disease policy 16.5.1 Provide Special Perils coverage against loss or damage by fire and against loss or damage covered by the special perils insurance endorsement on all work included in this contract in an amount equal to at least 80% of Contract Amount. 16.5.2 When work will be completed on existing buildings owned by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide an installation floater, in the full amount of the Contract, for the requirements set forth in Subparagraph 16.5. 16.S.3 This policy and/or installation floater shall indicate if Stored Materials coverage is provided as required by Paragraph 16.6.1 The policy or policies shall specifically state that they are for the benefit of and payable to the Owner, the Department, the Contractor, and all persons furnishing labor or labor and materials for the Contract Work, as their interests may appear 16.6.2 The Special Perils coverage shall include any costs for work performed by the Architect or any consultant as the result of a loss experienced during the life of this contract. 16.7 OWNER AS ADDITIONAL INSURED The Owner and Department shall be named as additional insureds on the Contractor's Commercial Liability Policies. 16.8 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE, POLICIES 16.8.1 Certificates of insurance, acceptable to the Owner, shall be submitted to the Owner simultaneously with the execution of the Contract. Certificates shall indicate that the contractual liability coverage, and Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability coverage is in force, as well as the deletions of the XCU exclusions. 16.8.2 The Contractor shall file the original and one certified copy of all policies with the Owner and one with the Department within sixty days after Contract award. If the Owner is damaged by the Contractor's failure to maintain such insurance and to so notify the Owner, then the Contractor shall be responsible for all reasonable costs attributable thereto. 16.9 CANCELLATION Cancellation of any insurance required by this contract, whether by the insurer or the insured, shall not be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the parry proposing cancellation to the other patty and Owner at least thirty days prior to the effective date thereof, which shall be expressed in said notice DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS 04912/96 29 of 31 ARTICLE 17 INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall take all responsibility for the Work and take all precautions for preventing injuries to persons and property in or about the Work; shall bear all losses resulting from or on account of the amount or character of the Work. The Contractor shall pay or cause payment to be made for all labor performed or furnished and for all materials used or employed in carrying out this Contract. The Contractor shall assume the defense of, and indemnify and save harmless, the Architect, the Owner, the Department and their officers and agents from all claims relating to: labor performed or furnished and materials used or employed for the Work; inventions, patents and patent rights used in and in doing the Work unless such patent infringements due to a product or process specified by the Owner; injuries to any person or corporation received or sustained by or from the Contractor and any employees, and Subcontractors and employees, in doing the work, or in consequence of any improper materials, implements or labor used or employed therein; and any act, omission, or neglect of the Contractor and any employees. ARTICLE 18 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS 18.1 CONTRACTOR BONDS 18.1.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with performance and payment (labor and materials) bonds in the form provided by the Department, executed by a surety licensed by the Commonwealth's Division of Insurance. Each such bond shall be in the amount of the Contract Sum. 18.1.2 If at any time prior to final payment to the Contractor, the Surety: .1 is adjudged bankrupt or has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; .2 has liquidated all assets and has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; .3 is placed in receivership; .4 otherwise petitions a state or federal court for protection from its creditors; or .5 allows its license to do business in Massachusetts to lapse or be revoked; the Contractor shall, within 21 days of any such action listed above, provide the Owner with new performance and Payment bonds as described in Paragraph 18.1.1. Such bonds shall be provided solely at the Contractor's expense. 18.2 SUBCONTRACTOR BONDS 18.2.1 The Contractor may list in its bid that any or all filed Subcontractors provide the Contractor with payment and performance bonds for the full amount of the Subcontract. The costs for said bonds shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 18.2.2 In the event the Contractor lists in its bid that filed Subcontractors provide bonds, and su bsequ the requirement, the Connector shall provide the Owner with a certification that �y waives subcontractor defaults or is terminated, the Connector accepts full aY if the filed termination with a credit change order in as amount to the bond premium it would have paid had it required the D GENERAL CONDITIONS a 14499 t?J96 30 of 31 ARTICLE 19 TERMINATION 19.1 TERMINATION FOR CAUSE 19.1.1 The Owner may terminate this contract for cause if it determines that any of the following circumstances have occurred: .1 The Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or has made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; .2 A receiver has been appointed of the Contractor's property; .3 All or a part of the Work has been abandoned; .4 The Contractor has sublet or assigned all or any portion of the. Work, the Contract, or claims thereunder, without the prior written consent of the Owner, except as provided in the Contract; .5 The Architect has determined that the rate of progress required on the project is not being met, or .6 The Contractor has substantially violated any provisions of this Contract. 19.1.2 In the event of such termination, the Owner may hold the Contractor and its sureties liable in damages as for a breach of contract, or the Owner may notify the Contractor to discontinue all work, or any part thereof, and the Contractor shall discontinue all work, or any part thereof, as the Owner may designate. 19.13 The Owner may complete the work, or any part thereof, and charge the expense of completing the Work or part thereof, to the Contractor. 19.1.4 The Owner may take possession of and use any materials, machinery, implements and tools found upon the site of said Work. The Owner shall not be liable for any depreciation, loss or damage to said materials, machinery, implements or tools during said use and the Contractor shall be solely responsible for their removal from the Project site after the Owner has no further use for them. 19.1.5 The Owner may, at its option, require the surety or sureties to complete the Contract. 19.2 TERMINATION LIABILITIES 19.2.1 All expenses charged tinder Paragraph 19.1 shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of any moneys then due or to become due the Contractor tinder this Contract; and in such accounting the Owner shall not be held to obtain the lowest fioures, by competitive bid or otherwise, for the completion of the Work or any part thereof. 19.2.2 All stuns actually paid by the Owner to complete the Work shall be charged to the Contractor. In case the expenses charged are less than the sum which would have been payable under this Contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive the difference. In case such expenses shall exceed the said stun, the Contractor shall pay the amount of the excess to the Owner. 19.2.3 Expenses incurred under subparagraph 19.1 shall also include, but not be limited to, costs for Architectural extra services and Project Representative services required, in the opinion of the Owner, to successfully inspect and administer the construction contract through final completion, as described in Paragraph 9.7. 19.3 TERMINATION - NO FAULT 19.3.1 In the event that this Contract is terminated by the Owner, and termination is not based on a reason listed in Paragraph 19. 1, the Contractor shall be compensated for its costs incurred on the Project, including reasonable costs of de -mobilization, calculated on a percent completion basis as provided in Article 10, covering the period of time between the last periodic payment and the date of termination. 19.3.2 Payment by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 19.3.1 shall be considered to fully compensate the Contractor for all claims and expenses and those of any consultants, Subcontractors, and suppliers, directly or indirectly attributable to the termination, including any claims for lost profits. 19.4 ADMINISTRATOR'S APPROVAL Termination of the Contract requires the prior approval of the Administrator. DHCD GENERAL CONDITIONS c.14912/96 31 of 31 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and conditions of the construction Contract, including but not limited to Contract Documents, Bidding Forms, General Conditions, any Special Conditions, and all Sections of Division I, General Requirements apply to this section and the work of all sections. 1.02 WORK UNDER THIS PROJECT: A. Project Name and Location: "Physical Access Improvements Three housing for the Elderly Community Centers" Fountain Drive (667-1), Bingham Way (667-2),Fould's Terrace (667-3) DHCD Project # 196009 North Andover Housing Authority One Morkeski Meadows, North Andover MA 01845 B. Architect: The term "Architect" refers to the professional services Contractor listed below. The Architect may furnish personnel for Construction Period Services if required by his Contract. MBA INTERNATIONAL / A R C H I T E C T S 99 Washington Street Melrose, Massachusetts 02176 Tel. (781) 665-1545 Fax (781) 665-3043 C. Owner's Designated Representative: 1. Project Representative: Ms. Hope Minicucci Exec. Director North Andover Housing Authority North Andover, MA. 01845 (978) 682-3932 2. Alternate: "To be Determined" D. List of Drawings: The requirements of the Contract include all modifications, renovations and repairs incident thereto, as specified herein and as shown on the drawings listed in the Table of Contents in this Project Manual: E. Work of this contract generally consists of, but is NOT limited to, the ADA Upgrade of the Kitchens, Bathrooms and Entries at the Three Project Site Community Buildings (Fountain Drive (667-1), Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3)), along with the creation of new parking areas at Fountain Drive (667-1), and Bingham Way (667-2). SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-1 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority The Project Work includes: 1. Demolition of existing Men's and Women's Toilets at Fountain Drive, modifications to the existing utility systems (plumbing, electrical alarm etc.) to accommodate new toilet layouts. 2. Provide new handicapped Men's and Women's Toilets at Fountain Drive, with new drywall partitions, new painted drywall ceilings, new floor and wall finishes, new fixtures, new toilet accessories, new lighting, GFI convenience outlets, alarm upgrades and new strobes, new doors and hardware. 3. Remove existing Kitchen counter tops, appliances and base cabinets as noted at Fountain Drive, modify existing cabinets and utilities as required to accommodate the new work and install new counter tops with new HP range and sink units, provide new vinyl flooring w/ underlayment , over existing floor tiles scheduled to remain. Provide new wall finishes as indicated. 4. Remove existing front entry door and frame and provide new door, frame and hardware at Fountain Drive along with a new concrete entry ramp at the platform level and a new concrete HP access ramp at grade with new railing system. 5. Modify existing adjacent parking spaces, at Fountain Drive for HP compliance and remark existing parking areas where and as indicated. 6. Remove existing coat closet and janitors closet doors, frames and hardware and interior finishes at Fould's Terrace and Bingham Way and provide new handicapped Unisex Toilet with new drywall partitions, new painted drywall ceilings, new floor and wall finishes, new fixtures, new toilet accessories, new lighting, GFI convenience outlets, alarm upgrades and new strobes, new doors and hardware. 7. Remove existing Kitchen counter tops, appliances and base cabinets as at Fould's Terrace and Bingham Way, modify existing cabinets and utilities as required to accommodate the new work and install new counter tops with new HP range and sink units, provide new vinyl flooring w/ underlayment , over existing floor tiles scheduled to remain. Provide wall finishes as indicated. 8. Remove existing side entry wood HP ramp and existing concrete entry platform, complete at Fould's Terrace and provide a new SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-2 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority concrete entry platform and a new concrete HP access ramp at grade with new railing system. 9. At Bingham Way remove existing HP ramp railings only at side entry and replace with new railings as indicated. Modify existing adjacent parking spaces, at Bingham Way for HP compliance and provide new parking spaces where and as indicated. 10. Provide all other work as indicated and as required to complete the Project as Designed and as specified. 11. All work outside the Project area, as called for in the Contract Documents and as required for the proper performance of the work. 12. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the demolition, removal, reinstallation and finishing (to match existing) all basement ceiling areas required to be removed to accomplish the work of this Project. F. All three Community Buildings exist in state funded Housing for Elderly and disabled persons developments and all areas of each Building and grounds shall be considered to be fully functional and occupied at all times. G. Asbestos and/or Lead Paint Removal: Specific asbestos and/or lead paint removals in the project areas are NOT anticipated. H. Site Access: Schedule adjustments may be required by ongoing occupancy and functioning of this Building, by the Owners, Residence group activities and / or Housing Authority staff personnel. 1.03 TIME OF COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT: A. In accordance with Article 9 of the General Conditions of this Contract, the Work shall start as stated in the "Notice To Proceed" and shall be complete within 120 consecutive calendar days. 1.04 MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS: A. Existing Structures: Shall remain in place with modifications included in this Contract. B. Existing Utilities: Existing building utilities and systems shall remain as existing unless noted otherwise. The Electrical Sub -Contractor shall coordinate with the local electric utility company regarding all new work and / or service installations and all backcharges by the local electric utility company shall be billed directly to the North Andover Housing SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-3 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Authority. C. All existing interior and exterior surfaces, items and / or finishes in the Project Area and outside of the Project area, not scheduled to be altered or modified by the work of the Project, shall be protected from damage of any nature and shall be properly restored to the satisfaction of the Owner's designated representative, to it's existing condition if damaged and or destroyed by the work of this Project. All interior and exterior Building surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of any dust, dirt, grit or film when the Project work is completed. D. New Work: Unless otherwise noted on Drawings or specified, new work designated "To Match Existing" or as an extension of existing conditions . shall correspond in all respects with that to which it connects, in materials, quality of workmanship, and finish color, texture. E. Alterations to Existing Work: Existing work shall be cut, drilled altered, removed, or temporarily removed and replaced as necessary for performance of work under the Contract. Work that is replaced shall match similar existing work. Structural members shall not be cut or altered, except where and as noted on the Drawings, without the expressed notification and resultant authorization of the Project Design Structural Engineer. Work scheduled to remain in place which is damaged or defaced during this Contract shall be restored to the condition existing at time of Award of Contract. 1. Discolored or unfinished surfaces exposed by removal of existing work and indicated to be the final exposed surfaces shall be refinished or the material shall be replaced as necessary to make contiguous work uniform and harmonious. 2. Holes, openings, depressions. recesses etc. remaining in existing surfaces or finishes, as a result of work done under this contract shall be patched and filled in with materials and or finishes to match the existing construction and finish. For Example: openings left in masonry walls by the removal of a door and frame in such a wall shall be filled in solid with a masonry wall construction to match the existing in ALL aspects. 1.05 RETAINED ITEMS A. The following items which are to be removed and are in good condition shall be retained by the Owner (at the discretion of the Owner) and shall be stored at a location directed by the Owner. 1. Ranges at each of the Community Building Kitchens. 2. Front Entry Door from Fountain Drive. 3. Front Entry Storm Door from Fountain Drive. SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-4 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 4. Bathroom Mirrors from all facilities. PART2-PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-5 of 5 Entrance Improvements Melrose Housing Authority SECTION 01040 DHCD Project # 178014 EXISTING CONDITIONS 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The Conditions of the Contract and other Sections of Division I, General Requirements apply to this section. 1. See Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional requirements and description of conditions and work. 2. See extent of work on Drawings ASP -1, AA -1, AM -1, AM -2, AE -1, and BSP - 1, BA -1, BM -1, BE -1 AND CSP -1, CA -1, CE -1. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall make a thorough examination of the conditions at the site, checking the requirements of the Plans and Specifications with the existing conditions. B. No claim for extra compensation or extension of time will be allowed on account of the Contractor's failure to estimate properly the quantities, locations, and measurements of all items required to complete the work which could be discerned from visiting the site. C. The Contractor shall report any discrepancies to the Architect and request an interpretation. 3. EXISTING BUILDING A. Each of the three buildings (Fountain Drive Community Center, Bingham Way Community Center, and Fould's Terrace Community Center) are state funded low rise community centers serving the surrounding residential buildings (on three separate sites.) for elderly and disabled persons. All areas of the Buildings and grounds other than specific locations of work in progress shall be considered to be fully functional and occupied at all times. END OF SECTION EXISTING CONDITIONS 01040 -1 of 1 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: A. Definition: "Cutting and patching" includes cutting into existing construction to provide for the installation or performance of other work and subsequent patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. Cutting and patching is performed for coordination of the work, to uncover work for access or inspection, to obtain samples for testing, to permit alterations to be performed for other purposes. 2. Cutting and patching performed during the manufacture of products, or during the initial fabrication, erection or installation processes is not considered to be "cutting and patching" under this definition. Drilling of holes to install fasteners and similar operations are also not considered to be "cutting and patching". 3. "Selective Demolition" is recognized as related -but -separate categories of work, which may or may not require cutting and patching as defined in this Section; refer to "Selective Demolition" Section 02070. B. Refer to other Sections of these Specifications for specific cutting and patching requirements and limitations to specific types of work. 1. Unless otherwise specified, requirements of this Section apply to Architectural, Structural, general Mechanical and general Electrical work. Refer to drawings for additional requirements for cutting and patching of specific mechanical and electrical items of work. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in any manner other than that indicated on the design drawings and if not indicated, DO NOT reduce the load -carrying capacity or load -deflection ratio by cutting or altering the existing structure. B. Before cutting and patching the following categories of work, submit to the Architect, shop drawings that have been reviewed and stamped by the an Engineer registered in the State of Massachusetts in the appropriate discipline, to insure that the proper precautions have been or will be taken to guarantee the success of the installation and the integrity of the design. Cutting & Patching 01045-1 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1. Structural steel. 2. Miscellaneous structural metals, including lintels, supports and similar categories of work. 3. Structural concrete / Foundation construction. 4. Structural concrete decking and structural slabs. 5. Primary operational systems and equipment. 6. Control, Communication, Alarm, Security, Electrical wiring systems. C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's exterior or in its occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, result in lessening the building's aesthetic qualities or that would not be compatible with the design intent or new work details. Do not cut and patch work in a manner that would result in substantial visual evidence of cut and patch work. Work judged by the Architect or the Owner's designated representative to be visually unsatisfactory because of improper or sloppy cutting and patching will be removed and replaced. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Procedural Proposal for Cutting and Patching: Where prior approval of cutting and patching is required, submit a written description of the proposed procedures for this work five (5) calendar Days in advance of the time work will be performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the submittal: 1. Describe nature of the work and how it is to be performed, indicating methods of cutting and patching. Describe anticipated results of the work in terms of changes to existing conditions, including structural, operational and visual changes as well as other significant elements. 2. List tools to be used and any specialty firms that will perform the work, including their qualifications, 3. Give dates when work is expected to be performed. 4. List any and ALL utilities that will be disturbed or otherwise be affected by work, including those that must be relocated and those that will be out -of -service temporarily. Indicate how long utility service will be disrupted and what precautions will be taken to insure their timely reconnection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, or as directed by the Architect, use materials for cutting and patching that are identical to the existing materials. If identical materials are not available, or cannot be used, submit to the Architect for approval, information describing the proposed materials or methods of patching that will most closely match the existing Cutting & Patching 01045-2 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. ALL materials for cutting and patching shall result in equal -or -better performance characteristics than those of the surface, system or structure to be patched. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Before cutting, examine the surfaces to be cut and patched and the conditions under which the work is to be performed. If unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered that will have a negative affect on the cutting process or the quality of the final installation, DO NOT PROCEED! Alert the Architect or the Owner for a determination of the proper action to be taken before proceeding with the work. Before the start of any cutting work, contact all trades that will be impacted by the cutting and patching, including equipment suppliers and discuss the impact of the cutting and patching work proposed. Resolve areas of potential interference and conflict between the various trades and insure that all new work is accommodated. Coordinate the layout of the final finished work before proceeding with the cutting. 2. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions and an assurance that other work will not be negatively impacted by the work. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Temporary Support: To prevent structural failure and possible damage to existing conditions, provide adequate temporary support of any work to be cut. Provide bracing and shoring to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures being altered. 1. Notify Owner's representative immediately if safety of structure is endangered. B. Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for ALL areas of the Project that may be exposed, both during and after cutting and patching operations. 1. Schedule cutting and patching work to avoid interference with the use of adjoining areas or traffic. 2. Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from soiling, damage or dust infiltration when work is performed in areas where such items have not been removed. Cutting & Patching 01045-3 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3. Repair damage from demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces noted to remain to condition existing prior to commencement of work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by work. C. Take precautions not to cut existing pipe, conduit or ducts serving the building, even if scheduled to be relocated, until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.03 PERFORMANCE: A. Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching as scheduled and complete the work without delay. B. Cutting: Cut the work using methods that do not adversely damage work to be retained or adjoining work. In general, where cutting is required, use properly sized tools specifically designed for the use intended and make neat clean cuts. If cutting concrete and masonry use a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or drill to insure neat cuts. Cut holes and slots neatly to the size required with a minimum disturbance of adjacent work. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 2. Loud and Disruptive Operations: All operations that by their nature are loud and potentially disruptive to the normal day to day function of the residents should be scheduled in advance with the Owner's Designated Representative and should be conducted so as not to interfere with the normal function of the Building. 3. Provide adequate Bypass of utility services such as pipe and conduit, before cutting, where such utility services are required to be removed or relocated. Cut-off conduit and pipe in walls or - partitions to be removed. After bypass and cutting, cap, valve or plug and seal tight remaining portion of pipe and conduit to prevent entrance of moisture, rodents, insects or other foreign matter. C. Patching: Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible Comply with specified tolerances for the work and if not specified, comply with industry standard tolerances for new installations of a similar nature. 1. Inspect and test patched areas to insure integrity of the work. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and where necessary extend finish restoration into retained adjoining work in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend Cutting & Patching 01045-4 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch, after area has received prime and base coat. 3. ALL Holes, openings, depressions. recesses etc. remaining in existing surfaces or finishes after cutting work is done under this contract shall be patched and filled in with materials and or finishes to match the existing construction and finish. ALL wall, floor, plaster ceilings, etc. surfaces cut or removed to facilitate the performance of the work SHALL be patched and filled in with materials and methods to match the existing construction. 3.04 CLEANING: A. Thoroughly clean areas and surfaces where work is performed or used as access to work. Remove dirt, paint, mortar, oils, putty & items of similar nature. B. Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations from building site on a daily basis. Transport and dispose of materials off site in a legal manner. C. Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and demolished materials from site. Remove protection and leave interior areas broom clean. END OF SECTION 01045 Cutting & Patching 01045-5 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01050 CONDUCT OF THE WORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The Conditions of the Contract and other Sections of Division I, General Requirements apply to this section. 1.02 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph 4.3 of the General Conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the work, schedule, activities and conduct of all personnel employed on the Project, including Filed Sub -Contractors, vendors and his own sub- contractors and / or labor. B. General: The Contractor shall limit his use of the premises to the specific Project Sites and those work areas directed by Owner's designated representative, so as to allow for the Residents and staffs continuous uninterrupted use of the Laundry facilities in each Building. Hours of Operation: The Contractor will be allowed access to the Project areas, as early as 7:30 AM, Monday through Friday. Work will be allowed on weekends and after "normal hours, only with a minimum of 48 hours prior notice of intent to work and then only with the expressed advanced permission of the Owner's Designated Representative. 2. Use of the Site: Confine operations to the specific site areas permitted under the Contract. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to any and all Owner's directions, rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in the Project construction including those of the local North Andover Police and Fire Department and to the North Andover Inspectional Services personnel and the Building Commissioner who has jurisdiction over the Project Site. a. Keep existing Streets, driveways, parking areas, sidewalks, material and Personnel loading and unloading areas, traffic Conduct of Work 01050 - 1 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority aisles and entrances serving the interior and exterior of the building and all areas adjacent to each Project site clear and available to the Residents, North Andover Housing Authority employees and the public, at all times. Do not use these areas for parking, storage of materials, lay down areas or places of fabrication unless approved by the Owners designated Representative. b. Do not encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials. laydown and storage of any kind, to the areas directed by Owner's Designated Representative. If additional storage is required, provide such storage off site. 3. Contractor Use of the Existing Building: Maintain each existing building in a safe and weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions to protect each building and its contents during the construction period. a. The interior of each Building, in ALL areas, is a designated "NO SMOKING" zone and No Smoking will be allowed or permitted in the Project Work areas or other interior areas of the Building. Smoking will be allowed on the exterior of the Building in areas designated by the Owner's representative. b. Keep all Project areas & circulation routes free from waste material, rubbish or construction debris. Contractor Shall remove waste and rubbish at the end of each work day to an off site approved disposal facility and shall insure that the path of travel for waste removal is kept clean and safe for the tenants. 4. Maintain all Utility Services or provide temporary services to areas, as approved by Owner's Designated Representative. Coordinate all shutdowns with same. C. The work must be completed in a continuous uninterrupted operation. The Contractor must use sufficient personnel and adequate equipment to complete all the necessary work requirements within a minimum period of time. D. The Contractor shall provide all tools and equipment required for the safe and complete performance of the Project work, including all safety equipment, barriers, ladders etc, shall maintain same in proper condition and shall be responsible for their removal at the completion of the Project. Conduct of Work 01050 - 2 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority E. Materials on the Site: Materials and equipment that are removed and that are not scheduled to be reused, relocated and reinstalled or to be turned over as property of the Owner under this Contract become the property of the Contractor. All materials and equipment scheduled to be removed and turned over as property of the Owner shall be carefully removed, cleaned and stored in the building as directed by the Owner's representative. 1. Storage of Equipment on Site: Storage of excess salvageable material on the site is not permitted. Remove all waste and debris from the Site on a daily basis. F. The Contractor is responsible for the security of partially completed work until the project is accepted by the Owner. G. Parking: Each Community Building is located within a housing development of Elderly Apartments and as such, there is NO NOW RESIDENT PARKING available. Illegally parked vehicles will be ticketed and may be towed at the vehicle owners expense. Delivery of materials and supplies, removal of refuse and temporary parking of construction vehicles and equipment is allowed, immediately adjacent to the Community Buildings only. Do not block or otherwise encumber drive ways, access roads, resident parking areas, fire lanes or sidewalk entries. 1.03 SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES A. The Contractor's attention is especially called to the fact that the continuous operation of services for this housing development is mandatory. If the development is to be left without heat, hot water, domestic water, electricity, gas, sanitary facilities or any other services for more than an eight hour period, the Contractor shall submit a letter and obtain written approval from the Owner before proceeding. If the Owner will not allow this shutdown, but wants instead a temporary means of supplying said services, the Contractor shall supply all labor, materials or whatever may be required to supply said temporary services at no extra cost to the Owner and in accordance with the state and local regulations on health and safety. 1.04 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Owner a detailed operational plan showing the sequence of operations prior to commencement of any work at the site. Any changes to this operational plan must be approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor must retain on the job during its progress, a competent full time representative of responsible charge, satisfactory to the Owner. This representative shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Owner. Conduct of Work 01050-3of5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority The representative shall be in full charge of the work and all instructions given to this person by the Architect shall be binding. 1. The on-site person in charge shall be present when any work is being done on the Project even if that work is only the work of a sub- contractor. C. The Contractor must supply to the Owner the home telephone number of a responsible person who may be contacted during non -work -hours for emergencies on the Project. 1.05 OWNER'S COOPERATION A. The Owner shall assist the Contractor to perform the Work in accordance with the approved operational plan by removing obstructions that may be in the Contractor's way, upon proper notice from the Contractor. 1.06 INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. ALL Installers of each component of work SHALL inspect the installed substrate, surface or structure upon which they will install their work and they shall note the conditions under which their work will be performed. Each installer SHALL notify the Contractor in writing of ANY unsatisfactory conditions that may have a negative impact on his ability to perform his work to the highest level of quality in his industry and SHALL NOT proceed with the installation of his work until such time as the defects or obstacles have been eliminated and corrected to his satisfaction. Failure to comply with these Project requirements will be construed as a voluntary and full acceptance of the substrate provided and the installer shall be liable for all costs associated with the removal and reinstallation of any and all work judged to be substandard by the Architect and/or the Owner's designated representative. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where an installation includes a manufactured product, comply with the manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to the extent that they are more explicit or more stringent then the installation requirements indicated in the Contract Documents. C. Inspect each item, material or piece of equipment immediately prior to installation and reject damaged, defective and/or incomplete items before installation. DO NOT install defective items or materials. D. Install ALL work under conditions of optimum temperature, humidity, exposure, weather, and other specific requirements including optimum level of project completion so as to ensure the best possible results for each unit of work and the entire Project. Isolate each unit of work from non -compatible work, as required to prevent damage, deterioration, interruption or breakage. Conduct of Work 01050 - 4 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority E. Coordinate enclosure (closing -in) of work with required inspections and tests, so as to minimize necessity of uncovering work for approval purposes. Notify All applicable entities having an interest in such systems in advance of the closing up of the work so that arrangements can be made to perform such inspections and tests as are necessary without delay to the work. F. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount individual units of work at industry -recognized or code required mounting heights for applications indicated. Refer any and all questionable mounting height decisions to the Architect . PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION Conduct of Work 01050-5of5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01100 LABOR REGULATIONS 1. MINIMUM MINORITY PERCENTAGES 2. A. The following minimum minority percentages are applicable as per Article 14 of the General Conditions. Location Boston Not Less than Impact Area Jamaica Plain (part), Mattapan, South Cove, Chinatown, Bay Village, Roxbury, Dorchester, South End): ----- Boston: ---- Boston: Other Areas: Cambridge: -- New Bedford: Springfield: --- All other cities and towns: 30% 10% 12% --------------------------------- 18% 10% 5% B. These percentages shall apply to the Contractor and to all Subcontractors, regardless of tier, for all on-site Work. WAGE RATES A. The rate per hour to be paid to mechanics, apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs, and laborers employed on the Work shall not be less than the rate of wages in the attached "Minimum Wage Rates" as determined by the Director of the Department of Labor and Work Force Development. This schedule shall continue to be the minimum rate of wages for said employees during the life of this Contract. Any questions relative to the applicability of any wage rate shall be directed to the Department of Labor and Workforce Development. B. Keep posted on the site a legible copy of said schedule. Provide the Owner, on a weekly basis, and keep an on-site file of the wage rates and classifications of labor employed on this Work in order that they may be available for inspection by the Owner, Department, Architect, or any other agency having jurisdiction. . C. Apprentices employed pursuant to this determination of wage rates must be registered and approved by the State Apprenticeship Council wherever rates for journeymen or apprentices are not listed. D. Pay reserve police officers employed on the Work the prevailing rate of wages paid to regular police officers as required by MGL c149 §'34B, as amended. Such police officers shall be covered by Worker's Compensation Insurance and Employers Liability Insurance by the Contractor. E. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall provide certified payroll affidavits verifying compliance with MGL c.149 §§26 - 27H. F. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall provide a Statement of Compliance within 15 days of the completion of its portion of the work. This statement shall be submitted to the Owner on the form found elsewhere in this section. END OF SECTION LABOR REGULATIONS 01100 -1 of 1 2 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS t, DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT L DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY Iii a Minimum Wage Rates ARGEO PAUL CELLUCCI As determined by the Deputy Director under the provisions of the ANGELO BUONOPANE Govenor Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Section 26 to 27H Director JANE SWIFT ROBERT J. PREZIOSO Lieutenant Govenor Deputy Director Awarding Authority: TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER Contract Number: City/Town: NORTH ANDOVER Description Of Work: ADA UPGRADES & RENOVATIONS @ ELDERLY CENTERS Job Location: FOUNTAIN DR., FOULDS TERR & BINGHAM WAY Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates AIRTRACK OPERATOR 6/1/00 $27.750 ASBESTOS REMOVER - LABORER 6/1/00 $29.000 ASBESTOS WORKER (PIPES & TANKS) 9/1/99 $24.650 ASPHALT RAKER 6/1/00 $27.250 ASPHALT/CONCRETE/CRUSHER PLANT -ON SITE 6/1/00 $38.610 12/1/00 $39.350 6/1/01 $40.230 12/1/01 $41.110 6/1/02 $42.090 12/1/02 $43.070 BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER/DOZERS 6/1/00 $38.610 12/1/00 $39.350 6/1/01 $40.230 12/1/01 $41.110 6/1/02 $42.090 12/1/02 $43.070 BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER 6/1/00 $27.250 BLOCK PAVERS, RAMMERS & CURB SETTERS 6/1/00 $27.750 BOILERMAKER 10/1/99 $37.350 BRICKLAYER/WATERPROOFER 8/1/00 $42.040 2/1/01 $42.610 8/1/01 $43.610 2/1/02 $44.230 BULLDOZER/GRADER/SCRAPER 6/1/00 $38.430 12/1/00 $39.160 6/1/01 $40:030 12/1/01 $40.910 6/1/02 $41.880 12/1/02 $42.860 CAISSON & UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN 12/1/99 $30.050 CAISSON & UNDERPINNING LABORER 12/1/99 $29.100 CAISSON & UNDERPINNING TOP MAN 12/1/99 $29.100 CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPER. 6/1/00 $27.250 CARPENTER 4/1/00 $32.210 10/1/00 $32.870 4/1/01 $33.520 CEMENT MASON/FINISHER 3/1/00 $40.950 CHAIN SAW OPER. 6/1/00 $27.250 COMPRESSOR OPERATOR/WELDER 6/1/00 $32.620 12/1/00 $33.200 6/1/01 $33.890 12/1/01 $34.580 6/1/02 $35.340 12/1/02 $36.110 DELEADER 8/1/00 $24.720 DIVER 8/1/99 $45.780 DIVER TENDER 8/1/99 $35.920 ELECTRICIAN 9/1/99 $36.840 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 4/16/99 $40.500 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER 4/16/99 $30.310 FENCE & GUARD RAIL ERECTOR 6/1/00 $27.250 FIELD ENG. - INST. PERSON (BLDG, SITE, HVY CONST) 5/1/00 $36.800 11/1/00 $37.550 5/1/01 $38.210 11/1/01 $39.050 5/1/02 $39.900 11/1/02 $40.840 5/1/03 $41.780 FIELD ENG. - ROD PERSON (BLDG, SITE, HVY CONST) 5/1/00 $28.550 11/1/00 $29.060 5/1/01 $29.480 11/1/01 $30.060 5/1/02 $30.630 11/1/02 $31.280 5/1/03 $31.920 FIELD ENG. -CHIEF OF PARTY (BLDG, SITE, HVY 5/1/00 $37.730 11/1/00 $38.510 5/1/01 $39.200 11/1/01 $40.080 CONST) 5/1/02 $40.960 11/1/02 $41.940 5/1/03 $42.920 FIRE ALARM INSTALLER 9/1/99 $36.840 FIRE ALARM REPAIR / MAINTENANCE .3/1/00 $32.640 9/1/00 $33.630 3/.1/01 $34.620 9/1/01 $35.610 3/1/02 $36.600 9/1/02 $37.590 This wage schedule shall -be posted at the work site. Failure of the employer to pay the minimum hourly wage rate on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. 049. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Office of Fair Labor and Business Practices, 200 Portland St., Boston, MA 02114; Tel: (617) 727-3465. Revised: 8/7/00 Rate Sheet: NORTH ANDOVER Page: 1 Awarding Authority: TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER Contract Number: City/Town: NORTH ANDOVER Description Of Work: ADA UPGRADES & RENOVATIONS @ ELDERLY CENTERS Job Location: FOUNTAIN DR., FOULDS TERR & BINGHAM WAY Classification FIREMAN (ASST. ENGINEER) FLAGGER & SIGNALER FLOORCOVERER FORK LIFT/CHERRY PICKERBOBCAT FOUR & FIVE AXLE EQUIPMENT DRIVER GENERATOR/LIGHTING PLANT/HEATERS GLAZIER HAZARDOUS WASTE LABORERS HOISTING ENGINEER/CRANES/GRADALLS HVAC (DUCTWORK) HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) HVAC (PIPE) HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING - AIR) HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER) HYDRAULIC DRILLS INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS) IRONWORKER JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPER. LABORER LABORER: CARPENTER TENDER LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDER LABORER: MASON TENDER LABORER: MULTI -TRADE TENDER LASER BEAM OPERATOR MARBLE & TILE FINISHERS MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS & TERRAZZO MECH MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES) MECHANICS MAINTENANCE MILLWRIGHT MORTAR MIXER Effective Dates and Total Rates 6/1/00 $35.360 6/1/02 $38.420 6/1/00 $21.350 4/1/00 $34.070 6/1/00 $38.610 6/1/02 $42.090 6/1/00 $30.000 6/1/02 $32.200 6/1/00 $32.620 6/1/02 $35.340 1/1/00 $31.900 6/1/00 $29.000 6/1/00 $38.610 6/1/02 $42.090 2/1/00 $41.790 9/1/99 $36.840 3/1/00 $35.320 2/1/00 $41.790 3/1/00 $35.320 6/1/00 $27.750 9/1/99 $36.810 3/16/00 $34.090 6/1/00 $27.250 6/1/00 $27.000 6/1/00 $27.000 6/1/00 $27.000 6/1/00 $27.250 6/1/00 $27.000 6/1/00 $27.250 7/1/00 $35.370 7/1/02 $37.930 7/1/00 $41.080 7/1/02 $44.280 6/1/00 $38.430 6/1/02 $41.880 6/1/00 $38.430 6/1/02 $41.880 4/1/99 $35.430 6/1/00 $27.250 12/1/00 $36.000 12/1/02 $39.290 10/1/00 $34.740 12/1/00 $39.350 12/1x02 $43.070 12/1/00 $30.600 12/1/02 $32.850 12/1/00 $33.200 12/1/02 $36.110 12/1/00 $39.350 12/1/02 $43.070 9/1/00 $38.750 1/1/01 $36.170 1/1/01 $42.080 12/1/00 $39.160 12/1/02 $42.860 12/1/00 $39.160 12/1/02 $42.860 This wage schedule shall be posted at the work site. 6/1/01 $36.780 4/1/01 $35.430 6/1/01 $40.230 6/1/01 $31.050 6/1/03 $33.350 6/1/01 $33.890 6/1/01 $40.230 9/1/01 $40.780 7/1/01 $36.630 7/1/01 $42.650 6/1/01 $40.030 6/1/01 $40.030 12/1/01 $37.560 12/1/01 $41.110 12/1/01 $31.700 12/1/03 $34.000 12/1/01 $34.580 12/1/01 $41.110 1/1/02 $37.430 1/1/02 $43.650 12/1/01 $40.910 12/1/01 $40.910 Failure of the employer to pay the minimum hourly wage rate on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c149. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Office of Fair Labor and Business Practices, 200 Portland St., Boston, MA 02114; Tel: (617) 727-3465. Revised: 8/7/00 Rate Sheet: NORTH ANDOVER .. Page: 2 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY" (�v �P 4 a Minimum Wage Rates �lz, ARGEO PAUL CELLUCCI As determined by the Deputy Director under the provisions of the ANGELO BUONOPANE Govenor Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Section 26 to 27H Director JANE SWIFT ROBERT J. PREZIOSO Lieutenant Govenor Deputy Director Awarding Authority: TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER Contract Number: City/Town: NORTH ANDOVER Description Of Work: ADA UPGRADES & RENOVATIONS @ ELDERLY CENTERS Job Location: FOUNTAIN DR., FOULDS TERR & BINGHAM WAY Classification FIREMAN (ASST. ENGINEER) FLAGGER & SIGNALER FLOORCOVERER FORK LIFT/CHERRY PICKERBOBCAT FOUR & FIVE AXLE EQUIPMENT DRIVER GENERATOR/LIGHTING PLANT/HEATERS GLAZIER HAZARDOUS WASTE LABORERS HOISTING ENGINEER/CRANES/GRADALLS HVAC (DUCTWORK) HVAC (ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) HVAC (PIPE) HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING - AIR) HVAC (TESTING AND BALANCING -WATER) HYDRAULIC DRILLS INSULATOR (PIPES & TANKS) IRONWORKER JACKHAMMER & PAVING BREAKER OPER. LABORER LABORER: CARPENTER TENDER LABORER: CEMENT FINISHER TENDER LABORER: MASON TENDER LABORER: MULTI -TRADE TENDER LASER BEAM OPERATOR MARBLE & TILE FINISHERS MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS & TERRAZZO MECH MECH. SWEEPER OPERATOR (ON CONST. SITES) MECHANICS MAINTENANCE MILLWRIGHT MORTAR MIXER Effective Dates and Total Rates 6/1/00 $35.360 6/1/02 $38.420 6/1/00 $21.350 4/1/00 $34.070 6/1/00 $38.610 6/1/02 $42.090 6/1/00 $30.000 6/1/02 $32.200 6/1/00 $32.620 6/1/02 $35.340 1/1/00 $31.900 6/1/00 $29.000 6/1/00 $38.610 6/1/02 $42.090 2/1/00 $41.790 9/1/99 $36.840 3/1/00 $35.320 2/1/00 $41.790 3/1/00 $35.320 6/1/00 $27.750 9/1/99 $36.810 3/16/00 $34.090 6/1/00 $27.250 6/1/00 $27.000 6/1/00 $27.000 6/1/00 $27.000 6/1/00 $27.250 6/1/00 $27.000 6/1/00 $27.250 7/1/00 $35.370 7/1/02 $37.930 7/1/00 $41.080 7/1/02 $44.280 6/1/00 $38.430 6/1/02 $41.880 6/1/00 $38.430 6/1/02 $41.880 4/1/99 $35.430 6/1/00 $27.250 12/1/00 $36.000 12/1/02 $39.290 10/1/00 $34.740 12/1/00 $39.350 12/1x02 $43.070 12/1/00 $30.600 12/1/02 $32.850 12/1/00 $33.200 12/1/02 $36.110 12/1/00 $39.350 12/1/02 $43.070 9/1/00 $38.750 1/1/01 $36.170 1/1/01 $42.080 12/1/00 $39.160 12/1/02 $42.860 12/1/00 $39.160 12/1/02 $42.860 This wage schedule shall be posted at the work site. 6/1/01 $36.780 4/1/01 $35.430 6/1/01 $40.230 6/1/01 $31.050 6/1/03 $33.350 6/1/01 $33.890 6/1/01 $40.230 9/1/01 $40.780 7/1/01 $36.630 7/1/01 $42.650 6/1/01 $40.030 6/1/01 $40.030 12/1/01 $37.560 12/1/01 $41.110 12/1/01 $31.700 12/1/03 $34.000 12/1/01 $34.580 12/1/01 $41.110 1/1/02 $37.430 1/1/02 $43.650 12/1/01 $40.910 12/1/01 $40.910 Failure of the employer to pay the minimum hourly wage rate on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c149. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Office of Fair Labor and Business Practices, 200 Portland St., Boston, MA 02114; Tel: (617) 727-3465. Revised: 8/7/00 Rate Sheet: NORTH ANDOVER .. Page: 2 Awarding Authority: TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER Contract Number: City/Town: NORTH ANDOVER Description Of Work: ADA UPGRADES & RENOVATIONS @ ELDERLY CENTERS Job Location: FOUNTAIN DR., FOULDS TERR & BINGHAM WAY Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates OILER (TRUCKS.CRANES,GRADALLS) 6/1/00 $30.840 l2/1/00 $31.360 6/1/01 $31.990 12/1/01 $32.630 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS 6/l/02 $33.630 12/1/02 $34.040 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENTi OILER(OTHER THAN TRUCKS,CRANES.GRADALLS) 6/1/00 $29.160 12/1/00 $29.640 DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY 6/1/02 $31.440 12/1/02 $32.090 OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS II 6/1/00 $38.430 12/1/00 $39.160 6/1/01 $40.030 12/1/01 $40.910 Minimum Wage Rates` 6/1/02 $41.880 ARGEO PAUL CELLUCCI As determined by the Deputy Director under the provisions of the ANGELO BUONOPANE Govenor Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Section 26 to 27H Director JANE SWIFT 12/31/99 $34.770 ROBERT J. PREZIOSO Lieutenant Govenor PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT) Deputy Director Awarding Authority: TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER Contract Number: City/Town: NORTH ANDOVER Description Of Work: ADA UPGRADES & RENOVATIONS @ ELDERLY CENTERS Job Location: FOUNTAIN DR., FOULDS TERR & BINGHAM WAY Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates OILER (TRUCKS.CRANES,GRADALLS) 6/1/00 $30.840 l2/1/00 $31.360 6/1/01 $31.990 12/1/01 $32.630 6/l/02 $33.630 12/1/02 $34.040 OILER(OTHER THAN TRUCKS,CRANES.GRADALLS) 6/1/00 $29.160 12/1/00 $29.640 6/1/01 $30.220 12/1/01 $30.800 6/1/02 $31.440 12/1/02 $32.090 OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT - CLASS II 6/1/00 $38.430 12/1/00 $39.160 6/1/01 $40.030 12/1/01 $40.910 6/1/02 $41.880 12/1/02 $42.860 PAINTER (BRIDGE) 12/31/99 $38.830 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, NEW) 12/31/99 $34.770 PAINTER (SPRAY OR SANDBLAST, REPAINT) 12/31/99 $32.830 PAINTER (TRAFFIC MARKINGS) 6/1/00 $27.000 PAINTER /PAPER (BRUSH. NEW) 12/31/99 $33.770 PAINTER /'CAPER (BRUSH. REPAINT) 12/31/99 $31.830 PANEL & PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER 6/1/00 $29.640 12/1/00 $30.240 6/1/01 $30.690 12/1/01 $31.340 6/1/02 $31.840 12/1/02 $32.490 6/1/03 $32.990 12/1/03 $33.640 PILE DRIVER 8/1/99 $35.920 PIPELAYERS 6/1/00 $27.250 PLASTERER 3/1/00 $40.950 PLUMBER & PIPEFITTER 3/1/00 $35.320 PNEUMATIC DRILL OR TOOL OPERATOR 6/1/00 $27.250 POWDERMEN & BLASTERS 6/1/00 $28.000 POWER SHOVEL/DERRICK/TRENCHING MACHINE 6/1/00 $38.610 12/1/00 $39.350 6/1/01 $40.230 12/1/01 $41.110 6/1/02 $42.090 12/1/02 $43.070 PRE -CAST FLOOR & ROOF PLANK ERECTOR 6/1/00 $27.750 PUMP OPERATOR (CONCTRETE) 6/1/00 $38.610 12/1/00 $39.350 6/1/01 $40.230 12/1/01 $41.110 6/1/02 $42.090 12/1/02 $43.070 PUMP OPERATOR (DEWATERING, OTHER) 6/1/00 $32.620 12/1/00 $33.200 6/1/01 $33.890 72/1/01 $34.580 6/1/02 $35.340 12/1/02 $36.110 READY -MIX CONCRETE DRIVER 5/1/96 $21.070 RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER * 4/1/00 $22.220 10/1/00 $23.470 RIDE -ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPER. 6/1/00 $27.250 ROLLER/SPREADER/MULCHING MACHINE 6/1/00 $38.430 12/1/00 $39.160 6/1/01 $40.030 12/1/01 $40.910 6/1/02 $41.880 12/1/02 $42.860 ROOFER / WATERPROOFER / DAMPROOFER 8/1/00 $34.610 SHEETMETAL WORKER 2/1/00 $41.790 SLATE / TILE / PRECAST CONCRETE ROOFER 8/1/00 $34.860 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP < 35 TONS 6/1/00 $30.100 12/1/00 $30.700 6/1/01 $31.150 12/1/01 $31.800 6/1/02 $32.300 12/1/02 $32.950 6/1/03 $33.450 12/1/03 $34.100 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP >35 TONS 6/1/00 $30.390 12/1/00 $30.990 6/1/01 $31.440 12/1/01 $32.090 6/1/02 $32.590 12/1/02 $33.240 6/1/03 $33.740 12/1/03 $34.390 This wage schedule shall be posted at the work site. Failure of the employer to pay the minimum hourly wage rate on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. 049. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Office of Fair Labor and Business Practices, 200 Portland St., Boston, MA 02114; Tel: (617) 727-3465. Revised: 8/7/00 Rate Sheet: NORTH ANDOVER Page: 3 t" THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS '�"`�1 ,'' DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT 1j'4 DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY SWEEPER (NON -CONSTRUCTION) 7/1/96 $21.280 ;•. \� .` Minimum Wage Rates`': -' 9/1/00 $33.630 3/1/01 $34.620 ARGEO PAUL CELLUCC.I As determined by the Deputy Director under the provisions of the ANGELO BUONOPANE Go�enor Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Section 26 to 27H Director JANE SWIFT TERRAZZO FINISHERS ROBERT J. PREZIOSO Lieutenant Go,enor - Depute Director Awarding Authority: TOWN OF NORTH ANDOVER Contract Number: City/Town: NORTH ANDOVER Description Of Work: ADA UPGRADES & RENOVATIONS @ ELDERLY CENTERS Job Location: FOUNTAIN DR., FOULDS TERR & BINGHAM WAY Classification Effective Dates and Total Rates SPRINKLER FITTER I/l/00 $40.150 SWEEPER (NON -CONSTRUCTION) 7/1/96 $21.280 TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 3/1/00 $32.640 9/1/00 $33.630 3/1/01 $34.620 9/1/01 $35.610 3/1/02 $36.600 9/1/02 $37.590 TERRAZZO FINISHERS 7/1/00 $39.980 I/1/01 540.980 7/1/01 $41.550 1/1/02 $42.550 7/1/02 $43.180 TEST BORING DRILLER 12/1/99 $30.500 TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER 12/1/99 $29.220 TEST BORING LABORER 12/1/99 $29.100 THREE -AXLE EQUIPMENT DRIVER 6/1/00 $29.880 12/1/00 $30.480 6/1/01 $30.930 12/1/01 $31.580 6/1/02 $32.080 12/1/02 $32.730 6/1/03 $33.230 12/1/03 $33.880 TRACTORS/PORTABLE STEAM GENERATORS 6/1/00 $38.430 12/1/00 539.160 6/1/01 $40.030 12/1/01 $40.910 6/1/02 $41.880 12/1/02 $42.860 TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT 6/1/00 $30.680 12/1/00 $31.280 6/1/01 $31.730 12/1/01 $32.430 6/1/02 $32.880 12/1/02 $33.530 6/1/03 $34.030 12/1/03 $34.680 TREE TRIMMER 2/1/98 $13.500 TREE TRIMMER GROUNDMAN 2/1/98 $12.110 TUNNEL WORK (COMP. AIR HAZ. WASTE) 12/1/99 $40.780 TUNNEL WORK (COMPRESSED AIR) 12/1/99 $38.780 TUNNEL WORK (FREE AIR HAZ. WASTE) 12/1/99 $32.850 TUNNEL WORK (FREE AIR) 12/1/99 $30.850 TWO -AXLE EQUIPMENT DRIVER 6/1/00 $29.810 12/1/00 $30.410 6/1/01 $30.860 12/1/01 $31.510 6/1/02 $32.010 12/1/02 $32.660 6/1/03 $33.160 12/1/03 $33.810 VAC -HAUL 6/1/00 $30.100 12/1/00 $30.700 6/1/01 $31.150 12/1/01 $31.800 6/1/02 $32.300 12/1/02 $32.950 6/1/03 $33.450 12/1/03 $34.100 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR 6/1/00 $27.250 WASTE WATER PUMP OPERATOR 6/1/00 $38.610 12/1/00 $39.350 6/1/01 $40.230 12/1/01 $41.110 6/1/02 $42.090 12/1/02 $43.070 " The Residential Wood Frame Carpenter classification applies only to the construction of new, wood frame residences that do not exceed four stories including the basement. This wage schedule shall be posted at the work site. Failure of the employer to pay the minimum hourly wage rate on public works projects is a violation of M.G.L. c149. Employees not receiving such rates should report the violation to the Office of Fair Labor and Business Practices, 200 Portland St., Boston, MA 02114; Tel: (617) 727-3465. Revised: 8/7/00 Rate Sheet: NORTH ANDOVER Page: 4 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS Division of Occupational Safety Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed below as a percentage of the pre -determined hourly wage rate established by the Deputy Director under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 through 27D, as ammended All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprentice Training in accordance with M.G.L. Chapter 23, Sections 11 E-11 L Location: NORTH ANDOVER All steps are 6 months (1000 Hours) unless otherwise specifi Classification Ratio' 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 ASBANSULATOR 01:04 50 60 70 80 Steps are 1 year BOILERMAKER 01:05 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 100 BRICK/PLASTER 01:05 40 50 60 70 80 90 95 100 100 100 Steps 1, 2 are 500 hrs; rest are 1000 hrs. CARPENTER 01:05 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 100 100 CEMENT MASON 01:03 50 55 65 70 75 85 100 100 100 100 ELECTRICIAN 1:1 30 35 40 45 50 55 65 70 75 80 FLOORCOVERER 1:3 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 Steps are 950 hours GLAZIER 1:1 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 100 100 Each step is 750 hrs. HOIST/PORT. ENG. 01:05 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 100 100 IRONWORKER 1:4 50 60 65 70 85 90 100 100 100 100 LABORER 1:5 60 70 80 90 LINEMAN 1:2 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 100 100 100 MILLWRIGHT 01:05 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 100 100 PAINTER 1:5 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 100 100 Steps are 750 hrs. PILE DRIVER 01:03 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 100 100 PLUMB/PIPEFITTR 01:04 37 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 ROOFER 01:05 50 60 65 75 85 100 100 100 100 100 1:5, 2:6, 1:10 thereafter SHEET METAL WKR 01:04 40 40 45 45 50 50 60 65 75 85 Step 1 probation SPRINKLR FITTR 01:05 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 TELECOMMUNICATION TECH 1:1 40 45 50 55 60 65 75 80 100 100 Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. '" Multiple ratios are listed in comment field. Revised: 817/00 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT z DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY O t Qly SV' ARGEO PAUL CELLUCCI ANGELO BUONOPANE GOVERNOR DIRECTOR JANE SWIFT ROBERT J. PREZIOSO LIEUTENANT GOVERNOR The Massachusetts Prevailing Wage Law DEPUTY DIRECTOR M.G.L..ch.149,. 0-26 -.27 NOTICE TO AWARDING AUTHORITIES_ > The enclosed wage schedule applies only to the specific project listed at the top and will remain in effect for the duration of the project. > You should request an updated wage schedule from the Division of Occupational Safety if you have not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the enclosed wage schedule. > The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project for which it has been issued. > Once a contractor has been selected by the awarding authority, the wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract for that project. NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS > The enclosed wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site during the life of the project. > The wages listed on the enclosed wage schedule must be paid to employees on public works projects regardless of whether they are employed by the prime contractor, a filed sub -bidder, or any sub -contractor. > The enclosed wage schedule applies to all phases of the project including the final clean- up. Contractors whose only role is to perform final clean-up must pay their employees according to this wage schedule. > All apprentices must be registered with the Massachusetts Division of Apprentice Training in order to be paid at the reduced apprentice rates. If a worker is not registered with the Division of Apprentice Training, they must be paid the "total rate" listed on the wage schedule regardless of experience or skill level. For further information, please call (617) 727-3486 or write to the Division of Apprentice Training, 100 Cambridge Street, 11" Floor, Boston, MA 02202. 100 CAMBRIDGE STREET • Room 1107 • BOsToN, MAssACHUSEM 02202 • TES: (617) 727-3452 • Fax: (617) 727-8022 WEEKLY PAYROLL RECORDS REPORT & STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE In accordance with Massachusetts General Law c149, §27B, a true and accurate record must be kept of all persons employed on the public works project for which the enclosed rates have been provided. A Payroll Form has been printed on the reverse of this page and includes all the information required to be kept by law. Every contractor or subcontractor is required to keep these records and preserve them for a period-oftit wyearsfrom the date of completion of the contract. In addition, every contractor and subcontractor is required to submitt-a copy of their weeldy.. . payroL records to the awarding authority. This is required to be done on a weekly basis. Once collected, the awarding authority is also required to preserve those records for three years. In addition, each such contractor, subcontractor or public body shall furnish to the Department of Labor and Workforce Development / Division of Occupational Safety within fifteen days after completion of its portion of the work a statement, executed by the contractor, subcontractor or public body who supervises the payment of wages, in the following form: STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE ,19 I, (Name of signatory party)' tri) .: do hereby state: That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by on the (Contractor, subcontractor or public body) (Building or project) and that all mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers employed on said project have been paid in accordance with wages determined under the provisions Of sections twenty-six and twenty-seven of chapter one hundred and forty nine of the General Laws. Signature Title DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY, 100 CAMBRIDGE STREET, 11TH FL, BOSTON, MA. 02202 O w is O i4 It O s4 4-) y c0 O O �4 4J U i.� U C � N U - E Ua �4 7 cn a cn -.I E cp z 41 U O -n O is a r N H O O a > 41 41 t4) 3F� W >, +--1.i m As4M0 W+ 7ji to '-'U O O m > +SE 3:O A 14 o 14 ani w A •- �+ o y C A m tJ a) a � a� W >, 14 a �a E ti .wi w �3 >, •-i v a) 14mp+ m z m m 00 ¢ 3 Qo �+ �. E•„ Z Y F s4 3 3 14 F Z � c w u Y +1 w 4 0-4 m U E z m a) (D a) w >410 OQ Ew W Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01110 EEO & MBE / WBE PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and conditions of the construction Contract, including but not limited to Contract Documents, Bidding Forms and General Conditions and any Special Conditions as the may apply to work of this Section. B. This section supplements Articles 14 and 15 of the General Conditions. C. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for the specific requirements of this Contract. 1.02 MBE / WBE REPORTING PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall provide, an executed Contractor's Affidavit of Payment to Minority Business Enterprises on a copy of the form found at the end of this Section. 1. The Department or Owner may request copies of canceled checks to confirm compliance. 2. This affidavit shall be submitted by the Contractor as payments are made to MBE / WBEs for Work completed on this project. 3. Affidavits shall be sent to: MBE/WBE Coordinator Department of Housing and Community Development 100 Cambridge Street - 18th Floor Boston, MA 02202 Attn: Legal Department 4. Failure to submit by these reports shall result in sanctions per Article 15 of the General Conditions. 1.03. EEO WORK FORCE REPORTING PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall provide the following information to the Owner on copies of the forms found at the end of this Section. 1. Quarterly Projected Work Force Reports: The Contractor shall prepare projected work force tables on a quarterly basis. These reports shall be broken done into projections by week of workers required in each trade. a. Updated copies shall be furnished to the Owner's EEO Officer one week in advance of the commencement of work and for each quarter thereafter. EEO & MBE / WBE PROCESSING 01110-1 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority b. Quarters shall begin on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1. C. No work shall begin until projected work force tables are received by the Owner's EEO Officer. 2. Weekly Manpower Reports: The Contractor shall prepare a report after each week of activity, reflecting the actual working hours of all personnel identified as minority or non -minority. a This report shall be received by the Owner no later than the Friday following the week reported. b. Failure to provide information shall result in sanctions as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULES AND REPORTING FORMS are attached to this Section. END OF SECTION 01110 EEO & MBE / WBE PROCESSING 01110-2 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority QUARTERLY PROJECTED WORK FORCE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Name of Contractor: Address: Telephone: Fax Trades to be Utilized: Estimated Total Hours to Complete Work: Total Contract Dollar Value: Name of Project: Quarter: ❑ Jan 1-Mar31 ❑ Apri -Jun30 ❑ Jul 1-Sep30 ❑ Oct 1-Dec31, 19 Week Ending Projected Total Hours of all Personnel Projected Total of all Minority Hours Trades Used this Week Note: A revised table must be submitted if any changes on projections occur. Prepared by: Title: Date; EEO & MBE / WBE PROCESSING 01110-3 of 5 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENTS TO MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (GC FORM) COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Date: TO: Department of Housing and Community Development MBE / WBE Coordinator 100 Cambridge Street, 18th floor Boston, MA 02202 Phone: (617) 727-7078 x 300 Fax: (617) 727-2724 x 578 RE: Contract for Housing Authority From: (Name of Contractor) Project No.: Original Contract Amount: Recording Period Ending: KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: The undersigned certifies that they have met the Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women Owned Business Enterprises (WBE) requirement for the above named contract which states in part that the General Contractor: 1. Shall submit this form quarterly or at any time requested by DHCD, completing the information below; 2. Shall maintain on this project a percent ratio of minority employee man-hours in each job category of not less than the percentages required in the contract documents; 3. Have subcontracted with the following MBEs in an amount equal to at least 12% of the contract price, and with the following WEBs in an amount equal to not less than 5% of the contract price, for this project as enumerated in the Letters of Intent filed at the time of contract execution; and 4. Have made the following payments to each of the W/MBEs for work performed on -this project. MBE/WBE Work Performed Subcontract Total Payments Payments this Quarter Amount to Date In WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed and sealed this instrument under the pain and penalty of perjury. This: Day of 199 Name of General Contractor Signed and Sealed Subscribed and sworn before me this day of 19 Notary My Commission Expires EEO & MBE / WBE PROCESSING 01110-4of5 H Z O a 0 CL J w LU 0:�> W 0: W 0 ' _ Z ' V Z aye agU W O J Q W -J z W W y Z 0 (DO= Ir gLL 0 U z W Z W O U c O O Q U O c O LA 0 L O co O c ►] 0 U c O U a) c CD Lk low T H L 0 U t� L C O U 3 co a) w c O c ca N f4 7 O N a) Y U a) .r - A, A r- 0 Q �a U- O CD 0 z w L () m Y U a) L U C fa 0 0 cc O w L O� o L 0'. 7 20 000 H Ea 7 O c �) O'D � O 0 7 a= r >Y E �c 00 >+L CD 0 � s > c_ �a 02 f 3 �0 E G. W O m 0U A CL L a-, 0) c a) CN _ N a) O .a O C 'L cQc a) .Q L E E c ca U o 0.00 0 O m ca 2 a; cl CD Z U) co W 0 0 WLO m � > O m� .0S W W Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section supplements Subparagraphs 4.6.3 and 5.3.5 and Paragraphs 4.7, 4.8, and 4.15 of the General Conditions. B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for the specific submittals required under those sections and for further details and descriptions of the requirements. 1.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTALS A. Timeliness - The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Architect sufficiently in advance of performing related Work or other applicable activities so that the installation is not delayed by processing times, including disapproval and resubmittal (if required), coordination with other submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery, and similar sequenced activities. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals to the Architect in advance of the Work. B. Sequence - The Contractor shall transmit each submittal in a sequence which will not result in theArchitect's approval having to be later modified or rescinded by reason of subsequent submittals which should have been processed earlier or concurrently for coordination. C. Contractor's Review and Approval - Only submittals received from and bearing the stamp of approval of the Contractor will be considered for review by the Architect. Submittals shall be accompanied by a transmittal notice stating name of Project, date of submittal, "To", "From" (Contractor, Subcontractor, Installer, Manufacturer, Supplier), Specification Section, or DrawingNo. to which the submittal refers, purpose (first submittal, resubmittal), description, remarks, distribution record, and signature of transmitter. D. Architect's Action - The Architect will review the Contractor's submittals and return them with one of the following actions recorded thereon by appropriate markings: (1.)Final Unrestricted Release: Where marked "Approved" the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. (2.)Final-But-Restricted Release: When marked "Approved as Noted" the Work may proceed provided it complies with the Architect's notations or corrections on the submittal and complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Acceptance of the Work will depend on these compliances. (3.)Retumed for Resubmittal: When marked "Revise and Resubmit" or "Disapproved" the Work covered by the submittal (such as purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity) should not proceed. The submittal should be revised or a new submittal resubmitted without delay, in accordance with the Architect's notations stating the reasons for returning the submittal. SUBMITTALS 01300 -1 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority E. Processing - All costs for printing, preparing, packaging, submitting, resubmitting, and mailing, or delivering submittals required by this contract shall be included in the Contract Sum. 1.03 OR EQUALS A. Definition - Whenever a specification section names one or more brands for a given item, and the Contractor wishes to submit, for consideration, another brand, the submission shall be considered an "or -equal' or a "material substitution". For the purposes of this Contract, the terms "or -equal' and "material substitution" shall be considered synonymous. B. In no case may an item be furnished on the Work other -than -the item named or described, unless the Architect, with the Administrator's written concurrence, shall consider the item equal to the litem so named or described, as provided by M.G.L. c.30 § 39M. C. The equality of items offered as "equal' to items named or described shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Architect at the expense of the Contractor submitting the substitution. D. The Architect and/or the Department may require that full size samples of both the specified and proposed products be submitted for review and evaluation. The Contractor shall bear full cost for providing, delivering, and disposal of all such samples. E. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the performance of any item submitted as an "Or -Equal' and assume the costs of any changes in any Work which may be caused by such substitution. F. Or Equal Approval Process - On the transmittal, or on a separate sheet attached to the submission, the Contractor shall direct attention to any deviations, including minor limitations and variations, from the Contract Documents. (1.)The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for consideration of any or - equal substitution a written point -by -point comparison containing the name and full particulars of the proposed product and the product named or described in the Contract Documents. (2.)Such submittal shall in no event be made later than 120 calendar days prior to the incorporation of the item into the Work. In any case in which the time period specified in the Contract Documents from the Notice to Proceed to Substantial Completion is less than 120 days, this requirement can be waived by the Architect. (3.)Upon receipt of a written request for approval of an or -equal substitution, the Architect shall investigate whether the proposed item shall be considered equal to the item named or described in the Contract Documents. Upon conclusion of the investigation, the Architect shall promptly advise the Contractor that the item is, or is not, considered acceptable as on Or -Equal substitution. Such written notice must have the concurrence of the Administrator. 1.04 SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings shall be complete, giving all information necessary or requested in the individual section of the specifications. They shall also show adjoining Work and details of connection thereto. SUBMITTALS 01300 -2 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority B. Shop Drawings shall be for whole systems. Partial submissions will not be accepted. C. The Architect reserves the right to review and approve shop drawings only after approval of related product data and samples. D. Shop drawings shall be properly identified and contain the name of the project, name of the firm submitting the shop drawings, shop drawing number, date of shop drawings and revisions, Contractor's stamp of approval, and sufficient spaces near the title block for the Architect's stamp. E. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect one legible, reproducible transparency and two black line prints of each shop drawing. Transparency and prints shall be mailed or delivered in roll form. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a transmittal notice. F. When the transparency is returned by the Architect with the stamp "Revise and Resubmit" or "Disapproved", the Contractor shall correct the original drawing or prepare a new drawing and resubmit a transparency and two prints thereof to the Architect for approval. This procedure shall be repeated until the Architect's approval is obtained. G. When the transparency is returned by the Architect with the stamp "Approved" or "Approved as Corrected", the Contractor shall provide and distribute the prints for all Contractor and Subcontractors use, and in addition submit, within 10 calendar days after approval, 4 prints to the Architect. H. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved shop drawings at the site. 1.05 SUBMISSION OF PRODUCT DATA A. The Contractor shall submit 7 copies of Product Data to the Architect. All such data shall be specific and identification of material or equipment submitted shall be clearly marked in ink. Data of general nature will not be accepted. B. Product Data shall be accompanied by a transmittal notice. The Contractor's stamp of approval shall appear on the printed information itself, in a location which will not impair legibility. C. Product Data returned by the Architect as "Disapproved" shall be resubmitted in 7 copies until the Architects approval is obtained. D. When the Product Data are acceptable, the Architect will stamp them "Approved" or "Approved as Corrected", retain 3 copies, and return 4 copies to the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide and distribute additional copies as may be required to complete the Work. E. The Contractor shall maintain one full set of approved, original, Product Data at the site. 1.06 SUBMISSION OF SAMPLES A. Unless otherwise specified in the individual section, the Contractor shall submit two specimens of each sample. B. Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper evaluation of materials. Where variations in color or in other characteristics are to be expected, samples shall show the maximum range of variation. Materials exceeding the SUBMITTALS 01300 -3 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority variation of approved samples will not be approved on the Work. C. Samples of items of interior finishes shall be submitted all at once to permit a coordinated selection of colors and finishes. D. Samples which can be conveniently mailed shall be sent directly to the Architect, accompanied by a transmittal notice. All transmittals shall be stamped with the Contractor's approval stamp of the material submitted. E. All other samples shall be delivered at the field office of the Project Representative with sample identification tag attached and properly filled in. Transmittal notice of samples so delivered with the Contractor's stamp of approval shall be mailed to the Architect. F. If a sample is rejected by the Architect, a new sample shall be resubmitted in the manner specified herein above. This procedure shall be repeated until the sample is approved by the Architect. G. Samples will not be returned unless return is requested at the time of submission. The right is reserved to require submission of samples whether or not particular mention is made in the specifications, at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT APPLICABLE) END OF SECTION SUBMITTALS 01300 -4 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining all temporary facilities until Substantial Completion. Removal of such prior to Substantial Completion must be with the concurrence of the Architect. The Contractor bears full responsibility for reproviding any facility removed prior to Substantial Completion B. Removal of all temporary facilities shall be a condition precedent to Substantial Completion unless directed otherwise by the Architect or specifically noted in the specifications. C. The Contractor must comply with all safety laws and regulations of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the United States Government, and local government agencies applicable to Work under this contract. The Contractor's attention is directed to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Labor and Industries Regulation 454 CMR. 1.03 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Water service and distribution. 2. Temporary electric power and light. 3. Ventilation. 4. Telephone service. 5. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Field offices and storage sheds. 2. Temporary shoring and bracing. 3. Dewatering facilities and drains. 4. Waste disposal services. 5. Rodent and pest control. 6. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Temporary fire protection. 2. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. Temporary Facilities 01500 -1 of 10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3. Enclosure fence for the site or sidewalk. 4. Environmental protection. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities. B. Implementation Schedule: Within 15 days of the date established for commencement of the Work, submit a schedule indicating implementation of each temporary utility. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Building code requirements. 2. Health and safety regulations. 3. Utility company regulations. 4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules. 5. Environmental protection regulations. B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations," ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library' Temporary Electrical Facilities." Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 "National Electric Code." C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire -prevention measures. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on-site. B. The General Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining all temporary facilities until Substantial Completion. Removal of same prior to substantial Completion must be with the concurrence of the Architect. The Contractor bears all responsibility for re -providing any facility removed prior to Substantial Completion C. Removal of all temporary facilities shall be a condition precedent to Substantial Completion unless directed otherwise by the Architect or specifically noted in the specification. Temporary Facilities 01500 - 2 of 10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.07 FIELD OFFICE A. The Contractor is not required to provide an office on site, but is required to provide separate secured storage at one or all of the sites for tools, materials, supplies, equipment and other Project uses. 1. Secured Storage shall be provided at each site as specified. 1.08 TEMPORARY TELEPHONES A. The Contractor shall provide a separate service for the use of the Contractor's authorized personnel and Subcontractors. 1.09 TEMPORARY TOILETS A.. Provide self-contained, single -occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass -fiber - reinforced polyester, shell or similar nonabsorbent material. 1.10 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCT[ON FENCE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing and maintaining temporary fencing or barricades around the construction as may be necessary to assure the safety of all persons authorized or unauthorized. Such protective measures shall be located and constructed as required by local, state, and federal ordinances, laws, codes, or regulations. 1.11 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND MATERIAL HANDLING A. The Contractor shall provide such storage sheds, temporary buildings, or trailers as required for the performance of the Contract. Subcontractors shall provide their own temporary buildings and trailers. B. Materials shall be handled, stored, installed, cleaned, and protected in accordance with the best practice in the industry and, except where otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and directions. C. The Contractor must obtain the permission of the Owner for the use of any storage facilities available on site, but the Owner assumes no responsibility for articles stored. 1.12 TEMPORARY WATER A. The Contractor may make use of the available water supply at the site for construction purposes, provided the permission of the Owner is obtained beforehand and only as long as the water is not used wastefully. B. The Owner shall make potable water available for the contract work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all distribution, connections and installation of the water as required, from the point of availability to the project site and temporary facilities. C. The Contractor shall provide an adequate supply of cool drinking water with individual drinking cups for personnel on the job. Temporary Facilities 01500 - 3 of 10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.13 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. The Owner shall make available 120 volt, single phase, 60 hertz electrical power for the contract work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all distribution, connections and installation of the power from the point of availability to the project site and temporary facilities. (1) Where heavy duty electric equipment drawing current in excess of 15 amperes is involved, the Contractor shall provide temporary service to supply the power. (2.) The temporary electric service shall include, but not be limited to labor, materials, and equipment necessary to supply temporary power of adequate capacity for the project and the contractor shall pay the costs therefore. B. Temporary electrical Work shall be performed under the direct supervision of at least one master electrician, who will be present on the project at all times when such work is being performed. C. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain lamps in operating condition. The Contractor, and each Subcontractor, shall furnish their own extension cords and additional items as may be required for their work. Temporary work of a special nature, not otherwise specified hereunder, shall be provided, maintained, and paid for the trade requiring same. D. All temporary work shall be provided in conformity with the National Electric Code, State laws, and requirements of the power company. Particular attention is called to Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Labor and Industries Regulation, 454 CMR. 1.14 WEATHER PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide temporary enclosures with heat to permit work to be carried on during the months of November through March in compliance with MGL c. 149 44G (d). These specifications are not to be construed as requiring Enclosures or heat for operations that are not economically feasible in the opinion of the Owner. Without limitation this includes such items as site excavation, pile driving, steel erection, erection of certain exterior wall panels, roofing, and similar operations. B. "Weather Protection" means the temporary protection of that Work adversely affected by moisture, wind, and cold by covering, enclosing, and/or heating. This protection shall provide adequate working areas during the months of November through March as determined by the Owner and consistent with the construction schedule to permit the continuous progress of all Work necessary to maintain an orderly and efficient sequence of construction operations. The Contractor shall furnish and install "Weather Protection" material and be -responsible for all costs, including heating required to maintain a minimum of 40 degrees F. at the working surface. This provision does not supersede any specific Temporary Facilities 01500 - 4 of 10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority requirements for methods of construction, curing of materials, or the applicable conditions set forth in the Contract Documents with added regard to performance obligations of the Contractor. C. Within 30 calendar days after award of the Contract the Contractor shall submit in writing, to the Architect for approval, three (3) copies of the proposed methods for "Weather Protection". D. The Contractor shall assume the entire responsibility for weather protection during construction (until Substantial Completion), and shall be liable for any damage to any Work caused by failure to supply proper -weather protection and proper ventilation. E. Work damaged by frost shall be removed and replaced by and at the Contractor's expense and as directed by the Architect. F. It is to be specifically understood that the Contractor shall do no work under any conditions deemed unsuitable by the Contractor to the execution of the Work. This provision shall not constitute any waiver, release, or lessening of the Contractor's obligation to bring the Work to Substantial Completion within the period of time set forth in the Contract Documents. G. Installation of weather protection and heating devices shall comply with all safety regulations including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection devices. H. Unit heaters, if used, shall be of the smokeless type and be installed and operated in such a way that finished work will not be damaged. "Salamanders" shall not be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Provide new materials. If acceptable to the Architect, the Contractor may use undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition. Provide materials suitable for use intended. B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry." 1. For job -built temporary offices, shops, and sheds within the construction area, provide UL -labeled, fire -treated lumber and plywood for framing, sheathing, and siding. 2. For fences and barriers, provide minimum 3/8 -inch- (9.5 -mm-) thick exterior plywood. 3. For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges, and similar uses, provide minimum 5/8 -inch- (16 -mm-) thick exterior plywood. Temporary Facilities 01500-5of10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Tarpaulins (if required): Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL -labeled tarpaulins with flame -spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures, provide translucent, nylon -reinforced, laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride, fire - retardant tarpaulins. D. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide new equipment. If acceptable to the Architect, the Contractor may use undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition. Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Water Hoses: Provide 3/4 -inch (19 -mm), heavy-duty, abrasion -resistant, flexible rubber hoses 100 feet (30 m) long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum pressure of the water distribution system. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at hose discharge. C. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA -polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120 -Volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment. D. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard -service cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach construction areas. Do not exceed safe length -voltage ratio. E. Lamps and Light Fixtures (if required): Provide general service incandescent lamps of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered -glass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. F. Temporary Offices / Tool Storage: Provide (one each site) prefabricated steel double door containers, minimum 150 sf with lockable entrances, on foundations adequate for normal loading. G. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained, single -occupant toilet units of the chemical, aerated recirculation. Provide units properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass -fiber -reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. H. Fire Extinguishers (if required): Provide hand -carried, portable, UL -rated, Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations, provide hand -carried, portable, UL -rated, Class ABC, dry -chemical extinguishers or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for the exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. Temporary Facilities 01500 - 6 of 10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. - C. Temporary Lighting : Provide temporary lighting to illuminate barriers and areas of excavation as a safety precaution for the tenants and others after hours Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and protection requirements without operating the entire system. Provide temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. D. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service throughout the construction period for all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install telephone on a separate line for each temporary office and first-aid station. E. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking -water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for the type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. Install where facilities will best serve the Project's needs. 1. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material. F. Toilets: Use of the Owner's existing toilet facilities will not be permitted. G. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Use of pit -type privies will not be permitted. 1. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel. H. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel involved in handling materials that require wash-up for a healthy and sanitary condition. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each condition. Drinking -Water Facilities: Provide containerized, tap -dispenser, bottled -water drinking -water units, including paper supply. J. Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from heavy rains. Temporary Facilities 01500-7of10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3.03 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Locate field offices, storage sheds, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Final Completion. B. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops, and sheds located within the construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241. C. Temporary Offices / Tool Storage: Provide (one each site) prefabricated, weatherproof steel double door containers, minimum 150 sf with lockable entrances, on foundations adequate for normal loading. D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility service E. Temporary Paving, walk and curb Protection: Provide and maintain temporary road, paving, curb and walkway protection to support the required loading adequately and to protect the existing paving, curbs, walkways etc. from exposure to traffic during the construction period. Locate temporary protection where required and where indicated by the Housing Authority Representative and the Architect. 1. Patch and repair and / or replace to the satisfaction of the Owners Representative, any paving, parking areas, curbing, walkways etc. damaged as a result of the performance of the work of this Project, including deliveries. F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Maintain the site, excavations, and construction free of water. G. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. 1. Where heat is needed Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustible wood framing and other materials. Close openings of 25 sq. ft. (2.3 sq. m) or less with plywood or similar materials. H. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of material lawfully. Temporary Facilities 01500-8of10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority I. Rodent and Pest Control: Before deep foundation work has been completed, retain a local exterminator or pest control company to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests. Employ this service to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so the Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials. 3.04 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Fire Protection: install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations." 1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each site. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire -safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire -protection facilities, and other access routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire -exposure areas. 4. Provide supervision of welding operations and similar sources of fire ignition. B. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of the hazard being protected against. 1. Provide solid, secured barriers (minimum 4 feet high) around all sides of open excavations, trenches and pits to prevent unauthorized access during periods of no work. 2. Provide continuous lighting during periods of darkness at all barriers to include flashing red or amber lights. C. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of partially completed areas of construction. Please note that Community Buildings will be open to resident of development for use of the Laundry facilities. Take adequate measures to prevent injury to persons using the facility, unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. 1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism. D. The Contractor must obtain the permission of the Owner for the use of any storage facilities available on site, but the Owner assumes no responsibility for articles stored. Temporary Facilities 01500-9of10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority E. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise -making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. 3.05 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize waste and abuse. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Protection: Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended or no later than one week before Final Completion. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. 2. Remove temporary paving protection. Where the area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil in the area. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace lawn areas, paving, curbs, and sidewalks damaged during the performance of the work, as required by the Housing Authority. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities 01500-10 of 10 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01510 PROTECTION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This section supplements Articles4.17, 4.18 and 4.20 of the General Conditions. 1.02. PROTECTION OF PERSONS & ACCESS A. Any damage to buildings, roads, (public and private), bituminous concrete areas, fences, lawn areas, trees, shrubbery, poles, underground utilities, etc. shall be made good by and at the Contractor's own expense, all to the. satisfaction of the Owner. B. The Contractor shall patch, repair and/or replace all adjacent materials and surfaces damaged after the installation of new work at no expense to the Owner. All repair and replacement work shall match the existing in kind and appearance. C. All common areas, will be occupied during construction. The Contractor' shall take all necessary precautions to prevent injury to the residents, their families, all staff personnel and neighbors, or damage to property of the Owner or others. For the purpose of this Contract, the residents and staff personnel shall be all persons not employed by the Contractor or a subcontractor. D. Work shall not be performed in any area occupied by the residents unless specifically permitted by the Contract or the Owner and only after adequate steps have been taken to insure the safety of the residents and / or staff personnel. 1. The contractor shall take all precautions to safeguard the occupants from any dangers associated with the performance of his work or shall stop such work until he has notified the staff of the dangerous condition, eliminated the condition and is reasonably sure that he can proceed without risk to the occupants. 2. The contractor shall take adequate precautions to ensure that the facility, it's staff, residents and their belongings are not subjected to dust, obnoxious or injurious odors as a result of the performance of his work. E. The project work area shall always be protected to prevent unauthorized and / or accidental entry. PROTECTION 01510-1 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority F. Storing, positioning or use of equipment, tools, materials, scraps, and trash so as to present a hazard to the building or it's occupants by its accidental shifting, ignition, or other hazardous qualities is prohibited. G. Obstructions: No public walkway, entry, parking area, stairway, door, or exit shall be obstructed or used in such a manner as to impair the function or ingress or egress use, or to create an unsafe or unhealthy condition . H The Contractor shall be appointed a designated access path and shall confine his operations and access to this path only. The Contractor shall familiarize himself and his staff with the site security procedures and shall adhere to these procedures at all times. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the security of his access. No vehicle , hand tools or other construction equipment shall be left unattended for any length of time, unless rendered inoperable, inaccessible, safe and secured. 1. No vehicle with the engine running or capable of being started and operated, shall be left unattended, unless a licensed operator is in the vehicle. J. All vehicles entering, leaving or moving about the sites shall have a person other than the operator in attendance to insure safe backing, safe movement about the site, safe overhead clearances and above all the safety of all those around the vehicle. 1.03 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY, SITE AND ENVIRONMENT A. The Contractor shall, at all times, leave an unobstructed way along walks and roadways, and shall maintain barriers and lights for the protection of all persons and property in all locations where materials are stored or work is in progress. 1. All vehicle travel lanes, walks, access ramps, platforms and aisles shall remain open, clear and clean for the duration of the contract. 1.04 TEMPORARY PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall: 1. Protect buildings, and materials at all times from rain water, or water damage of any origin. Provide all pumps, piping, coverings, and other materials and equipment as required by job conditions to accomplish this requirement. 2. Temporary Paving, walk and curb Protection: Provide and maintain temporary road, paving, curb and walkway protection to support the required loading adequately and to protect the existing paving, curbs, walkways etc. from exposure to traffic during the construction PROTECTION 01510 - 2 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority period. Locate temporary protection where required and where indicated by the Housing Authority Representative and the Architect. a. Patch and repair and / or replace to the satisfaction of the Owners Representative, any paving, parking areas, curbing, walkways etc. damaged as a result of the performance of the work of this Project, including deliveries. 3. In addition to the weather protection during the months of November to March specified herein, provide temporary watertight enclosures for openings in exterior walls and in roof decks when and as required to protect the Work from damage by inclement weather. Temporary enclosures shall be provided with adequate . means of ventilation to prevent accumulation of moisture in the buildings. 4. Protect sills, jambs, and heads of openings through which materials are handled. 5. Protect decks and slabs to receive work from damage and soiling which will prevent proper adhesion of subsequent Work. Decks and slabs shall be left clean and free of blemishes at all times. 6. Protect concrete slabs to remain exposed and finished floors against mechanical damage, mortar droppings, oil, grease, paint, or other material which will stain the surface. Install and maintain adequate building paper or other protection on finished floors in rooms where work will be done. 7. Protect all existing exterior Building surfaces and glazing from damage, breakage and / or soiling caused by the performance of the work. Repair and or replace to, the Owners satisfaction all damaged or soiled surfaces at no cost to the Owner. 8. Protect all interior areas, furniture, and private property of the resident and the Owner. Any areas or items damaged by the Contractor shall be restored to the original condition or the Owners compensated at the Contractor's expense. 9. After the installation of the Work by any Subcontractor is completed, the Contractor shall be responsible for its protection and for repairing, replacing, or cleaning any such Work which has been damaged by other trades or by any other cause, so that all Work is in first class condition at the time of Substantial Completion. PROTECTION 01510-3of6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.05 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all security precautions necessary to protect the Contractor's and Owner's interests. B. The contractor shall secure the Community Buildings at the end of every work day. 1.06 NOISE AND DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall take special measures to protect the residents, neighbors, and general public from noise, dust, and other disturbances by: 1. Keeping common pedestrian and vehicular circulation areas clean and unobstructed; 2. Insulating work area from occupied portions as far as possible; and 3. Keeping dust and fumes from contaminating occupied spaces. 1.07 FIRE PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to insure against fire during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible to insure that the area within contract limits is kept orderly and clean and that combustible rubbish and construction debris is promptly removed from the site. B. Installation of equipment suitable for fire protection shall be done as soon as possible after commencement of the Work. The Contractor's attention is directed to the requirements of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Labor and Work force Development Regulation 454 CMR. 1.08 WIND PROTECTION A. Should high wind warnings be issued by the U.S. Weather Bureau, the Contractor shall take every precaution to minimize danger to persons, to the Work, and to the adjacent property. 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing all materials, equipment, staging, temporary barriers and devices at the end of each work day and shall be responsible for any and all damage due to his failure to properly secure the same. 1.09 WEATHER PROTECTION A. - The Contractor shall provide temporary enclosures and heat to permit work to be carried on during the months of November through March in compliance with MGL c. 149 §44G (d). These specifications are not to be construed as requiring enclosures or heat for operations that are not economically feasible in the opinion of the Owner. Without limitation this includes such items as excavation, pile driving, steel erection, erection of certain exterior wall panels, roofing, and similar operations. B. 'Weather Protection" means the temporary protection of that Work PROTECTION 01510-4of6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority adversely affected by moisture, wind and cold by covering, enclosing, and/or heating. This protection shall provide adequate working areas during the months of November through March as determined by the Owner and consistent with the construction schedule to permit the continuous progress of all Work necessary to maintain an orderly and efficient sequence of construction operations. The Contractor shall furnish and install "Weather Protection;" material and be responsible for all costs, including heating required to maintain a minimum of 40 degrees F. at the working surface. This provision does not supersede any specific requirements for methods of construction, curing, of materials, or the applicable conditions set forth in the Contract Documents with added regard to performance obligations of the Contractor. C. Within 7 calendar days after award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit in writing, to the Architect for approval, three (3) copies of the proposed methods for "Weather Protection". D. The Contractor shall assume the entire responsibility for weather protection during construction (until Substantial Completion), and shall be liable for any damage to any Work caused by failure to supply proper weather protection and proper ventilation. E. Work damaged by frost or other weather conditions shall be removed and replaced by and at the Contractor's expense as directed by the Architect. F. It is to be specifically understood that the Contractor shall do no work under any conditions deemed unsuitable by the Contractor to the execution of the Work. This provision shall not constitute any waiver, release, or lessening of the Contractor's obligation to bring the Work to Substantial Completion within the period of time set forth in the Contract Documents. 1.10 TEMPORARY HEAT A. The Contractor shall provide a minimum temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit to all occupied areas of the Project. If the permanent heating system cannot be utilized or -if work requires a shutdown of the existing system the Contractor shall make arrangements, acceptable to the Owner, to comply with this requirement. B. Installation of weather protection and heating devices shall comply with all safety regulations including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection devices. C. The Contractor shall provide thermometers at places designated by the Architect in order to determine if specified temperatures are being maintained. PROTECTION 01510-5of6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority D. Unit heaters, if used, shall be of the smokeless type and be installed and operated in such a way that finished work will not be damaged. "Salamanders" shall not be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION PROTECTION 01510 - 6 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01520 CLEANING UP PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This section supplements Article 4.17 of the General Conditions. B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for cleaning of Work installed under those sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti -pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on the site. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. 3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust. C. Do not allow materials and rubbish to drop free or be thrown from upper floors, but remove by use of a material hoist or rubbish chutes. D. Maintain the Site free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish. E. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials and rubbish. F. At the end of each day, remove and legally dispose waste materials and rubbish from site. G. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting, and continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis until Substantial Completion. H. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. I. Disposal of materials shall be in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes, and by-laws. CLEANING UP 01520 -1 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Prior to submitting a request to the Architect to certify Substantial Completion of the Work, the Contractor shall inspect all interior and exterior spaces and verify that all waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery, and surplus materials have been removed, and that all sight -exposed surfaces are clean. Leave the Project clean and ready for occupancy. B. Unless otherwise specified under other sections of the Specifications, the Contractor shall perform final cleaning operations as herein specified prior to final inspection. C. Cleaning shall include all surfaces, interior and exterior, which the Contractor has had access to, whether new or existing. D. Employ experienced workmen or professional cleaners for final cleaning. E. Use only cleaning materials recommended by the manufacturer of the surface to be cleaned. F. Use cleaning materials which will not create a hazard to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. G. All broken or defective glass caused by the Contractor's Work shall be replaced at the expense of the Contractor. H. Remove grease, mastic, adhesive, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from sight -exposed interior and exterior surfaces. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective specifications. Clean and polish all new and existing glass and plastic glazing (if any) throughout the building(s), on both sides. Clean plastic glazing in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. This cleaning shall be completed by qualified window cleaners at the expense of the Contractor just prior to acceptance of the Work. J. Wash and polish all mirrors. K. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to the specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces. L. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. M. Do the final cleaning of resilient floors and wood floors as specified under the respective sections of the Specifications. CLEANING UP 01520-2of3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority N. Leave all architectural metals, hardware, and fixtures in undamaged, polished conditions. 0. Leave pipe and duct spaces, plenums, furred spaces and the like clean of debris and decayable materials. P. In cleaning items with manufacturer's finish or items previously finished by a Subcontractor, care shall be taken not to damage such manufacturer's or Subcontractor's finish. In cleaning glass and finish surfaces, care shall be taken not to use detergents or other cleaning agents which may stain adjoining finish surfaces. Any damage to finishes caused by cleaning operations shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. Q. Broom clean exposed concrete surfaces and paved surfaces. Rake clean other surfaces of grounds. R. Ventilating systems - Replace filters and clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated during construction. S. Owner's responsibility for cleaning commences at Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION CLEANING UP 01520-3of3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This section supplements the General Conditions. B. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for specific items required under those sections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 OCCUPANCY PERMIT A. The Contractor shall coordinate the efforts of.all Subcontractors and obtain the Occupancy Permit from the local Building Department. The Contractor shall pay any Building Department fee associated with the Occupancy permit. 2.02 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Consult the individual sections of the Specifications for the specific requirements of those sections. In cases of inconsistency the more stringent requirement, as directed by the Architect, shall be required. B. Prior to final payment and completion the Contractor shall provide all marked up As Built Drawings as required under other sections of the Specifications. 2.03 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Consult the individual sections of the specifications for the specific requirements for those sections and for further details and descriptions of the requirements B. Prior to final payment and completion the Contractor shall provide all Operating Manuals and Maintenance Instructions as required by the Contract Documents. 2.04 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS A. Subcontractors, installers, and suppliers shall furnish to the Contractor two sets of operating and maintenance instructions of all mechanical, electrical, and manually operated equipment furnished and installed by them. Mechanical and electrical subcontractors shall furnish 'instructions as specified in their respective sections. B.. The Contractor shall collect all of the above instructions, bind them into two complete sets, and submit them to the Architect who will deliver them to the Owner. Project Closeout 01700-1 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Submission of operating and maintenance instructions shall be a condition precedent to final payment. 2.06 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A.. Where specified in the individual sections of the specifications, the Contractor and Subcontractor shall instruct the Owner's personnel at the site, in the use and maintenance of equipment installed under the Contract. B. Submission to the Architect of a certificate of compliance to this requirement, signed by the Contractor and the Owner's Representative, shall be a condition precedent to final payment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PARTIAL COMPLETION A. At the completion of Work within a Project Area the Contractor may notify the Architect that the Work within the area(s) is Partially Complete. The Architect, or a designee, shall conduct a thorough inspection of the Work. If the Project Area is actively occupied this inspection shall occur within 24 hours of any written request. The Architect shall prepare a punch list, setting forth in detail any items or additional items that are not acceptable or incomplete inside the dwelling unit. The Contractor shall coordinate all Subcontractors to achieve prompt completion of the punch list. B. Prior to requesting Partial Completion the Contractor shall make a thorough inspection of the Work. During this inspection the Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive list of all items remaining to be completed or corrected. This list shall include all remaining Contractor and Subcontractor items to be provided under the Contract Documents. C. The Contractor shall not be relieved of the responsibility to provide Contract items left off the Architect's punch list. D. If the Architect determines that the Work with in the Project Area is not Partially Complete the Architect shall inform the Contractor of those items that must be completed before the Architect will prepare a punch list. Upon completion of the items, the Contractor shall again request the Architect to prepare a punch list. E. If the Contractor fails to request an inspection that Contractor will be responsible for the condition of the Work even if the Project Area is occupied. F. The date of Substantial Completion for the entire contact and the start of all associated warranties shall not occur until work in all units is complete, Project Closeout 01700-2 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority G. The Architect shall prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with Article 9.6 of the General Conditions after the work in all Project Area is complete. H. Partial Payment of retainage shall not be made until at least 65 days after the effective date of the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 3.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Prior to requesting Substantial Completion as provided in Article 9.6 of the General Conditions the Contractor shall make a thorough inspection of the Work. During this inspection the Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive list of all items remaining to be completed or corrected. This list shall include all remaining Contractor and Subcontractor items to be provided under the Contract Documents. B. Upon completion of the items noted on the Contractor's list the Contractor shall notify the Architect that the Work is Substantially Complete. The Architect shall then conduct a similar thorough inspection. If the Architect agrees that the work is Substantially Complete, the Architect will promptly make a thorough inspection and prepare a punch list, setting forth in accurate detail any items on the Contractors list and additional items that are not acceptable or incomplete. The Contractor shall coordinate all Subcontractors to achieve prompt completion of the punch list. C. The Contractor shall not be relieved of the responsibility to provide Contract items left off of the Architect's punch list. D. If the Architect determines that the Work is not Substantially Complete, the Architect shall inform the Contractor of those items that must be completed before the Architect will prepare a punch list. Upon completion of the items, the Contractor shall again request the Architect to prepare a punch list. E. When the punch list has been prepared, the Architect will arrange a meeting with the Contractor and Subcontractors to identify and explain all punch list items and answer questions on work which must be done before final acceptance. F. The Architect may revise the punch list, from time to time, to ensure that all items of Work are properly completed. G. The Architect shall prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion in accordance with Article 9.6 of the General Conditions. Project Closeout 01700-3 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3.03 FINAL COMPLETION A. RELATED REQUIREMENTS The Contractor's attention is directed to Article 9.7 of the General Conditions and the Construction Handbook. B. FULL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE Upon completion of all work, and after receipt of all appropriate marked up As Built Drawings, Operating Manuals, Warranties, Guarantees, and Spare Parts required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall prepare the Certificate of Final Completion. 1. This certificate shall be processed in accordance with the procedures described in the Construction Handbook. 2. The Contractor's signature on this Certificate shall be notarized. 3. The Contractor shall provide a final Application for Payment to complement the close-out process. 3.04 PARTIAL RELEASE OF RETAINAGE A. If within 65 days after Substantial Completion, any of the items on the Architect's punch list are not complete or if the Contractor has not provided the appropriate marked up As Built Drawings, Operating Manuals, Warranties, Guarantees, or Spare Parts the Architect shall assign a monetary value for each incomplete item as well as any other items as provided by M.G.L. c.30 §39K, and the Architect shall prepare a Certificate for Partial Release of Retainage B. If the Architect is required to prepare a Certificate for Partial Release of Retainage the Contractor shall complete all remaining Work in accordance with the provisions of Article 9.7 of the General Conditions. C. The Contractor's signature on this Certificate shall be notarized. D. The Contractor may make a request for additional releases of retainage when portions of the Work listed on the Architect's punch list have been satisfactorily completed. Each request shall be accompanied by a new application for payment and a new signed and notarized Certificate for Partial Release of Retainage. E. The Architect's inspections, required to complete the additional payment applications described in subparagraph C4 above, are subject to provisions of subparagraph 9.7.5 of the General Conditions. F. Upon completion of all remaining items, the Final Release of Retainage shall be processed in accordance with paragraph B above. END OF SECTION Project Closeout 01700-4 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Section 01720 RECORD DRAWINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Drawings shall consist of all the Contract Drawings. 1. Contract Drawings are as listed in the Table of Contents. B. From the sets of drawings furnished by the Owner, the Contractor shall reserve one set for record purposes. From this set, the Contractor shall detach and furnish, at no charge to the Mechanical and Electrical Subcontractors the drawings of their portion of the Work for the same purpose. C. The Contractor and the above Subcontractors shall keep their marked up As Built set on the site at all times and note on it in colored ink or pencil, neatly and accurately, at the end of each working day, the exact location of their work as actually installed. This shall include the location and dimensions of underground and concealed Work, and any architectural, mechanical, or electrical variations from the Contract Drawings. All changes, including those issued by Addendum, Change Order, or instructions by the Architect shall be recorded. Marked up As Built drawings shall be prepared for the entire project and include all Work, including but not limited to: 1. The location of all underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements, both horizontally and vertically at ten (10) foot intervals and at all changes of direction. 2. The location of all internal utilities and appurtunces, concealed by finish materials, including but not limited to valves, coils, dampers, vents, cleanouts, strainers, pipes, junction boxes, turning vanes, variable and constant volume boxes, ducts, traps, and maintenance devices. a. The location of these, items shall be shown by offsets to structure and drawing grid lines. b. The tolerance for the actual location of these items on the marked up As Built Drawings shall be plus or minus two (2) inches. C. Each item shall be referenced by showing a tag number, areas served, and function on the marked up As Built drawing RECORD DRAWINGS 01720-1 of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority D. The Architect may periodically inspect the marked up As Built drawings at the site. The proper and current maintenance of the information required on these drawings shall be a condition precedent to approval of the monthly applications for payment. E. At Substantial Completion the Contractor shall submit the complete set of marked up As Built drawings to the Architect. The Contractor shall check all marked up As Builts prepared by subcontractors and certify in writing on the tittle sheet of the drawings that they are complete and correct, prior to submission to the Architect. F. The Architect shall review the marked up As Built drawings and verify by letter to the Owner that the Work is complete. The Architect shall incorporate all changes onto to original drawings. G. The Contractor may make a written request for copies of the completed Record Drawings. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner directly for the cost of printing of any requested Record Drawings. H. Submission of accurate marked up As Built drawings and their approval by the Architect shall be a condition precedent to final payment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION RECORD DRAWINGS 01720 - 2 of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of selective demolition work is indicated on Drawings. B. Types of Selective Demolition Work: Includes, but is not limited to, the selective removal and subsequent offsite disposal of the following: 1. Saw cut and Removal of portions of existing site bituminous and concrete paving where and as indicated on Drawings. 2. Removal of interior wood stud and drywall partitions 3. Removal of doors and frames where and as indicated 4. Removal of portions of existing linoleum, vinyl base and ceramic the floor and wall finishes where and as indicated. 5. Removal of existing Laundry equipment including washers and dryers, relocation and reinstallation of same where and as indicated. 6. Removal and reconfiguration of portions of existing sanitary waste lines, drains and hot and cold domestic water systems in Bathrooms, Kitchens and Laundry areas. 7. Removal of toilet fixtures and accessories. 8. Removal of existing lighting fixtures, relocation and reinstallation of same and reconfiguration of existing circuits and switching 9. Removal of existing kitchen counters, base and upper cabinets 10. Removal of built-in coat closets and shelving. 11. Removal of existing sections of exterior metal railings. 12. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the demolition, removal, reinstallation and finishing (to match existing) all basement ceiling areas required to be removed to accomplish the work of this Project. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Schedule: Submit schedule indicating proposed methods and sequence of operations for selective demolition work to the Owner's representative for review prior to commencement of work. Include coordination for shut- off, capping, and continuation of utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise control protection. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070-1 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of work. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures indicated to be demolished. B. Partial Removal: items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to the Contractor may be removed from the structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. 1. Storage or sale of removed items on site is not permitted. C. Protection of Persons and Property: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection as required to protect the residents of the building, Owner's personnel and public from injury due to selective demolition work. Remove protective devices at completion of work. 1. Provide protection measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owners personnel and the residents of the building and general public to and from occupied portions of building and functional areas of the site. D. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal in such a manner as to ensure minimum disruption to roads, streets, driveways, walks, parking areas and other adjacent Owner occupied or used facilities. Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from the Owner and/or other authorities having jurisdiction. E. Explosives: Use of explosives for any purposes, will not be permitted. F. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain, keep in service, and protect against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction and ONLY when temporary services have been provided for the duration of the interruption to the existing utilities, which are acceptable to the Owner's representative. G. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and Selective Demolition page 02070-2 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising.and scattering in air to lowest practical level. Comply with governing regulations pertaining to environmental protection. 1. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding and pollution or contamination. 2. Coordinate selective demolition work with Owner's normal schedule of daily operations and functions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Prior to commencement of selective demolition work, inspect ALL areas in which work will be performed, including primary utility distribution points, remote points of termination of new systems and points of access. Photograph existing damage to structures, surfaces, equipment or other properties which could be misconstrued as damage resulting from demolition work; file with Owner's representative prior to starting work. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished, altered, partially or wholly removed and any adjacent facilities to remain. 1. Notify Owner's representative immediately if safety of structure is endangered. Take due precautions to properly support structure. B. Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from soiling, damage or dust infiltration when demolition work is performed in areas where such items have not been removed. C. Erect and maintain dust -proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building, including adjacent storage and occupied areas. 1. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dustproof partitions of minimum 4 inch studs, 5/8 inch drywall (joints taped) on occupied side, 1/2 inch fire -retardant plywood on demolition side, and fill partition cavity with sound -deadening insulation. 2. Provide weatherproof closures for exterior building openings Selective Demolition page 02070-3 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority resulting from demolition work. D. Locate, identify, stub -off and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain. 1. Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is necessary during change -over. 3.03 GENERAL: A. Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations. 1. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power - driven masonry saw; do not use power -driven impact tools. 2. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting walls, floors or framing. a. Do not throw any debris or salvaged material from roofs of building to grade. Construct chutes as required to conduct debris safely to grade disposal areas or refuse containers. 3. Demolish foundation walls to a depth indicated. Demolish and remove below -grade wood, metal or concrete construction. 4. Do not cut or alter any structural member without Architect's authorization. 5. Completely fill below -grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel or sand material as specified. B. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical or structural elements which conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Architect in written, accurate detail. pending receipt of directive from Architect, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay. 3.04 SALVAGE MATERIALS: A. Salvage Items: Where indicated on Drawings as "Salvage -and Deliver to Owner, carefully remove indicated items, clean, store and turn over to Selective Demolition page 02070-4 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Owner or his designated representative and obtain receipt. 1. Carefully remove, clean, and deliver to Owner's representative the following items: a. Existing interior doors. approx nine (9) b. Existing plumbing fixtures (water closets, lays accessories etc) C. Existing metal toilet partitions, doors and hardware. d. Existing base and wall cabinets and counters. B. Items to be Salvaged for Reinstallation in New Work: 1. Existing toilet partitions. 2. Existing light fixtures to be relocated in community room 3.05 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS: A. Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations from building site on a daily basis.Transport and dispose of materials off site in legal manner. 1. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, NOTIFY THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY, then comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. 2. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site. 3.06 CLEAN-UP AND REPAIR: A. Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and demolished materials from site. Remove protection and leave interior areas damp mopped clean. B. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to commencement of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. C. Repair Bituminous Paving with new Bituminous pavement a minimum of 3" thick. New Paving shall conform in all respects to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts DPW, standard specifications for Highway and Bridges for Class I Bituminous Concrete Paving Type 1-1, section 460. Remove existing paving and overlap new paving onto existing undisturbed base a minimum of 2"-0" beyond any new compacted base. Selective Demolition page 02070-5 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority END OF SECTION 02070 Selective Demolition page 02070-6 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of earthwork is indicated on Drawings. 1. Excavation, backfilling and grading as indicated on the drawings. 2. Preparation of sub -grade for new exterior concrete Handicap Access Ramps and platforms, new parking areas and repair of pavements. 3. Sub base for paved bituminous paved areas to be patched and repaired and new parking areas. 4. Bituminous paving of new parking areas and patching of areas designated. B. Definition: "Excavation" consists of removal of material encountered to sub -grade elevations indicated and subsequent disposal of materials. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with the requirements of ALL governing authorities having jurisdiction including OSHA and "DIG SAFE" B. Testing and Inspection Service: The Contractor will engage and pay for the services of soil testing and inspection for quality control during earthwork operations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Test Reports -Excavating: Submit following reports directly to the Architect / Engineer from the testing services, with a copy to the Contractor and the Owner's designated representative: 1. Verification of each footing sub -grade. 2. Field density test reports. 3. One optimum moisture -maximum density curve for each type of soil to be compacted. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Site Information: The Contractor shall carefully examine the Site and all conditions effecting the work to be performed under this section. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately Earthwork 02200-1 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority for directions. Cooperate with the Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of owner. 2. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by the Owner or others, at any time, except when permitted in writing by the Owner's designated representative and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. a. Provide minimum of 48-hour notice to the Architect and Owners Designated Representative, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. C. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work. 1. Protect existing structures, utilities, vehicle roadways, and open paved areas and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 2. Take all precautions not to undermine the existing building footings, foundations, frost walls and or grade beams when excavating at or near the building. 3. Underpin existing structures where and as indicated on the Drawings and as required to insure the structural integrity of the existing structure. 4. Perform excavation within drip -line of large trees to remain by hand, and protect the root system from damage or dryout to the greatest extent possible. Maintain moist condition for root system and cover exposed roots with burlap. Paint root cuts of I inch diameter and larger with emulsified asphalt tree paint. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS: A. Definitions: 1. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SM, SW and SP or materials approved by the Architect / Engineer. 2. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH and PT. 3. Sub -base Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel or crushed stone. a . Sub -base Material for pavement may include crushed gravel, stone, slag, or processed concrete. 4. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of plastic, clay, rock or gravel larger than 1 inch in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter. Earthwork 02200-2 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION A. Excavation is Unclassified, and includes excavation to sub -grade elevations indicated and / or required to properly perform the work, regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered. B. Classification The following classification of excavation will be made when and if rock is encountered in work: 1. Earth Excavation includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface; underground structures, utilities and other items indicated to be demolished and removed; together with earth and other materials encountered that are not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. 2. Rock excavation in Open excavations includes removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered which cannot be dislodged and excavated with modern track -mounted heavy- duty excavating equipment without drilling, blasting or ripping. Rock excavation equipment is defined as Caterpillar Model No. 973 or No. 977K, or equivalent track- mounted loader, rated at not less than 170HP flywheel power and developing 50,000 Ib. break-out force (measured in accordance with SAE J732C). a. Typical of materials classified as rock are boulders 1/2 cubic yard or more in volume, solid rock, rock in ledges, and rock - hard cementitious aggregate deposits. b. Intermittent drilling, blasting or ripping performed to increase production and not necessary to permit excavation of material encountered will be classified as earth excavation. 3. Do not perform rock excavation work until material to be excavated has been classified by the Owners Representative. Such excavation will be paid on basis of Contract conditions relative to changes in work. 4. Rock payment lines are limited to the following: a. Two feet outside of concrete work for which forms are required, except footings. Earthwork 02200-3 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority b. In pipe trenches, 6 inches below invert elevation of pipe and 2 feet wider than inside diameter of pipe, but not less than 2 feet minimum trench width. C. Neat outside dimensions of work where forms are not required. d . Lawn or planting area, 24 inches below finished grade. C. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal if materials beyond indicated sub -grade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of the Architect / Engineer, shall be at Contractor's expense. 1. Under footings, foundation bases, and walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. 2. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations of same classification. D. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required sub -grade elevations, notify the Architect / Engineer who will inspect conditions. 1. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required sub - grade elevations, carry excavations deeper. 2. Removal of unsuitable material will be paid on basis of Contract conditions relative to changes in work. E. Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations in safe condition and in accordance with OSHA requirements until completion of backfilling. F. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations from flooding project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations, Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. G. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of trees indicated to remain. 2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials off site in an approved manner. H. Excavation for Pavements_ Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross-sections, elevations and grades as shown. Excavation for Trenches_ Dig trenches to the uniform width as required. 1. Excavate trenches to depth indicated. Carry depth of trenches for piping to establish indicated flow lines and invert elevations. Earthwork 02200-4 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2. For pipes or conduit 6 inches or larger in size and other work indicated to receive sub -base, excavate to sub -base depth indicated. 3. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated. 4. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling is authorized by Owner's Representative. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems. J. Cold Weather Protection_ Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35 degrees F. K. Excavate for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10", and extend a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing / removal of concrete form -work, installation of services, other construction, and for inspection. 1. In excavating for footings and foundations, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. L. Pavement: Saw cut existing pavement to be removed to limits designated or as required to perform the work of this section and protect cut edge during construction to insure integrity of final patch and finishing of new pavement. 3.02 COMPACTION: A. General: Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum percentage of density specified for each classification indicated below. B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements_ Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum density for soils which exhibit a well-defined moisture density relationship (cohesive soils) determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557; and not less than the following percentages of relative density, determined in accordance with ASTM D 2049, for soils which will not exhibit a well-defined moisture -density relationship (cohesionless soils). 1. Pavements_ Compact each layer of gravel fill material at 95% maximum density for cohesive material or 90% relative density for cohesionless material. Earthwork 02200-5 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2. Lawn Or Unpaved Areas_ Compact top 6 inches of sub -grade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 85% maximum density for cohesive souls and 70% relative density for cohesionless soils. 3. Structures, Container Access Ramp and Platform, Pavement: Fill and backfill shall be placed in 6 inch layers and compacted with a minimum of four (4) passes with a hand operated vibrating plate to a minimum density of 95% of the soils maximum dry density. C. Moisture Control_ Where sub -grade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of sub -grade, or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. Range of acceptable moisture shall be -2% to +2%. 1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. a. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be spread and allowed to dry. 3.03 BACKFILL AND FILL: A. General: Place acceptable soil material in layers to required sub -grade elevations, for each area classification listed below. 1. In excavations, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material. 2. Under Container Access Ramp and Platform and pavement, use sub -base material, or satisfactory excavated or borrow material, or combination of both. B. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade. 2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities. 3. Removal of concrete form -work. 4. Removal of trash and debris. C. Clearing and Grubbing: 1. Clearing is defined as removing from the site trees, brush, shrubs, down timber, rotten wood, rubbish, other vegetation as well as removing fences, and incidental structures. 2. Grubbing is defined as completely removing from the ground all Earthwork 02200-6 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority stumps 1/2 inch diameter and larger, roots and stubs, organic materials and debris. 3. Clear the area within Contract limits except trees and shrubs shown on the Drawings to remain. 4. Trees and shrubs to remain as noted on the Drawings, shall be protected as directed. Contractor shall be responsible for replacing trees or shrubs damaged during operations under this Contract. 5. Debris resulting from clearing and grubbing operations shall be removed from the site. 6. Depressions caused by removals shall be filled and compacted with material suitable for filling and compacted as specified herein. D. Ground Surface Preparation: 1. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from around surface prior to placement of fills. Plow, strip, or break-up sloped surfaces steeper than I (v.) to 4 (horiz.) so that fill material bonds to existing surface. 2. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for particular area classification, break up ground surface at least 12 inches pulverize, moisture condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. E. Placement and Compaction_, 1. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy power -operated compaction equipment, and not more than 3 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. 2. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are frozen, or contain frost or ice. 3. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping or conduit to required elevations. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, piping or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift. Earthwork 02200-7 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3.04 GRADING: A. General .Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this Section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where as indicated, or evenly between such points and existing grades. B. Grading Outside Building Lines_ 1. Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. 2. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: a. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 0.10 above or below required sub - grade elevations. b. Pavements_ Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1/4" above or below sub -grade elevation. C. Compaction_ After grading, compact sub -grade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum density for each area classification. 3.05 PAVEMENT SUB -BASE COURSE_: A. General: 1. Sub -base course consists of placing sub -base material, in layers of specified thickness, over sub -grade surface to support a pavement base course. 2. See other Division 2 Sections for paving Specifications. B. Grade Control_ During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross -slope of sub -base course. C. Shoulders_ Place shoulders along edges of sub -base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders of accessible soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each sub -base course layer. Compact and roll at least a 12 inch width of shoulder simultaneously with compacting and rolling of each layer of sub -base course. D. Placing: 1. Place sub -base course material on prepared sub -grade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting sub - Earthwork 02200-8 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority base material during placement operations. 2. When a compacted sub -base course is shown to be 6 inches thick or less, place material in equal layers, except no single layer more or less than 3 inches in thickness when compacted. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: Allow testing service to inspect and approve sub -grades and fill layers before further construction work is performed. A program of field density compaction tests for each Layer is required. 1 . Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method). B. Paved Area Sub -grade: Make at least one field density test of sub -grade for every 200 square feet of paved area but in no case less than 3 tests. In each compacted fill layer, make one field density test for every 2000 square feet of overlaying or paved area, but in no case less than 3 tests. 3.07 MAINTENANCE: A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded and rutted areas to specified tolerances. B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. C. Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment at no additional cost to the Owner. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration. 3.08 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS: A. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash and debris, and dispose of it off Site in a Legal manner. 3.09 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL: A. Contractor shall be responsible for all control measures necessary to prevent damage resulting from erosion and sedimentation to on-site and off-site areas. END OF SECTION 02200 Earthwork 02200-9 of 9 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 02500 PAVING AND SURFACING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of asphalt concrete paving work is shown on Drawings. B. Prepared aggregate sub -base is specified in earthwork Sections. C. Additional work includes parking stall markings and pre -cast concrete wheel stops. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. Material Certificates: Provide copies of materials certificates signed by material producer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds, specified requirements. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Weather Limitations: Apply prime and tack coats when ambient temperature is above 50 degrees F (10 degrees C), and when temperature has not been below 35 degrees F (1 degree C) for 12 hours immediately prior to application. Do not apply when base is wet. 1. Construct asphalt concrete surface course when atmospheric temperature is above 40 degrees F (4 degrees C), and when base is dry. Base course may be placed when air temperature is above 30 degrees F (-1 degree C) and rising. B. Grade Control: Establish and maintain required lines and elevations as shown on Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. General: Use locally available materials and gradations which exhibit a satisfactory record of previous installations. B. Base Course Aggregate: Sound, angular crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag, sand, stone or slag screenings. 1. Uncrushed gravel may be used in base course mixture if required to suit local material availability. C. Surface Course Aggregate: Crushed stone, crushed gravel, crushed slag, and sharp -edged natural sand. 1. Sand prepared from stone, blast -furnace slag, or gravel, or combinations thereof may be used if required to suit local material availability. PAVING & SURFACING 02500-1 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority D. Mineral Filler: Rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material complying with AASHTO M 17 (ASTM D 242). E. Asphalt Cement: Comply with AASHTO M 226 (ASTM D 3381). 1. Viscosity Grade: AC -20, AR -80. F. Tack Coat„ Emulsified asphalt; AASHTO M 140 (ASTM D 997) or M 208 (D 2397), SS -1 h, CSS -1, or CSS -1 h, diluted with one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. G. Marking Paint: Chlorinated rubber -alkyd type, FS TT -P115, Type III. White H. Wheel Stops: 2500 psi (17.2 MPa) compressive strength precast, air -entrained concrete, approximately 6 inches (150 mm) high, 9 inches (225 mm) wide, and 84 inches (2130 mm) long. Provide chamfered comers and drainage slots on underside. 2.02 PAVING MATERIALS: A. New Paving shall conform in all respects to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts DPW, standard specifications for Highway and Bridges for Class I Bituminous Concrete Paving Type 1-1,section 460. 1. New paving shall overlap onto existing undisturbed base a minimum of 2"-0" beyond any new compacted base. 2. Paving to consist of 2" binder course and 1 1/2" top course. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3. 01 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. Proof roll prepared sub -base surface to check for unstable areas and areas requiring additional compaction. B. Notify the Architect of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not begin paving work until deficient sub -base areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. 3.02 PLACING MIX: A. General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on prepared surface, spread and strike -off. Spread mixture at minimum temperature of 225 degrees F (107 degrees C) . Place inaccessible and small areas by hand. Place each course to required grade, cross-section, and compacted thickness. B. Paving Placing: Place in strips not less than 10 feet wide, unless otherwise acceptable to the OWNER Representative. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to PAVING & SURFACING 02500-2 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority overlap previous strips. Complete base course for a section before placing surface course. C. Joints; Make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days' work, to ensure continuous bond between adjoining work. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness as other sections of asphalt concrete course. Clean contact surfaces and apply tack coat. D. Curbs: Construct curbs over compacted pavement surfaces. Apply a light tack coat unless pavement surface is still tacky and free from dust. 1. Place curb materials to cross-section indicated or, if not indicated, to local standard shapes, by machine or by hand in wood or metal forms. Tamp hand -placed materials and sorted to smooth finish. Remove forms as soon as material has cooled. 3.03 ROLLING: A. General: Begin rolling when mixture will bear roller weight without excessive displacement. 1. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. B. Breakdown Rolling: Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of joints and outside edge. Check surface after breakdown rolling, and repair displaced areas by loosening and filling, if required, with hot material. C. Second Rolling: Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot. Continue second rolling until mixture has been thoroughly compacted. D. Finish Rolling: Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained maximum density. E. Patching: Remove and replace paving areas mixed with foreign materials and defective areas. Cut-out such areas and fill with fresh, hot asphalt concrete. Compact by rolling to maximum surface density and smoothness. F. Protection: After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and hardened. 1. Erect barricades to protect paving from traffic until mixture has cooled enough not to become marked. PAVING & SURFACING 02500-3 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3.04 TRAFFIC AND LANE MARKINGS: A. Cleaning: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. B. Striping: Use chlorinated -rubber base traffic Lane marking paint, factory - mixed, quick -Drying, and nonbleeding. 1. Color: White. 2. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. Apply in 2 coats at manufacturer's recommended rates. 3.01 WHEEL STOPS A. General: Secure wheel stops to hot -mixed asphalt surface with not less than two 3/4 inch (19 mm) diameter galvanized steel dowels embedded in precast concrete at 1/3 points. Size length of dowel to penetrate at least 1/2 hot -mixed asphalt depth 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. General: Test in-place asphalt concrete courses for compliance with requirements for thickness and surface smoothness. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable paving as directed by the Architect B. Thickness: In-place compacted thickness will not be acceptable if exceeding following allowable variation from required minimum thickness as shown on Plans. 1. Base Course: 1/4 inch, plus or minus 2. Surface Course: 1/4 inch, plus or minus. C. Surface Smoothness: Test finished surface of each asphalt concrete course for smoothness, using 10 feet straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to centerline of paved area. Surfaces will not be acceptable if exceeding the following tolerances for smoothness. 1. Base Course Surface; 1/4 inch. 2. Wearing - Surface: 3/16 inch. 3. Check surface areas at intervals as directed by Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION PAVING & SURFACING 02500-4 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 03300 CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. The extent of the concrete work is shown on drawings and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. New HP accessible concrete ramp, structure and platform from grade to existing deck at Fountain Drive (667-1 } Community Building. 2. New HP accessible concrete ramp and platform from existing deck to the existing front entry at Fountain Drive (667-1) Community Building. 3. New HP accessible concrete ramp, structure and platform from grade to existing side entry at Fould's Terrace (667-3) Community Building. 4. Forming and other work as indicated, required and specified. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete Buildings'; ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced. Concrete: comply with applicable provisions except as otherwise indicated. B. Concrete Testing Service: Employ an acceptable (to the Architect / Engineer) testing laboratory to perform slump and compression testing and furnish test reports to Owner's designated representative and the Architect / Engineer within 24 hours of the Testing. C. Quality Control: Perform sampling and testing during each days concrete placement, as follows: 1. Slump: ASTM C 143, one test for each load at point of discharge. 2. Compressive Strength: ASTM C 39, one set for each 20 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each class of concrete; one specimen tested at 7 days, one specimen tested at 28 days, and one retained for later testing if required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings; Reinforcement: Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement to the Architect / Engineer for approval before fabrication. B. Laboratory Reports: Submit two copies of laboratory test or evaluation reports for concrete materials and mix designs. Concrete 03310-1 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Mix Proportions and Design: Proportion mixes complying with mix design procedures specified in ACI 301. Submit written report to Engineer for proposed concrete mix at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until mix has been reviewed and is acceptable to Engineer. 2. Mix designs may be adjusted when material characteristics, job conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. Do not use revised concrete mixes until submitted, reviewed and approved by the Engineer. 3. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with 3500 psi 28 - day compressive strength. D. Cold Weather Conditions: Submit for review, the proposed method for the placement, curing and protection of the concrete if cold weather conditions prevail. E. Hot Weather Conditions: Submit for review, the proposed method for the placement, curing and protection of the concrete if Hot weather conditions prevail. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS: A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise indicated, construct form work for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood, metal, metal - framed plywood faced or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to withstand pressure of newly -placed concrete without deflection. B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces which will be unexposed in finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Form Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Concrete 03310-2 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2.02 REINFORCING MATERIALS: A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, deformed, Grade 60. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. C. Supports for Reinforcement: Provide zinc -coated steel supports for reinforcement including bolster,s chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI Specification, unless otherwise acceptable. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS: A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or F. 1. Limit use of fly ash in concrete mix design to not exceed 25% of cement content by weight. C. Aggregates: Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33. 1. Coarse aggregate shall be 3/4" crushed stone or gravel. 2. Fine aggregate shall be natural sand consisting of clean, hard, durable uncoated particles. D. Water: Drinkable. E. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. F. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494; type A,containing NO CHLORIDE COMPOUNDS. 1. Calcium Chloride Admixtures are NOT permitted. 2.04 RELATED MATERIALS: A. Moisture Barrier: 1. Provide moisture barrier cover over prepared base material where indicated. Use only materials which are resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154, as follows: 2. Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils thick. B. Non -Shrink Grout: C RD -C 621, factory pre -mixed grout. C. Chemical Hardener: Colorless aqueous solution containing a blend of magnesium fluosilicate combined with a wetting agent, containing not less than 2 pounds of fluosilicate per gallon, delivered ready to use in the manufacturer's original containers. 2.05 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES: A. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties. 1. 3500 psi 28 -day compressive strength. B. Admixtures: Use water -reducing admixture in concrete as required for placement and workability, ONLY with approval of Architect / Engineer. Concrete 03310-3 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2. Use air -entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise indicated. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content of 4 %. C. Cement / Flyash Factor: The minimum cement to flyash factor for the 3500 psi concrete shall be 6 sacks per cubic yard (6 sacks/CY). D. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: 1. Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces; Not more than 3 inches. 2. Reinforced foundation systems: Not more than 3 inches. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORMS: A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain form work to support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported by concrete structure. Construct form work so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. B. Design form work to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to cast -in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated using wood, metal, PVC or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. D. Form ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snapoff metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide ties so portion remaining within concrete after removal is 1 inch diameter in concrete surface. 2. NO TIES shall be visible or exposed, above finished grade. 3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT: A. Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as specified herein and in structural Drawings. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust/ mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. Concrete 03310-4 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement by form work, construction, or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as required. D. Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverage for concrete protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining, pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.03 JOINTS: A. Control Joints in Slabs on Ramp: Construct construction joints in slabs - on -ground to form panels of patters as shown. Use inserts 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide x 1/4 of slab depth, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard or fiberboard strip into fresh concrete until top surface of strip is flush with slab surfaces. Tool slab edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean groove of loose debris. 3.04 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES: A. Clean re -used forms of concrete matrix residue, repair and patch as required to return forms to acceptable surfaces condition. B Coat contact compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in amount, and under conditions of form -coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form- coating materials to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. C. Coat steel forms with a non -staining, rust -preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust -stained steel form work is not acceptable. 3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT: A. Placement Inspection: Before Placing concrete, notify the Architect / Engineer so that an inspection of the forming and reinforcing can be performed. DO NOT place concrete unless the Architect / Engineer has reviewed the reinforcing installation. Inspect and complete form work installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work. Concrete 03310-5 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority B. General: Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring Mixing, Transporting, and placing Concrete, and as herein specified. 1. Deposit concrete continuously of in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams of planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete as nearly as practicable to its final location to avoid segregation. 2. DO NOT PLACE concrete in standing water or on Ice: C. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand -spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidate of concrete and complete in accordance with ACI recommended practices. 1. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. D. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and. consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of panel or section is completed. E. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strikeoff. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surfaces, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. 3.07 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES: A. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed -to -view. This is an as -cast concrete surface obtained with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed. B. Related Uniformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, apply a steel trowel finish. 3.08 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES: A. Non -Slip Broom Finish: 1. Apply non -slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Immediately after trowel finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom perpendicular to main graphic route and edge the finish with a smooth 1-1\2" continuous border in panels as noted or as determined by the Architect. Coordinate required final finish with the Architect before application. Concrete 03310-6 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3.09 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION: A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. 1. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than seven days. 2. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. 3.10 REMOVAL OF FORMS: A. Form work NOT supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of walls and similar parts of the work, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) for 72 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS: A. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections and terminations slightly rounded. 3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS: A. Patching Defective Areas: For exposed -to -view surfaces, blend white Portland cement and standard Portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. B. Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of the Architect or Owner's designated representative. Surface defects, Include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets; fins and other projections on surfaces and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 3.13 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION: A. The Contractor will employ a testing laboratory to perform tests and to submit test reports. B. Sampling and testing for quality control during placement of concrete shall include the following: 1. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's Concrete 03310-7 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority pour of each load of concrete. 2. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set of 3 specimens for each days's pour exceeding 5 cubic yards plus additional sets for each 20 cubic yards over and above the first 25 cubic yards of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, one specimen tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. C. Test results will be reported in writing to the Architect / Engineer and the Owner's designated representative within 24 hours that tests are made. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. D. Concrete work determined to be below specified requirements by results of load tests or by structural analysis and not meeting (a) compressive strength requirements, or (b) dimensional tolerance requirements, or (c) appearance requirements, or (d) strength of structure requirements, shall be rejected and removed and be replaced with new concrete at no expense to the Owner. END OF SECTION Concrete 03310-8 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition: Metal fabrications include items made from iron and steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or other metal systems specified elsewhere. B. Metal fabrication work is indicated on Drawings and includes but is not limited to metal fabrications for: 1. Exterior concrete Handicap Ramp Steel Frame / Form w/ integral railing sleeves at Fountain Drive (667-1) 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. B. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code --Steel" and AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." C Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. C. Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit by accurate field Metal Fabrications 05500 -1 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating products without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. C. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Ferrous Metals Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. 1. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36. 2. Steel Tubing: Cold -formed, ASTM A 500;or hot -rolled, ASTM A 501. a. For exterior installations and where indicated, provide tubing with hot -dip galvanized coating per ASTM A 53. 3. Structural Steel Sheet: Hot -rolled, ASTM A 570; or cold -rolled ASTM A 611, Class 1; of grade required for design loading. 4. Galvanized Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446, of grade required for design Ioading.Coating designation as indicated, or if not indicated, G90. 5. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E or S and grade B; galvanized; standard weight (Schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated. 6. Brackets, Flanges and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of the same type material and finish as support rails, unless otherwise noted. 7. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either malleable iron, ASTM A 47, or cast steel, ASTM A 27. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, hot -dip galvanized, ASTM A 53. B. Grout:Metallic Non -shrink Grout: Pre -mixed, factory -packaged, non- staining, non -corrosive, non-gaseous grout complying with CE CRD - C6231. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for applications specified. Metal Fabrications 05500 -2 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Fasteners: Provide zinc -coated fasteners for exterior use of where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required. 1. Bolts and Nuts Regular hexagon head type, ASTM A 307, Grade A. 2. Lag Bolts: Square head type, FS FF -B-561. 3. Machine Screws: Cadmium plated steel, FS FF -S-92. 4. Wood Screws: Flat head carbon steel, FS FF -S-111. 5. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, FS FF -W-92. 6. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Expansion shields, FS FF -S-325. 7. Toggle Bolts: Tumble -wing type, FS FF -B-588, type, class and style as required. 8. Lock Washers: Helical spring type carbon steel, FS FF -W-84. 2.02 FABRICATION, GENERAL: A. Workmanship: Use types of materials of size and thickness indicated or, if not indicated, as required to produce strength and durability in finished installation or use intended. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop Drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. 1. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32" unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. 2. Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS' recommendations. At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. 3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where indicated. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flathead (countersunk) screws or bolts. 4. Provide for anchorage of type indicated, coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use. B. Galvanizing: Provide a zinc coating as follows: 1. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 1/8 inch thick and heavier. 2. ASTM A 386 for galvanizing assembled steel products. 3. Fabricate joints which will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Metal Fabrications 05500 -3 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Surface Preparation: Prepare ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicted below for SSPC surface preparation Specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications. 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1 B) SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool Cleaning". 2.03 HANDICAP RAMP FRAME / FORM W/ INTEGRAL RAILING SLEEVES A. General: Fabricate steel Handicap Ramp Steel Frame / Form w/ integral railing sleeves to design, dimensions, and details indicated. Provide rail sleeve members formed of pipe of sizes and wall thickness indicated, but not less than that required to support design loading for use intended. 2.04 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by one of the following manufacturers for interior and exterior applications or an approved equal. 1. B-6 Construction Grout; W.R. Bonsai Co. 2. Diamond -Crete Grout; Concrete Service Materials Co. 3. Supreme; Cormix Construction Chemicals. 4. Sure -grip High Performance Grout; Dayton Superior Corp. 5. Euco N -S Grout; Euclid Chemical Co. 6. Five Star Grout; Five Star Products. 7. Vibropruf #11; Lambert Corp. 8. Crystex; L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 9. Masterflow 928 and 713; Master Builders Technologies, Inc. 10. Sealtight 588 Grout; W.R. Meadows, Inc. 11 Sonogrout 14; Sonneborn Building Products--ChemRex, Inc. 12. Kemset; The Spray -Cure Company. 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate Handicap Ramp Steel Frame / Form to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, details, finish, and member sizes, including wall thickness of members, post spacings, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Assemble fabrication in the shop to the greatest extent possible to minimize field welding and assembly. Disassemble unit only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark unit for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark unit for reassembly and coordinated installation. Metal Fabrications 05500 -4 of 6 Physical Access Improvements. Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Welded Connections: Fabricate Handicap Ramp Steel Frame / Form by welding. For connections made during fabrication, weld corners and seams to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At intersections, cope ends of intersecting members to fit contour of member to which end is joined, and weld all around. 5. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. D. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. 2.06 FINISHES A. Galvanized Finish: Hot -dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing iron and steel products made from rolled, pressed, and forged steel shapes, castings, plates, bars, and strips. B. For galvanized Handicap Ramp Steel Frame / Form, provide galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installing anchorages, such as sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing Handicap Ramp Steel Frame / Form. Set fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free from rack. Metal Fabrications 05500 -5 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of fabrication components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set post sleeves plumb to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 12 feet (2 mm in 1 m). 3. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. D. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. E. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing Handicap Ramp Steel Frame / Form and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. For Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION Metal Fabrications 05500 -6 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition: Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other Sections and which is not exposed, except as otherwise noted. Work of this section includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Wood grounds, cants, nailers and blocking general. 2. Wood stud wall partition framing. 3. Wood stud backup supports at new door jambs and heads. 4. Wood backup / blocking for Toilet Accessories. 5. Wood strapping for drywall ceiling supports. 6. Wood blocking and cleats for cabinet installation. 7. Vinyl Floor underlayment in Kitchens and bathrooms 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Metal studding & furring is specified in Section 09250 Gypsum Drywall. B. Wheelchair Lift is specified in Section 14212 Elevator / Lift. 1.03 Submittals: A. Material Certificates:Where dimensional lumber is provided to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses, submit listing of species and grade selected for each use, and submit evidence of compliance with specified requirements. Compliance may be in form of a signed copy of applicable portion of lumber producer's grading rules showing design values for selected species and grade. B. Wood Treatment Data: Submit chemical treatment and manufacturer's instructions for handling,storing, installation & finishing of treated material. 1. Preservative Treatment :For each type specified, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained and conformance with applicable standards. 2. For water -borne treatment include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated prior to shipment to project site. 3. Fire -Retardant Treatment: Include certification by treating plant that treatment material complies with specified standard and other requirements. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings Rough Carpentry 06100-1 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority including polyethylene and similar material. 1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals, sticker between each coarse to provide air circulation. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Coordination Fit carpentry work to other work; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Coordinate location of furring, nailers, blocking and other supports to allow proper scheduling and installation of other work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER, GENERAL: A. Lumber Standards: Manufacture lumber to comply with PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) B. Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to reference with lumber grades and species include the following: 1. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service. 2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 5. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. C. Grade Stamps: Factory -mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. D. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions. Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content specified for each use. 1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S. 2. Provide seasoned lumber with 19% maximum moisture content at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2 inches of less in nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 WOOD STUDDING AND FRAMING LUMBER: A. Provide wood studding and framing lumber for support or attachment of other work including cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, strapping and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes and shapes required. B. Grade: Structural Grade light framing lumber of spruce, board size lumber as required. No. 2 structural or Standard grade boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or No. 2 boards per SPIB rules. Rough Carpentry 06100-2 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide size, type, material and finish as indicated and as recommended by applicable standards, complying with applicable Federal Specifications for nails, staples, screws, bolts, nuts, washers and anchoring devices. Provide metal hangers and framing anchors of the size and type recommended by the manufacturer for each use including nails. 1. Where rough carpentry work is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with a hot -dip zinc coating (ASTM A 153). 2.04 WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS A. Fire -Retardant Treatment: Where fire -retardant treated wood ("FRTW') is indicated, pressure impregnate lumber and plywood with fire -retardant chemicals to comply with AWPA C20 and C27, respectively, for treatment type indicated below; identify "FRTW" lumber with appropriate classification marking of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection. 1. Interior Type A: Use where "FRTW" wood is indicated for interior applications. 2. Inspect each piece of treated lumber or plywood after,drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.05 VINYL FLOORING UNDERLAYMENT A. Construction Panel Underlayment for Resilient Flooring: For underlayment 19/32 inch (15 mm) or more in indicated thickness, provide APA RATED STURD-I-FLOOR panels, with fully sanded face and as follows: 1. Exposure Classification: EXTERIOR. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL: A. Discard units of material with defects which might impair quality of work, and units which are too small to use in fabricating work with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set carpentry work to required levels and lines, with members plumb and true and cut and fitted. C. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes. use common wire nails, except as otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for wire nails, except as otherwise indicated. use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between Rough Carpentry 06100-3 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority members. Install fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required. 0.02 INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No. E30, "APA Design/Construction Guide - Residential & Commercial," for types of construction panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Underlayment: Nail to subflooring. a. Fill and sand edge joints of underlayment receiving resilient flooring. END OF SECTION Rough Carpentry 06100-4 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Definition : Finish carpentry includes carpentry work which is exposed to view, is non-structural, and is not specified as part of other Sections. B. Types of finish carpentry work in this Section include: 1. Interior Standing and Running Trim. a. Counter Back splash running trim at Fould's Terrace (667-3) and Bingham Way (667-2). b. Baseboard Trim. C. Open Shelving and Closet poles. d. Standing and running wood sliding door trim. e. Plastic Laminate Counter Tops (all Buildings) f. Plastic Laminate Kitchen Cabinets at Fountain Drive (667-1) g. Cabinet Hardware at Fountain Drive (667-1) C. Related Work by Others: 1. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 2. Section 11452 Residential Appliances. 3. Section 09900 Painting: Painting of Door Frames 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Factory -mark each piece of lumber with type, grade, mill and grading agency identification; except on surfaces to receive transparent finish. B. Fire -Retardant Marking: Mark each unit of fire -retardant treated lumber and plywood with classification marking of Underwriters Laboratory, Inc., or other testing and inspecting agency. Place marking on surfaces which will not be exposed after installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Submit the following samples for each species and cut or pattern of finish carpentry. 1. Interior standing and running trim: 1'-0" x full board or molding width, unfinished. B. Wood Treatment Data: Submit chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storage, installation and finishing treated materials. 1. Fire -Retardant Treatment: Include certification by treating plant indicating type of chemicals used and fire performance characteristics achieved. Finish Carpentry 06200-1 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. B. Do not deliver woodwork, until painting, wet work, grinding and similar operations which could damage, soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas, store only in areas meeting requirements specified for installation areas. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Conditioning: Woodwork manufacturer and Installer shall advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for woodwork installation and storage areas. Do not install woodwork until required temperature and relative humidity have been stabilized and will be maintained in installation areas. B. Maintain temperature and humidity in installation area as required to maintain moisture content of installed woodwork within a 1.0 percent tolerance of optimum moisture content, from date of installation through remainder of construction period. Require woodwork manufacturer to establish optimum moisture content and required temperature and humidity conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FABRICATION, GENERAL: A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for moisture content of lumber at time of fabrication and for relative humidity conditions in the installation areas. B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated with openings and mortises precut, where possible, to receive hardware and other items and work. 1. Ease edges to a 1/16" radius, for corners of cabinets and edges of solid wood (lumber) members less than 1" in nominal thickness, 1/8" radius for edges of rails and similar members over 1 inch in nominal thickness. C. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work before shipment to project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. D. Pre-cut Openings: Fabricate architectural woodwork with pre-cut openings, where possible, to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work Finish Carpentry 06200-2 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates for proper size and shape. Smooth edges of cutoffs. E. Measurements: Before proceeding with fabrication of woodwork required obtain field measurements, verify dimensions and shop Drawing details as required for accurate fit. 2.02 OPEN SHELVING AND CLOSET POLES. A. Open Shelving for new Closets and Kitchen base units: Provide edge banded birch veneer plywood for all new closet shelves, open base cabinet shelves and side support panels for Kitchen cabinet closures and counter supports. 1. All birch veneered plywood to receive stain finish. Color to be selected. B. Closet Poles: Provide 13/4" maple closet pole w/ pine end cap supports (recessed) where and as indicated. 2.03 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM AND RAILS A. Trim and Back splashes: For trim in form of boards and worked products, provide lumber complying with the following requirements. 1. Species: Pine; WWPA. a. Clear Select No. 1. b. Texture: Surfaced (smooth). B. Wood Casing and Molding Patterns: For stock molding patterns included in Wood Moulding and Millwork Producers Association WM 7 and graded under WM 4, provide the following grade based on finish indicated and fabricated from species specified: 1. Moldings for Transparent Finish: N -Grade. 2. Moldings for Painted Finish: P -Grade. 2.04 ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS AND COUNTERTOPS, LAMINATE CLAD: A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 and its Division 400B "Wood Cabinets and Countertops" & 400 C "Countertops". B. Laminate Clad Cabinets: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Grade: Custom. 2. Type of Cabinet and Countertop Construction: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Laminate Cladding: High pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD 3 and as follows: a. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high-pressure decorative laminates by one of the following: 1. Formica Corporation. 2. Laminart. 3. Nevamar Corp. Finish Carpentry 06200-3 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 4. Ralph Wilson Plastics Co. b. Colors, Patterns, Finishes : 1. Counter Top: to be selected by Owner 2. Cabinets: to be selected by Owner C. Laminate Grade for Exposed Surfaces: Provide laminate cladding complying with the following requirements for type of surface and grade. (1) Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: GP -50 (0.50" nominal thickness). (2) Vertical Surfaces: GP -28 (0.028" nominal thickness). (3) Edges: GP -50 (0.50" nominal thickness). d. Semi -Exposed Surfaces (beneath countertops): Provide cabinet liner as follows: (1) High pressure laminate, CP -28. 4. Plywood: A/B Group I, exterior glue. 5. Hardwood Lumber Stiles, Rails and Trim: To be cleaned dry sound and free of defects. a. Material: Maple. C. Provide dust panels of finish grade veneer faced plywood above compartments and drawers except where located directly under tops. 2.05 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS: A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets. B. Cabinet Hardware Schedule: Refer to schedule at end of this Section for cabinet hardware required for architectural cabinets. C. Hardware Standard: Comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.9 "American National Standard for Cabinet Hardware" for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. D. Hardware Finishes: Comply with BHMA 1301 for finishes indicated by BHMA Code Numbers or if not otherwise indicated, provide finishes complying with requirements indicated below: 1. For exposed hardware comply with requirements indicated for finish and base indicated by BHMA Code Number below: a. 663 (Zinc plated with clear chromate steel). 2. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish which complies with product class requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 2.06 FASTENERS AND ANCHORS: A. Screws: Select material, type, size and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF -S-111 for applicable requirements. B. Nails: Select material, type, size and finish required for each use. Finish Carpentry 06200-4 of 6 Physical Access Improvements. Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Comply with FS FF -N-105 for applicable requirements. C. Anchors: Select material, type, size and finish required by each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide non-ferrous metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion -resistance. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in-place anchors. Furnish inserts and anchors, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work for subsequent woodwork anchorage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing. B. Insure Ambient Conditions in areas to receive architectural woodwork are met, prior to installation, and continuously maintained after installation. C. Prior to installation of architectural woodwork, examine shop fabricated work for completion, and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of packing. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Install woodwork plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level (including tops); and with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces. B. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts. C. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built-in or directly attached to substrates. Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required fora complete installation. Install laminate over countersunk attachments. D. Tops: Anchor securely to base units and other support systems as indicated. 3.03 ADJUSTMENT, CLEANING, FINISHING, AND PROTECTION: A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork wherever possible to eliminate defects functionally and visually; where not possible to repair replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semi -exposed surfaces. Touch-up Finish Carpentry 06200-5 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority shop -applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. D. Complete the finishing work specified as work of this Section, to whatever extent not completed at shop or prior to installation of woodwork. E. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Fabricator and Installer, which ensures architectural woodwork being without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. 3.04 CABINET HARDWARE SCHEDULE: Note manufacturers names and model numbers of materials have been provided as a means of establishing a level of quality and reference for items so indicated and other manufacturers materials are acceptable to the extent that are approved as equal to those specified. A. Kitchen Cabinets Concealed Hinges Blum Series 90 Wire Pulls EPCO MC -402-3 Drawer Pulls EPCO MC -402-3 B. Designations 1. Blum as manufactured by Julius Blum, Inc., Blum Ind., Park Highway 16, Lowesville, Stanley, NC 28164 or equal. 2. EPCO as manufactured by the Engineered Products Company, PO Box 108, Flint, MI or equal. END OF SECTION Finish Carpentry 06200-6 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 06500 REINFORCED PLASTIC RAILING SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel reinforced Plastic Railing Systems 2. Fasteners for use with Plastic Railing Systems 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions in ASTM E 985 for railing -related terms apply to this Section. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: In engineering handrail and railing systems to withstand structural loads indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of materials based on the following: 1. Stainless Steel: ASCE "Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Stainless Steel Structural Members." 2. Cold -Formed Structural Steel: AISI "Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members." B. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railing Systems: Engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to withstand structural loads in compliance with the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts State Architectural Access Boards reguirements and the Federal ADA Design requirements, without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials for handrails, railing systems, anchors, and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each of the respective components comprising handrails and railing systems. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient temperature in engineering, fabricating, and installing handrails and railing systems to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components and connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on actual surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C) ambient 180 deg F (100 deg C) material surfaces. D. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. Reinforced Plastic Railing System 06500 -1 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for mechanically connected handrails and railing systems, each kind of fitting, grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of handrails and railing systems including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other units of Work. 1. For installed handrails and railing systems indicated to comply with certain design loadings, include structural analysis data sealed and signed by the qualified professional engineer who was responsible for their preparation. D. Samples for initial selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for those units with factory -applied color finishes including "special Order Colors". E. Samples for initial selection in the form of short sections of railing or flat sheet metal samples showing available mechanical finishes. F. Samples for verification of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on components indicated below that are of the same thickness and metal indicated for final unit of Work. Where finishes involve normal color and texture variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. 1. 6 -inch- (150 -mm-) long sections of each distinctly different linear railing member including handrails, top rails, posts, and balusters: 2. Fittings and brackets. 3. Assembled sample of railing system, made from full-size components, including top rail, post, handrail, and infill. Show method of finishing members at intersections. Sample need not be full height. G. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include a list of completed projects with project names, addresses, names of architects and owners, and other information specified. H. Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance of handrails and railing systems with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current products. Test reports from an independent testing agency evidencing compliance of handrails and railing systems with ASTM E 985. Reinforced Plastic Railing System 06500 - 2 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain handrails and railing systems of each type and material from a single manufacturer. B. Engineer Qualifications: Professional engineer legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated for handrails and railing systems similar to this Project in material, design, and extent, and that have a record of successful in-service performance. 1.07 STORAGE A. Store handrails and railing systems inside a well -ventilated area, away from uncured concrete and masonry and protected from weather, moisture, soiling, abrasion, extreme temperatures, and humidity. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where handrails and railing systems are indicated to fit to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating handrails and railing systems without field measurements. Coordinate other construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence and coordinate installation of wall handrails as follows: 1. Mount handrails only on completed walls. Do not support handrails temporarily by any means not satisfying structural performance requirements. 2. Mount handrails on plaster or gypsum board assemblies only where reinforced to receive anchors and where the location of concealed reinforcements has been clearly marked for benefit of Installer. Part 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 RAILING, FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES A. Railing shall be high impact plastic as manufactured by: 1. AVCON Inc Toms River NJ, Tel: (732) 286-9496 3. An Approved Equal B. Railings at ramps shall be 20" and 36" high above finished ramp surfaces. C. MATERIAL: High quality, high impact plastic railing systems using special purpose rigid compounds designed for the applications requiring superior Reinforced Plastic Railing System 06500 - 3 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority weatherability, gloss, flame and smoke resistance, ultra -violet light resistance and thermoformability. TYPICAL PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: ASTM Flame Spread ....................... Class A E-84 Specific Gravity 1 .47 D-792 Comprehensive Strength (PSI).. 8,100 D-695 Flexural Strength (PSI) 12,100 D-790 Tensile Strength (PSI) 6,500 D-638 Izod Impact ft. lbs/in. notch . 15 D-256 Heat Deflection Temp. @264 PSI. 162 F D-643 C. Railing Description 1. Top and intermediate rails consist of a schedule 40 outer member (1.9" O.D.) that runs continuous and a schedule 40 inner member (1.66" O.D.) that runs continuous for length of rail, spliced as required. For additional rigidity a schedule 40 (1.32" O.D.) galvanized steel pipe runs continuous for length of rail. 2. Vertical post consists of an outer member (1.9" O.D.) that runs continuous for heights required. Also, an inner member (1.66" O.D.) that runs continuous . For additional rigidity a schedule 40 (1.32" O.D.) galvanized steel pipe runs continuous from top to bottom of core hole. 3. LOAD INFORMATION: Posts shall be built to withstand a force of 400 lbs. applied horizontally at the top for a period of 24 hours and a recovery of maximum deflection of 80% upon removal of load The railing shall be built to withstand a force of 50 lbs. per linear foot applied in any direction at the top and such that it will resist a load of not less than 200' lbs. applied in any direction at any point of the rail. 4. Top and Intermediate Rail ends shall be joined together in a continuous radiused , rail extension in accordance with current Massachusetts Architectural Access Board regulations . D. COLOR: As selected from manufacturers "Special Order Color" Selection. E. STYLE: As indicated on the drawings. F. Mounting hardware & methods as indicated on the drawings or implicitly required for complete installation to include following types: 1. Core Mounting - Concrete. Core 3" diameter hole, 3.5" deep and extend galvanized steel inner post to bottom of hole. Grout in post with 10,000 psi non -shrink, non-metallic grout. 2. Where railing terminates at walls, top and mid -height rail shall terminate into end post per manufacturer's recommendations. Reinforced Plastic Railing System 06500 - 4 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3. Aluminum Side Mounting Bracket where indicated on the drawings, per manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Other mounting methods shall be provided as required and as approved by the Engineer, including: a. Plate Mounting with Base Cover. b. Flush Mount Bracket. C. Single Handrail Wall Mount Bracket. 5. All bolts, nuts and washers shall be stainless steel, unless otherwise noted. Part 3 EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. ASSEMBLY, GENERAL: For vinyl railings true to line and level with accurate angles, round surfaces and closely butted fitting joints. 1. Remove burrs from exposed cut edges. 2. Form elbow bends and wall returns to uniform radius, free from buckles and twists, with smooth finished surfaces, or use prefabricated bends and fittings. 3. Shop fabricate and solvent weld vinyl railing sections in the longest section lengths practical to minimize cutting, joining, and solvent welding requirements in the field. 4. Provide slip type splice connections in all horizontal rails at points where railing crosses structural expansion joints. 3.02 SHIPPING A. Railing shall be packaged and shipped in such a manner as to protect material from damage. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Handrail shall be installed in accordance with the drawings and Specifications and instructions provided by the manufacturer. B. In the event of the need for field modifications, all pipe cuts shall be square and accurate for minimum joint gaps. Cuts shall,be clean and straight, free of "chamfer" from deburring, burrs and nicks. C. Railing sections shall be spliced and solvent welded in accordance with the manufacturer's standard instructions and recommendations. D. FASTENING TO IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION: Adjust vinyl railing system work before securing in place to ensure proper notching at butting joints and concrete alignment throughout in length. Plumb posts in each Reinforced Plastic Railing System 06500 - 5 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority direction. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction as follows: 1. Anchor posts in concrete by means of sockets drilled into concrete floor slabs or curbs as shown on the drawings, and approved shop drawings. 2. Provide miscellaneous devices and fasteners as recommended by the railing manufacturer. E. CUTTING, FITTING AND PLACEMENT:Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, true, and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. Fit end connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. . Do not cut or abrade the surfaces of units which have been finished after fabrication and are intended for field connection. 2. Maximum factory or field installed joint widths in railing system is 1/64 inch. 3. Tolerance for post plumbness is 1/16 inch from top of post to concrete or mounting bracket. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean dust, dirt and excess grout from railings and posts in accordance with railing manufacturer's recommended cleaning instructions. END OF SECTION Reinforced Plastic Railing System 06500 - 6 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 07200 INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of insulation work is shown on Drawings and indicated by provisions of this Section. B. Applications of insulation specified in this Section include the following: 1. Blanket -type building insulation in walls of new Bathrooms, Kitchens and Closets 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Thermal Conductivity: Thicknesses indicated are for thermal conductivity (k -value at 75 degrees F or 24 degrees C) specified for each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses as directed for equivalent use of material having different thermal conductivity. Where insulation is identified by "R" value, provide thickness required to achieve indicated value but in no case shall insulation be less than the full thickness of the space within which it is being installed. Fill all cavities complete. B. Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with fire -resistance, flammability and insurance ratings indicated, and comply with regulations as specified. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product Specifications and installation instructions for each type of insulation and vapor barrier material required. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. General Protection: Protect insulations from physical damage and from becoming wet, or soiled. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage and protection during installation. B. Protection for Plastic Insulation: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to project site ahead of installation time. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Mineral/Glass Fiber Blanket/Batt Insulation: Inorganic (nonasbestos) fibers formed with binders into resilient flexible blankets or semi-rigid batts; ASTM C 665, Type as indicated, densities of not less than 0.5 Ib. Insulation 07200-1 of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority per cu. ft. for glass fiber units and not less than 2.5 Ib. per cu. ft. for mineral wool units, k -value of 0.27; manufacturer's standard lengths and widths as required to coordinate with spaces to be insulated; types as follows: 1. Blanket -type building insulation: a. Provide Type II I Glass fiber blanket with foil facing and vapor barrier to All new wall partitions. Flame spread 25 smoke developed 50. Provide in walls 1. R value for interior partitions to be R=19 minimum. 2. R value for exterior wall surfaces to be R=19 minimum unless noted otherwise. C. Auxiliary Insulating Materials: 1. Mechanical Anchors: Type and size shown or, if not shown, as recommended by insulation manufacturer for type of application and condition of substrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION: A. Installer must examine substrates and conditions under which insulation work is to be performed, and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with insulation work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's mechanical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with work. 2. Extended insulation full thickness as shown over entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections which interfere with placement. 3. Apply a single layer of insulation of required thickness, unless cavity is not filled, in which case fill cavity completely to total thickness. 3.03 PROTECTION: A. General: Protect installed insulation and vapor barriers from harmful weather exposures and from possible physical abuses, where possible by nondelayed installation of concealing work or, where that is not possible, by temporary covering or enclosure. Installer shall advise Contractor of exposure hazards, including possible sources of deterioration and fire hazards. END OF SECTION Insulation 07200-2 of 2 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on Drawings and specified herein. 1. Joint Sealer work includes, but is not limited to the following: a. Sealing of joints in association with interior Painting work. b. Joint Sealers installed in conjunction with new Drywall partition work. C. The installation of new backers, fillers and sealers in new concrete work. d. Joint sealers in conjunction with new door and wall installations. 1.02 SYSTEM PERFORMANCES: A. Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain airtight continuous seals. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has successfully completed within the last three years at least three joint sealer applications similar in type and size to that of this project. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Materials: Obtain joint sealer materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each joint sealer product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials to project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Do not proceed with joint sealer work when: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturers. Joint Sealers 07900-1 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation or other causes. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers when joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.02 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS: A. Acrylic -Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag, acrylic, mildew -resistant, acrylic -emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, formulated to be paintable and recommended for exposed applications on interior exposures involving joint movement of not more than 7.5%. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS JOINT SEALANTS: A. One -Part Pourable Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T, M and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0. B. One -Part Nonsag Low -Modulus Urethane Sealant: Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M, A and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0; with additional capability to withstand an increase and decrease of 50% of joint width as measured at time of application and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920, based on manufacturer's recommendations C. One -Part Polysulfide Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 12-1/2; Uses T, M, G, A and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0. 2.04 JOINT SEALANT BACKING: A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type which are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Elastomeric Tubing Joint -Fillers: Neoprene, butyl or EPDM tubing Joint Sealers 07900-2 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority complying with ASTM D 1056, non-absorbent to water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to -26 degrees F (-15 degrees C). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. 2.05 JOINT FILLERS FOR CONCRETE AND PAVING WORK: A. General: Provide joint fillers of thickness and widths required. B. Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Preformed strips of composition below, complying with ASTM D 1751: 1. Asphalt saturated fiberboard. 2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealer -substrate and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaner of type acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing materials which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials. C. Masking Tape: Provide nonstaining, non-absorbent type compatible with joint sealants and to surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Require Installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealers for compliance wither requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Do not allow joint sealer work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations or joint sealer manufacturers and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellant; water; surface dirt and frost. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical Joint Sealers 07900-3 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority abrading, acid washing or a capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealer -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS: A. General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Install joint -fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross- sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint -fillers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture or tear joint -fillers. 2. Install compressible seals serving as sealant backings to comply with requirements indicated above for joint fillers. C. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shoes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. D. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved Joint Sealers 079004 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority by sealant manufacturer. 1. Concave joint configuration per ASTM C 962 where noted 2. Flush joint configuration per ASTM C 962 where noted. a. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of joints. 3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING: A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. END OF SECTION 07900 Joint Sealers 07900-5 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 08100 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and all Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Work by Others: 1. Section 06100 Carpentry: Installation of Steel Doors and Frames 2. Section 08710 Finish Hardware: Installation of Hardware in Steel Door Frames 3. Section 08800 Glass & Glazing : Glazing of new Front entry Door. 4. Section 09900 Painting: Painting of Door Frames 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following products manufactured in accordance with SDI Recommended Standards: 1. Doors: Pre -finished, Embossed, insulated, steel door for exterior front entry at Fountain Drive (667-1) with clear tempered insulating glass. 2. Frames: Pressed steel frames in exterior front entry at Fountain Drive (667-1) of following type: pre -assembled or Knockdown field assembled type. 3. Assemblies: Provide standard steel door frame assemblies as required for all new interior doors at Fountain Drive (667-1), Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3) 4. Provide factory primed doors frames to be field painted. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings, details of construction, location and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 2. Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings. Steel Doors and Frames 08100 -1 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide door and frames complying with Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames" ANSI/SDI-100 and as herein specified. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver door and frames cardboard -wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory -finished doors and frames. B. Inspect door and frames upon delivery for damage. Remove and replace damaged items as directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering standard steel doors and frames which may be incorporated in the work include; but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide standard steel doors and frames by one of the following: Steel Doors: a. Brosco Perma-Door b. De La Fontaine Industries C. General Products (Fredricksburg VA) d. Fenestra Corp. e. Pioneer Industries. 2. Steel Frames: a. Amweld Building Products, Inc. b. Ceco Corp. c. Copco Door Co. d. Fenestra Corp. e. Kewanee Corp. f. Mesker Door Co. g. Pioneer Industries. h. Republic Builders Products. i. Steelcraft Manufacturing Co. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheets and Strip: Commercial quality carbon steel, pickled and oiled, complying with ASTM A 569 and ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M). B. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: Commercial quality carbon steel, complying with ASTM A 366 (ASTM A 366M) and ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M). Steel Doors and Frames 08100 -2 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc -coated carbon steel sheets of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 526 (ASTM A 526M), or drawing quality, ASTM A 642 (ASTM A 642M), hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 525 with A60 or G60 (ASTM A 525M with ZF180 or Z180) coating designation, mill phosphatized. D. Supports and Anchors: Fabricate of not less than 0.05 -inch (3 -mm) sheet steel; galvanized where used with galvanized frames. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize in compliance with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. F. Shop Applied Paint: Apply after fabrication. 1. Primer: Rust -inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." 2.03 DOORS A. Provide metal door of type and style or grades and models indicated on drawings and specified below. 1. Exterior Door: ANSI/SDI-100, heavy-duty, minimum 0.06 -inch (1.5 -mm) galvanized steel faces, with polystyrene insulated core and embossed face panels. 2.04 FRAMES A. Provide metal frames for doors, of types and styles as shown on drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners, welded construction for exterior applications and knocked -down for field assembly at interior applications. 2. Form exterior frames from 0.06 -inch (1.5 -mm) galvanized steel. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory - assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI-100 requirements. 1. Internal Construction: Manufacturer's standard polystyrene core in accordance with SDI standards. 2. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) at jambs and heads. Not more than 3/4 inch (19 mm) at bottom. B. Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels, including stiles and rails of non - flush units, from only cold -rolled steel. Steel Doors and Frames 08100 -3 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels and _moldings from either cold -rolled or hot -rolled steel. E. Fabricate exterior doors, panels, and frames from galvanized sheet steel in accordance with SDI -112. Close top and bottom edges of exterior doors as integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 0.06 -inch (1.5 mm) inverted steel channels. F. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. G. Thermal -Rated (Insulating) Assemblies: At exterior location and elsewhere as shown, provide doors fabricated as thermal insulating door and frame assemblies and tested in accordance with ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976 on fully operable door assemblies. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide thermal -rated assemblies with U factor of 0.41 Btu/hr x sq. ft. x deg F (2.3 W/sq. m x K) or better. H. Hardware Preparation: Prepare door and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware in accordance with final Door Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A115 Series Specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. I. Locate hardware as indicated on final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware on Standard Steel Doors and Frames," published by Door and Hardware Institute. J. Shop Painting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized surfaces. 1. Clean steel surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of paint. 2. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. 3. Apply finish coat to doors indicated to be prefinished by spraying and baking, to produce a paint thickness of 1.25 mils (0.03 mm). K. Glazing Stops: Minimum 0.04 -inch (1.0 -mm) steel or .040 -inch (1.0- mm) thick aluminum. 1. Provide non -removable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for glass panels in doors. 2. Provide screw applied removable glazing beads on inside of glass panels in doors. Steel Doors and Frames 08100 -4 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.-01 INSTALLATION A. General: Install standard steel doors, frames, and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings, manufacturer's data, and as herein specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI -105 "Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames," unless otherwise indicated. 1. Set frames accurately in position, In stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. 2. In existing partitions install knock down slip-on drywall frames C. Door Installation: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI-100. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Prime Coat Touch-up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air -drying primer. B. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from pre -finished doors. C. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. END OF SECTION Steel Doors and Frames 08100 -5 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 08210 WOOD DOORS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent and location of each type of wood door is shown on Drawings. B. Types of doors required include the following: 1. Flush solid core wood doors with veneer faces. 2. Flush solid core Sliding Wood Doors. C. Related Work by Others: 1. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry: Installation of Wood Doors and Frames 2. Section 06200 Finish Carpentry: Sliding Door Frames and Casing 3. Section 08710 Finish Hardware: Installation of Hardware 4. Section 09900 Painting: Painting of Doors and Frames 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Quality Standards: Provide wood flush doors complying with the following standards: 1. ANSI/NWMA I.S.1: "Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors" published by National Woodwork Manufacturers Association (NWMA). 2. AWI Quality Standards: Section 1300 "Architectural Flush Doors" of "Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). Designation for grade and door construction under types of doors refers to this standard. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit door manufacturer's product data for each type of wood door, including details of core and edge construction. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop Drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fire ratings. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Protect wood doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced ANSI standard and recommendations of NWMA pamphlet "How to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors", as well as with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Package doors at factory prior to shipping using manufacturer's standard method. Wood Doors 08210 -1 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority B. Identify each door with individual opening numbers which correlate with designation system used on shop Drawings for door, frames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. 1.05 SPECIFIED PRODUCT WARRANTY: A. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors which have warped (bow, cup or twist) or which show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of NWMA and AWI. 1. The warranty shall also include reinstallation which may be required due to repair or replacement of defective.doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging. 2. Warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date of substantial completion. a. Solid Core Flush Interior Doors 1. Life of Installlation 3. Contractor shall be responsible for replacement or refinishing of doors where Contractor's work contributed to rejection or to voiding of manufacturer's warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INTERIOR DOORS (Swinging and Sliding) A. Flush Solid Core Doors for Transparent Finish: 1. Faces: Birch, Rotary Cut. 2. Grade: Custom. 3. 1 3/4" thick 4. Construction: Doors to have solid mineral core with minimum 1/10 inch veneer face. 5. Warranty: Life of Installation: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Require Installer to examine door frames, after their installation, and doors, prior to their hanging, for the following purposes: 1. To verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, label, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. To verify that doors are free of defects that could cause their Wood Doors 08210 -2 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority rejection. B. Obtain Installer's written report if required, listing conditions detrimental to compliance with requirements of this Section. C. Do not allow Installer to proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Condition doors to average prevailing humidity in installation area prior to hanging. B. Hardware: For installation see Section 08710 "Finish Hardware" of these Specifications. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as indicated. D. Job Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer, if any. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces and all edges after fitting and machining. 1. Fitting Clearances: provide clearances of 1/8 inch at jambs and heads; 1/16" per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. E. Finishing of Doors: See painting Section 09900 of these Specifications. 3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by the Contracting Officer. B. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation, as directed by the Architect. C. Institute protective measures as recommended and accepted by door manufacturer to assure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at the time of substantial completion. END OF SECTION Wood Doors 08210 -3 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 08391 ALUMINUM STORM DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section Includes: 1. Supply of Aluminum storm doors. B. Related Work by Others: 1. Section 06100 Carpentry: Installation of Aluminum Storm Doors 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with following: 1. American Architectural Manufacturer's Association (AAMA): a. ANSI/HAMA Specifications 1102.7 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum Storm Doors, 1989. (1) AAMA 701.2 - Voluntary Specification for Pile Weather-strip, 1992. (2) AAMA 603.8 - Voluntary Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Extruded Aluminum, 1992. (3) AAMA 800 - Voluntary Specifications and Test Methods for Sealants, 1992. b. AAMA 1002.10 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum Insulating Storm Products for Windows and Sliding Glass Doors. 1983. 2. US Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD): a. HUD UM 39a - Aluminum Windows, Storm Windows, Sliding Glass Doors, and Storm Doors, 1984. 3. Screen Manufacturers Association (SMA) 4. Federal Specifications (FS): a. FS RR -W-365 - Wire Fabric (Insect Screening), 1980, with Amendment 1, 1986. 5. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC): a. CPSC 16 CFR 1201 - Architectural Glazing Materials. 6. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. ANSI Z97.1 - Glazing Materials Used in Buildings, Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test, 1984. 7. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. ASTM B633 - Electro deposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. b. ASTM B766 - Electro deposited Coatings of Cadmium. Storm Doors 08391 -1 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. ASTM C1048 - Heat -Treated Flat Glass. d. ASTM E737 - Installation of Storm Windows, Replacement Windows, Multi -Glazing, Storm Doors, and Replacement Doors. 8. Certification: a. ANSI Z34.1 - Certification, Third -Party Certification Program, 1987. b. HUD 24 CFR 200.935 - Administrator Qualifications and Procedures for HUD Building Products Certification Program. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Supply and Delivery Only: Include supply and delivery to site(s) FOB destination freight prepaid. Unless otherwise specified or scheduled, unloading and handling at site is by Contractor. 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: Comply with following: 1. Aluminum Storm Doors: ANSI/AAMA 1102.7, Performance Class 25 -1.2. kPa (25 PSF) Design Pressure, 1.8 kPa (37.5 PSF) Test Pressure. 2. Stainless Steel Screen Insert: Completely assembled, self storing, screen, size as indicated, with necessary braces: a. Impact Test: Meet or exceed ANSI/SMA 6001 Paragraph 4.2.4.1 performance requirements for Medium Type. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit to Owners Designated Representative. B. Shop Drawings: Submit to Owners Designated Representative: 1. Include exploded view of manufactured door. 2. Indicate fabrication of all parts, metal thickness, installation details, fastening, and sealing. 3. Include sections of typical members and details of latching devices. C. Samples: Submit full set of finish color samples to Owners Designated Representative for color selection. 1. For Supply and Deliver Only Contract: Submit one full size sample of storm door with specified finish to Owners Designated Representative for acceptance. D. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals: Submit following to Owners Designated Representative: 1. Certificates: Manufacturer's written third party certification that storm doors meet or exceed ANSI/AAMA 1102.7, HUD 39a, and other specified requirements. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Closeout Submittals: Submit following to Owners Designated Representative: 1. Operation and maintenance data. Storm Doors 08391 - 2 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2. Special warranty. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with following: 1. Glazing Materials: Comply with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 or ANSI Z97.1. 2. Accessibility: a. Architectural Barriers Act of 1968 as amended (42 USC 4152- 4157) and HUD implementing regulations (24 CFR Part 40). (1) Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (UFAS). b. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended (29 USC 794) and HUD implementing regulations 24 CFR Part8. C. Fair Housing Accessibility Guidelines (24 CFR Chapter 1). d. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (28 CFR Part 35). B. Certifications: Comply with HUD 39a, ANSI Z34.1, HUD 24 CFR 200.935. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading: Pack materials at manufacturing plant to prevent damage during shipping. 1. Storm Doors: Label in accordance with HUD UM 39a attached signifying compliance with ANSI/AAMA 1102.7 performance requirements. B. Acceptance at Site: Inspect storm doors upon delivery. Replace damaged or defective materials before installation. C. Storage and Protection: Store storm doors in manner to protect from weather and other damage. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Field measure openings for storm doors before start of fabrication. 1.10 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING A. Scheduling and Completion: Comply with requirements of Section 01010. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Provide one year written covering materials and installation for storm doors. 1. Warranty: Include coverage of inserts, closers, chains, hardware, and latches. a. Screening and glazing not included. b. Defects resulting from vandalism not included. 2. For Supply and Delivery Contract: a. Contractor: To supply and deliver to Owners Designated Representative, free of charge, any required replacement parts that can be readily installed by Housing Authority Storm Doors 08391 - 3 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority without special tools. b. Contractor: Agrees to supply and deliver free of charge, complete replacement door, when defective part or parts cannot be installed without use of special tools. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ALUMINUM STORM DOORS A. Storm Doors: Type and size indicated and specified with welded corner construction complete with tempered glass inserts, stainless steel screen inserts, durable metal kick panel, adjustable bottom expander with sill sweep, necessary hardware, fasteners, and miscellaneous equipment. 1. Storm Doors: Meet or exceed applicable requirements of AAMA/ANSI 1102.7, Performance Class 60 and HUD UM 39a. 2. Storm Doors: Self -storing. 3. Door Construction: Not necessary to remove door from its installed position to re -glaze, re -screen, or replace kick plate, push plate, or protective grille. 4. Glazed Sash and Glazing Materials: Permit re -glazing without special tools. 5. Doors: Sized to fit existing openings. B. Finished Master Frame, Extruded Screen Insert Frame and Z -bar: Minimum 1.4 mm (0.055 inch) wall thickness. 1. Z -bar: Adequate reinforcing ribs to support door. C. Glazing Materials: Comply with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 or ANSI Z97.1. 1. Tempered Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class 1, Glazing B Quality. 2. Glass Thickness: In accordance with AAMA 1002.10 Appendix, minimum 5 mm (3/16 inch). a. Design Wind Pressures: Determined in accordance with applicable codes and regulations. 3. Glass: Labeled to show name of manufacturer and type. 4. Glazing Material: Installed in rigid removable aluminum sub -frame. D. Screens: Manufacturer's standard design. 1. Screens Not Part of Door Frame: Extruded aluminum frames, of sufficient rigidity, cross braced as required, to lie flat against door and to prevent excessive bow in frame members and sag in screening. a. Screen Spline: Firmly jointed in secure manner. 2. Screening: Stainless Steel: ANSI/SMA 6001 Medium Type, 12 x 12 mesh stainless steel with wire diameter of 0.58 mm (0.023 inch) alloy . 3. When screen is completely assembled with insect screening and spline in place, outside dimension as measured from midpoint of Storm Doors 08391 - 4 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority opposite framing members shall not vary more than 4.8 mm (3/16 inch) from outside dimension as measured at extreme ends of such framing members. 4. Screening: Fastened to frame in manner to permit replacement of screening. E. Bottom of Door: Provide bottom expander door sweep of non -hardening rubber or extruded vinyl plastic, adjustable to 15.8 mm (5/8 inch). 1. Bottom Expander: Minimum 1.4 mm (0.055 inch) wall thickness. F. Kick Plate: Embossed Aluminum: Minimum 1.27 mm (0.50 inch) embossed. G. Hardware: Aluminum, stainless steel, or other non -corrosive materials compatible with aluminum. 1. Cadmium or Zinc Plated Steel: ASTM B633 or ASTM B766. 2. Include latch with exterior handle and interior locking mechanism with anti -lockout feature, adjustable heavy-duty door closer, necessary screws, hurricane chain with spring. 3. Hinge: Full piano hinge. 2.02 HOLLOW CORE ALUMINUM STORM DOORS A. Door: Hollow extruded smooth surface master frame, hollow extruded smooth surface mullion or cross bars; extruded screen frame inserts, extruded side and head Z -bars, and extruded external telescoping bottom expander. 1. Extrusions: Manufactured from 6063-T5 extruded aluminum alloy, minimum 1.57 mm (0.062 inch) thick, minimum 151 600 kPa (22,000 PSI) tensile strength. 2. Glazing Strip, Bottom Sweep, Screening Spline and Z -bar Seal: Virgin polyvinyl plastic. B. Door Master Frame Corner Construction: Mitered joint construction and joined at corners by welding. 1. Mitered Corner Joint Construction: Inert gas tungsten arc or heliarc welding to provide storm doors to comply with performance requirements. a. Weld: Penetrate on both exterior and interior sides of joint. b. Dress weld beads and flat surfaces (edge surfaces not included) to smooth flush surface within satin finish. C. Minimum Width of Weld: 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) prior to dressing. d. Minimum Penetration of Weld Build-up: 2.4 mm (3/32 inch). C. Mullion Bars: Hollow extruded shape designed to permit being used as kick panel mullion or as upper mullion. 1. Mullions: Accurately machined to fit frame and joined to side stiles by inert gas tungsten arc or heliarc welding. 2. Dress weld beads down to make smooth flush surface. Storm Doors 08391 - 5 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3. Provide top surface of extrusions for both center and bottom mullion bars with channel to accommodate inserts. 4. Provide main frame and mullion bar with 4.8 mm (3/16 inch) deep grooves to accommodate kick plate. 5. Utilize weather resisting cement utilized to provide maximum strength and rigidity and rattle proof operation. 6. Bottom Mullion Bar: Receive top of kick plate. 7. Mullion Bar: Same thickness as frame and have minimum 50 mm (2 inch) face. D. Head and Side Z -bars: Designed to receive vinyl plastic closure strip for maximum seal against air and dust infiltration. 1. Head Z -bar: Designed and extruded to also function as drip cap over top of door. 2. Z -bars: Pre -punched installation holes and hinges attached with machine screws. E. Finished Master Frame: Minimum 60 mm (2-3/8 inch) width across flat surface and minimum 31 mm (1-1/4 inch) thickness. 1. Mullion Bars: Minimum 50 mm (2 inch) width across flat surface and minimum 31 mm (1-1/4 inch) thickness. 2. Wall Thickness: Minimum 1.4 mm (0.055 inch). 3. Extruded Screen Insert Frames: 19 mm (3/4 inch) wide, minimum 7.9 mm (5/16 inch) thick, and minimum 1.57 mm (0.062 inch) wall thickness. 4. Z -bars: Minimum 1.4 mm (0.055 inch) wall thickness plus adequate reinforcing ribs to support door. 5. Insert Frame: Fabricated to have minimum overall clearance of 4.8 mm (1/8 inch) in width and height, and interchangeable in doors of same nominal size. 6. Master Frame Dimensions: Manufacturing tolerance of plus/minus 4.8 mm (1/8 inch). 7. Extrusion Tolerances: In accordance with Aluminum Extruded Products Division of Aluminum Association standards. F. Glazing Insert Frames: Extruded with mitered joint. construction secured at comers by staking into comer gussets. 1. Inserts: Equal height making them interchangeable on doors with upper and lower openings. 2. Inserts: Held in door by aluminum clips and machine screws. 3. Install maximum of six rivnuts into door per insert. 4. Install rivnuts in master frame, two on each side and top of each insert, located not to interfere with installation of door closer or safety chain. 5. Insert: Positive contact with master frame to stop passage of insects and prevent rattling. Storm Doors 08391 - 6 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority G. Screening Insert Frames: Extruded tubular with mitered joint construction and secured at corners by staking into corner gussets. 1. Make square comer gussets of 0.46 mm (0.180 inch) minimum extruded aluminum to fit firmly against extruded insert frames to minimize twist and distortion. 2. Insert screening into groove provided in frame and secure by vinyl spline. H. Hinges: Continuous Piano Hinge construction with adequate longitudinal reinforcing ribs to support door. 1. Each Door: Supported with full length piano hinge employing raised knuckle on extruded Z -bar. 2. Hinge: Allow door to open 180 degrees. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Joint Sealant: AAMA 800, Type 808.3 Exterior Perimeter Sealing Compound. 2.04 FINISHES A. Finish: 1. Aluminum Finish: Provide the following as specified or scheduled: e. Factory applied pigmented organic coating, AAMA 603.8. (1) Color: As selected by Owners Designated Representative from manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Exposed Surfaces of Aluminum Members: Clean and free from serious surface blemishes. 3. Dress and finish exposed welded joints. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Performed under Third Party Administrator in compliance with HUD 39a, ANSI Z34.1, and HUD 24 CFR 200.935. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Field Measurements: Verify field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings. END OF SECTION Storm Doors 08391 - 7 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS: A. Number Designations: Numbers indicating hardware items are ANSI standard number designations and Corbin / Russwin (where noted). B. Types of finish hardware required include the following: 1. Hinges. 2. Lock and latch sets. 3. Closers. 4. Sliding Closet Door Hardware. 5. Auxiliary Hardware 6. Kick Plates 7. Door Thresholds 8. Flooring Transition Strips 9. Weatherstripping for exterior doors. C. Related Work by Others: 1. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 2. Section 08100 Steel Doors and Frames 3. Section 09650 Resilient Flooring 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Finish and base material designations are indicated in accordance with ANSI Al 56.18 or the nearest traditional U.S. commercial finish. 1. Where base material and quality of finish are not otherwise indicated, provide at least the commercially recognized quality specified in ANSI Al 56 series standards applicable to each particular type of hardware. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each item of hardware. B. Submit final hardware schedule organized by "hardware sets," to indicate specifically the product to be furnished for each item required for preparation to receive hardware. 1. Furnish templates to installer to permit field installation of hardware. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING: A. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. B. Packaging of hardware is responsibility of supplier. As material is Finish Hardware 08710-1 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority received by hardware supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers clearly marked with appropriate hardware set number to match set numbers of approved hardware-schedule.Two or more identical sets may be packed in the same container C. Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of the hardware supplier and the hardware installer. Insure that the order is correct. D. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project site) for installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULED HARDWARE: A. Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware is indicated in the Finish Hardware Schedule at the end of this Section. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following. 1. ANSI/BHMA designations used elsewhere in this Section in schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are derived from the following standards. Provide products complying with these standards and requirements specified elsewhere in this Section. a. Butts and Hinges: ANSI A156. 1 (BHMA 101). b. Locks and Lock Trim: ANSI A156.2 (BHMA 601). C. Exit Devices: ANSI A156.3 (BHMA 701). d. Door Controls-Closers:ANSI A156.4 (BHMA 301). e. Auxiliary Locks: ANSI A 156.5 (BHMA 1001). f. Architectural Door Trim:ANSI Al56.6(BHMA 1001). g. Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI A156.7. h. Door Controls/ Overhead Holders: ANSI A156.8 (BHMA 311). i. Mortise Locks and Latches: ANSI A156.13 (BHMA 621). j. Auxiliary Hardware: ANSI A156.13 (BHMA 1101). 2. Materials and Finishes: ANSI A156.18 (BHMA 1301) 3. Locks, Latchsets and Closers shall be as manufactured by Corbin / Russwin Architectural Hardware, Berlin Ct. or approved equal. 4. Lock cylinders shall be Corbin / Russwin. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Finish Hardware 08710-2 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1. Butts and Hinges: a. Hager Hinge Co. b. McKinney Products Co. c. Stanley Hardware, Div. Stanley Works. 2. Cylinders and Locks: a. Arrow Lock Manufacturing Co. b. Best Lock Corp. c. Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware, Div. Black & Decker Corp. d. Falcon Lock Co. e. Sargent Manufacturing Company. f. Schlage Lock, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group. g. Yale Security Inc. 3. Overhead Closers: a. Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware, Div. Black & Decker Corp. b. LCN, Div. Ingersoll-Rand Door Hardware Group. c Norton Door Controls, Div. Yale Security Inc. d. Sargent Manufacturing Company. e. Yale Security Inc. 4. Door Trim Units: a. Builders Brass Works Corp. b. Hager Hinge Co. C. H. B. Ives, A Harrow Company. d. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco). 5. Kick, Mop, and Armor Plates: a. Baldwin Hardware Corp. b. Corbin & Russwin Architectural Hardware, Div. Black & Decker Corp. c. Hager Hinge Co. d. H. B. Ives, A Harrow Company. e. Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company (Trimco). 6. Sliding Door Hardware Sets: a. Grant Hardware Co. b. P. C. Henderson Inc. c. L. E. Johnson Products, Inc. d. Stanley Hardware, Div. Stanley Works. 7. Thresholds and Transition Strips: a. Hager Hinge Co. b. National Guard Products, Inc. c. Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Reese Enterprises, Inc. e. Sealeze Corp. f. Zero International, Inc. Finish Hardware 08710-3 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 8. Weatherstripping and Seals: a. Hager Hinge Co. b. National Guard Products, Inc. C. Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Reese Enterprises, Inc. e. Sealeze Corp. f. Ultra Industries. g. Zero International, Inc. 2.03 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION: A. General: Hand of door: Drawings show direction of slide, swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as shown. 2. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI A156 series standard for each hardware item and with BHMA1301 for finishes indicated. 3. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self -tapping sheet metal screws. 4. Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat -head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish. 5. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, except to extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru- bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed. 6. Tools and Maintenance Instructions for Maintenance: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of finish hardware. Finish Hardware 08710-4 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority F. Keying Systems Provide Corbin / Russwin rekeyable locking cylinder keyed to the Building Master as directed by the Owner's designated representative. 1. Keys: 5 keys 2.04 LOCKS, LATCHES AND BOLTS: A. Locks for all doors shall have Corbin / Russwin locks in the function designated, with Handles, rose and other trim and accessories as noted. B. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set. 2.05 CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES: A. Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the, BHMA recommendations for size of door control unit, depending upon size of door, (note all closers to be grade 1 heavy duy).ALL CLOSERS MUST COMPLY WITH ADA GUIDELINES and be HANDICAPPED DELAY TYPE to meet the ADA and State regulations for the disabled. 1. Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide fully adjustable closer unit or one, one size larger than recommended for use with standard arms. Mount on interior side of out swinging doors. Provide brackets and other mounting hardware as required for a complete installation. B. Accessible Manual Closers: Provide closers with manufacturer's BFDA designation for barrier free delayed action closing ALL CLOSERS. 2.06 THRESHOLDS, KICKPLATES , FLOORING TRANSITION STRIPS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated provide standard units of Metal, type, size & profile scheduled or indicated herein. B. Hinged Doors: Provide thresholds not less than 6" wide, formed to accommodate change in floor elevation where required, fabricated to accommodate door hardware and to fit door frames. Thresholds must comply with the Barrier Free design (ADA) guidelines and regulations. C. Kick Plates shall be stainless steel, minimum .050 inch thick with beveled edges and appropriate fastenings. Kick plates shall be 13" high by the door width less one inch on both sides and shall be mounted one 1-1/4" up from the bottom of the door. D. Flooring Transition Strips: Provide transition strips not more than 4" wide, formed to accommodate change in floor elevation, fabricated to fit door frames. Thresholds must comply with the Barrier Free design (ADA) guidelines and regulations Finish Hardware 08710-5 of 7 J Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2.07 HINGES / BUTTS All hinges shall have non -removable pins, secured by set screw or other means. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builder's hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames", by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. B. Install each hardware item to compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in) another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. Mount closers on side of doors as indicated (parallel arm on non hinge side). C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory -prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every until. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. 3.03 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: A. Hardware Set No. 1 (Fountain Drive Front Entry Door) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts A8111 26D 1 Mortised Lockset F12 26D Lever Handle 1 Threshold (6") J32100 alum. 1 Floor Stop Ives 438 1 Weather-stripping Set. Finish Hardware 08710-6 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Hardware Set No. 2 (Women's & Men's Toilets Fountain Drive (667-1) , Bingham Way (667-2) HP Toilet and Fould's Terrace (667-3) HP Toilet) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts A1111 612 1 Bored Lock F92 -L 612 Lever Handle NZD 1 Closer C03011 612 1 Threshold (all doors5") J12430 612 2 Kick Plates J102 612 1 Floor Stop Ives 438 2 Silencers L03011 Black Hardware Set No. 3 (Fountain Drive (6671) Closet) 1 Stanley Series 57/58 Track Set Cat. # 40-3780 Heavy Duty 4 Stanley 303-stl-3 Flush Pulls 2 1/8" diam, US3 finish Hardware Set No. 4 ( Fountain Drive (667-1) , Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3) ) 2 Threshold (each Kitchen) (all door openings 4") J32180 612 END OF SECTION Finish Hardware 08710-7 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 08800 GLASS & GLAZING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK A. This Section includes glazing for the following products, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Tempered insulating Glass as Vision lites in new steel door. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 1. Section 08100 Steel Doors and Frames. C. Related Work by Others: 1. Installation of Steel Doors and Frames Section 06100 Carpentry 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. 1.04 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Glass thickness indicated on Drawings are for detailing only. Confirm glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in-service conditions. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thickness' and strengths (annealed or heat-treated) to meet or exceed the following criteria: Minimum glass thickness, nominally, lites in exterior doors is 1/4" (6 mm) C. Normal thermal movement results from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass -framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on materials' actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. Temperature Change (Range): 120 F deg (67 C deg), ambient; 180 F deg Glass & Glazing 08800 -1 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority (100 C deg), material surfaces. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for glass product and glazing material indicated. C. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. FGMA Publications: "FGMA Glazing Manual." B. Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Single -Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product indicated below: 1. Heat-treated glass of each (ASTM C 1048) condition indicated. D. Single -Source Responsibility for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1.09 WARRANTY A. General: Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. Glass & Glazing 08800 -2 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. 2.02 HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller -hearth) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, unless otherwise indicated. 2.03 HEAT-TREATED FLOAT GLASS A. Uncoated, Clear, Heat -Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 glazing select), kind as indicated below. 1 Glazing: Provide Minimum 1/2" clear, insulating glass w/ tempered lights. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering heat-treated glass products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following companies. 1. AFG Industries, Inc. 2. Artistic Glass Products Co. 3. Cardinal IG. 4. Saint-Gobain. 5. Falconer Glass Industries. 6. Glasstemp, Inc. 7. Guardian Industries Corp. 8. HGP Industries. 9. PPG Industries, Inc. 10. Spectrum Glass Products, Inc. 11. Tempglass. 12. Viracon, Inc. 2.04 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact, including glass products and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for selecting glazing sealants that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: a. Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard designations. Glass & Glazing 08800 -3 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5. 2.06 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer. and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine glass framing for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at corners. 2. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 3. Effective sealing between joints of glass -framing members. B. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.03 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Glazing channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. C. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: 1. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing standard, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Glass & Glazing 08800 -4 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. E. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. 3.04 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that when compressed by glass their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously but not in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Where framing joints are vertical, cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each lite is installed. F. Apply heel bead of elastomedc sealant. G. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. H. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.05 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. Install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. Glass & Glazing 08800 -5 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3.06 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove, as recommended by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period. E. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION Glass & Glazing 08800 -6 of 6 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Types of work include: 1. Gypsum drywall applied to wood studs and framing. 2. Gypsum drywall Ceiling. 3. Drywall finishing (joint tape -and -compound treatment). A. Related Work by Others: 1. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 2. Section 09900 Painting 3. Section 15400 Minor Plumbing & Heating 4. Section 1600 Minor Electrical and Fire Alarm 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Resistance Rating: Where gypsum drywall systems with fire - resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations which are identical with those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by independent fire testing laboratories nationally recognized. B. Gypsum Board Terminology Standard: GA -505 by Gypsum Association. C. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product Specifications and installation instructions for each gypsum drywall component, including other data as may be required to comply with these Specifications. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack boards flat to prevent sagging. C. Handle gypsum boards to prevent damage to edges, ends or surfaces. Protect metal corner beads and trim from being bent or damaged. GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-1 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced gypsum board application standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during and after application of gypsum board. B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for drying of joint treatment material immediately after its application. During dry, hot weather, prevent too rapid drying. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD: A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, of types, edge configuration and thickness indicated; in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints. Type: Regular, Edges: Tapered, Thickness: to match existing or 5/8", unless otherwise indicated. 2.02 TRIM ACCESSORIES: A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard trim accessories of types indicated for drywall work, formed of galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated, with either knurled and perforated or expanded flanges for nailing or stapling, and beaded for concealment of flanges in joint compound. Provide corner beads, L -type edge trim -beads, U -type edge trim beads, special L-kerf-type edge trim -beads, and one-piece control joint beads. 1. Semi -Finishing Type: Manufacturer's standard trim units which are not to be finished with joint compound (non -beaded). 2.03 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS: A. General: ASTM C 475; type recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated, except as otherwise indicated. B. Joint Compound: Ready -mixed vinyl -type for interior use. 1. Grade: 2 separate grades; one specifically for bedding tapes and filling depressions, and one for topping and sanding. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum drywall work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board. B. Gypsum Board Screws: Comply with ASTM C 646. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: A. Gypsum Board Application -Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840- GA 216. B. Locate exposed end -butts joints as far from center of walls and ceilings as GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-2 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority possible, and stagger not less than 1'-0" in alternate courses of board. C. Install wall/partitions boards vertically to avoid end -butt joints wherever possible. At stairwells and similar high walls, install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs. D. Install exposed gypsum board with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged or damp boards. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch open space between boards. Do not force into place. E. Locate either edge or end joints over supports, except in horizontal applications or where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Position boards so that like edges abut, tapered edges against tapered edges and mill -cut or field -cut ends. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints over different studs on opposite sides of partitions. F. Attach gypsum board to supplementary framing and blocking as provided for additional support at openings and cutouts. G. Form control joints and expansion joints with space between edges of boards, prepared to receive trim accessories. H. Space fasteners in gypsum boards in accordance with referenced standards and manufacturer's recommendations, except as indicated. 3.02 METHODS OF GYPSUM DRYWALL APPLICATION: A. Single -Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard. 1. On partitions/walls apply gypsum board vertically (parallel), unless otherwise indicated, and minimize end joints. 2. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum boards to supports. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF DRYWALL TRIM ACCESSORIES: A. General: Where feasible, use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports. Otherwise, fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi -expose. Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except where semi -finishing type is indicated. Install L -type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work, and install special kerf- type where other work is kerfed to receive long leg of L -type trim. C Install semi -finishing "J" trim at all exposed edges. END OF SECTION GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250-3 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on Drawings and includes but is not limited to the following: 1. 12" x12" Vinyl floor tiles 2. 4" rubber base B. Related Work by Others: 1. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry: Installation of Transition Strips 2. Section 08710 Finish Hardware: Transition Strips/ Thresholds 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. B. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with the following fire test performance criteria. 1. Critical Radiant Flux: Not less than 0.45 watts per square cm. 2. Flame Spread: Not more than 75 per ASTM E 84. 3. Smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84. 4. Smoke Density: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 662. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of resilient flooring and accessory. B. Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Submit manufacturer's standard color charts in form of actual sections of resilient flooring, including accessories showing full range of colors and patterns available, for each type of resilient flooring required. Submit samples for color selection for Owner's designated representative. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Deliver and store materials as necessary in manufacturer's original unopened containers, with brands, names, and production lot numbers clearly marked thereon. B. Maintain minimum temperature of 65 degrees F (18 degrees C) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temp. of 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) in areas where work is completed. Resilient Flooring 09650-1 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 RESILIENT FLOORING COLORS AND PATTERNS: A. Provide color and patterns as indicated, or if not indicated, as selected by Owner's designated representative, from manufacturer's standards. 2.02 TILE FLOORING: A. Vinyl Composition Tile: FS SS -T-312, Type IV; 12" x 12" as follows: 1. Composition 1: Asbestos free. 2. Gage: 1/4 inch. 2.03 ACCESSORIES: A. Vinyl Wall Base: Provide base complying with FS SS -W-40, Type II. 1. Height 4 inches. 2. Thickness: 1/4 inch gage. 3. Style: Standard top -set cove with preformed inside and outside corner units and end stops. 4. Finish: Matte. 5. Colors: to be selected. B. Adhesive (Cements): Waterproof, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. C. Levelling and Patching Compounds: Latex type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Require Installer to inspect subfloor surfaces to determine that they are satisfactory. A satisfactory subfloor surface is defined as one that is smooth and free from cracks, holes, ridges, coatings preventing adhesive bond, and other defects impairing performance or appearance. B. Do not allow resilient flooring work to proceed until subfloor surfaces are satisfactory. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Prepare subfloor surfaces as follows: 1. Use leveling and patching compounds as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for filling small cracks, holes and depressions in subfloors. 2. Remove coatings from subfloor surfaces that would prevent adhesive bond, including curing compounds incompatible with resilient flooring adhesives, paint, oils, waxes and sealers. Resilient Flooring 09650-2of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority B. Broom clean or vacuum surfaces to be covered, and inspect subfloor. 3.03 INSTALLATION GENERAL: A. Install resilient flooring using method indicated in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Extend resilient flooring into the spaces, door reveals, and into closets and similar openings. B. Scribe, cut, and fit resilient flooring to prevent fixtures, built-in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. C. Maintain reference markers holes, or openings that are in place or plainly marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other non -permanent marking device. D. Tightly cement resilient flooring to sub -base without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections. Hand roll resilient flooring at perimeter of each covered area to assure adhesion. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF TILE FLOORS: A. Lay tile from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so that the at opposite edges of room area of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid use of cut widths less than 1/2 tile at room perimeters. Lay tile square to room axis, with grain runnining one way. B. Match tiles for color and pattern by using the from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered. Cut tile neatly around all fixtures. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles are not acceptable. C. Adhere tile flooring to substrates using full spread of adhesive applied in compliance with flooring manufacturer's directions. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Immediately upon completion of resilient flooring: Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes, using appropriate cleaner. B. Protect flooring against damage during construction period with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for substantial completion. C. Clean resilient flooring not more than four days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion in each area of project. Clean resilient flooring by method recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer.. END OF SECTION Resilient Flooring 09650-3of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of painting work is indicated on Drawings and as herein scheduled and specified. B. Work includes painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces throughout project, except as otherwise indicated, work includes but is not limited to: 1. Finish Painting of all new drywall work (Walls, Soffits, Ceilings etc)' 2. Finish Painting of all existing ceiling and wall areas patched or repaired or impacted due to new construction. 3. Finish Painting of all new standing and running wood trim 4. Finish Painting of all new metal door frames. 5. Finish Painting of all new wood doors and frames. 6. Finish Painting of all new wood shelving, cabinet fascia and counter supports. C. "Paint" as used herein means all coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. \ 1. Surface preparation, priming and coats of paint specified are in addition to shop -priming and surface treatment specified under other sections of work. D. Surfaces to be Painted: Except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a surface not to be painted, paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in "schedules". Where items or surfaces are not specifically mentioned, contact the Owner's designated representative or the Architect and Paint according to direction given. 1. Do not paint over any code -required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. E. Following items of work are not included as part of field -applied finishes: 1. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, and duct shafts. 2. Pre -finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory -finishing or installed finishing is specified for such items, acoustic materials, architectural wood work and PAINTING 09900 -1 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority casework and finished mechanical and electrical equipment, including light fixtures, panels, etc. 3. Operating Parts: Unless otherwise indicated, moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting. F. Following categories of work are included under other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Unless otherwise specified, shop priming of fabricated components such as architectural woodwork and shop -fabricated or factory -built mechanical and electrical equipment or accessories is included under other Sections of these Specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections of these Specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information or characteristics of finish materials provided for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material proposed. B. Samples: Prior to beginning work, Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be painted. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture only. Provide a listing of material and application for each coat of each finish sample. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened packages / containers bearing manufacturer's label, and following information: 1. Name or title of material. 2. Federal Spec. number, if applicable. 3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacturer. 4. Manufacturer's name. 5. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. 6. Thinning instructions. 7. Application instructions. PAINTING 09900 -2 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 8. Color name and number. B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing where necessary. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take all precautions to ensure that workmen and work areas are adequately protected from fire hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application of paints. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Apply water base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) and 90 degrees F (32 degrees C), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Apply solvent -thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and 95 degrees F (35 degrees C), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when relative humidity exceeds 85%, or to damp or wet surfaces, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Material Quality: Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by Sherwin Williams or Equally acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable. B. Color Pigments: Pure, non -fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated. 1. Lead content in pigment is not allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.01 GENERAL A. Applicator's Inspection of Conditions: as a basic requirement of this project all applicators of finishes shall inspect the installed substrate, surface or structure upon which they will install their work and they shall note the conditions under which their work will be performed. Each installer shall notify the contractor and shall report in writing to the PAINTING 09900 -3 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority contractor, any unsatisfactory conditions that may possibly have a negative impact on his ability to perform his work to the highest level of quality in his industry and shall not proceed with the installation of his work until such time as the defects or obstacles have been eliminated and corrected to his satisfaction. 1. The Installer SHALL NOT PROCEED with the work if the identified deficiencies have not or cannot be rectified successfully. The Architect or Owner's designated representative shall be notified of the difficulty and the installer shall proceed ONLY upon direction of the Architect or the Owner's designated representative. Failure to comply with ANY of these Project requirements will be construed as a voluntary and full acceptance of the substrate provided and the installer shall be liable for all costs associated with the removal and reinstallation of any and all work judged to be substandard by the Architect and/or the Owner's designated representative. B. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Notify Architect in writing of any anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems with substrates primed by others. 2. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish -painted, or provide surface -applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of space or item, reinstall removed items. 3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program cleaning and painting so that contaminants from cleaning process will not fall onto wet, new paint. 4. Fill and Seal all joints where doorjamb and head returns intersect or wrap around drywall surfaces prior to painting of surfaces. B. Wood: Clean wood surfaces to be painted of dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view, and dust off. PAINTING 09900 -4 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of priming coat.After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood -filler. Sandpaper smooth when dried. 1. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job -painted immediately upon delivery to job. Prime edges, ends, faces, underside, and backsides of such wood, including cabinets or window sills etc. 2. When transparent finish is required, use spar varnish for backpriming. C. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces, which are not galvanized or shop -coated, of oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. 1. Touch-up shop -applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by other Sections of these Specifications. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer. 2. Fill Knock Down Door Frame Joints with appropriate filler (bondo etc), sand smooth, prime and finish paint so as to completely hide joints. D. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non - petroleum based solvent. 3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION: A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. B. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. 3.04 APPLICATION: A. General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes, are indicated in "schedules" of the Contract documents. 2. Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used. 3. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final coat of paint, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Insure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film PAINTING 09900 -5 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently -fixed equipment with prime coat before final installation of equipment. 5. Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with flat, non -specular black paint. 6. Finish doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated. 7. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. 8. Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop - primed and touch-up painted, unless otherwise indicated. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first -coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. C. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated or, as recommended by coating manufacturer. D. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to those items exposed in occupied spaces where the adjacent surfaces are called to be painted. Paint to match adjacent surface unless otherwise indicated. E. Prime Coats: Apply prime coat of material which is required to be painted or finished, and which has not been prime coated by others. 1. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burn -through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. F. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide in opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sages, ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. G. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce glass - PAINTING 09900 -6 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. 1. Provide satin finish for final coats, unless otherwise indicated. H. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.05 CLEAN-UP AND PROTECTION: , A. Clean -Up: During progress of work, remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. 1. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and other paint -spattered surfaces. Remove splattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. B. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. 1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly -painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting operations. 2. At completion of work of other trades, touch-up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.06 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE: A. General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated: 1. Gypsum Drywall, Walls and Ceilings. a. Soffits and Ceilings: Latex Satin Enamel Finish: 3 Coats with total dry film thickness not less than 2.8 mils. 1. Primer Coat: Interior Latex Base Primer Coat (FS TT -P-650). Latex Enamel Undercoat. 2. Second and Third Coats: Latex Satin Enamel (FS TT -P- 151). Interior Acrylic Satin Enamel. b. Walls :Low -Sheen (Eggshell) Finish: 2 Finish Coats over primed surface. 1) Primer Coat: Interior Latex Base Primer Coat (FS -TT -P- 650). 2) First and Second Finish Coats: Latex Base Eggshell Finish (FS TT -P-1511, Type 1, modified to have a 60 degree PAINTING 09900 -7 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority specular gloss range from 10 to 30. 2. Ferrous Metal: ( Metal Doors & Frames etc) a. Semi -Gloss Enamel Finish: 2 Coats over primer, with total dry film thickness not less than 3.0 mils. 1. Primer Coat: Prime coat is not required on items delivered shop primed. 2. First Coat: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT -E-543). 3. Second Coat: Odorless Interior Semi -Gloss Alkyd Enamel (FS TT -E-509). 3. Painted Wood: a. Semi -Gloss Enamel Finish: 3 Coats. 1. Primer Coat: Interior Enamel Undercoat (FS TT -E-543). 2. Second and Third Coats: Alkyd Gloss Enamel(FS TT -E 5095). 4. Stained or Natural Wood a. Stained - Satin Polyurethane Finish: 1) Stain Coat(s): Interior Oil Stain (FS TT -S-711) Apply successive coats as required to match selected color. 2) Filler Coat on Open Grain Wood, Paste wood filler (FS TT -F- 336) Wipe off completely prior to applying polyurethane. 3) Satin Polyurethane Two finish coats Satin Finish Linseed Oil Modified Polyurethane (FS TTC-540b). END OF SECTION PAINTING 09900 -8 of 8 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 10425 SIGNS PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of signs: 1. Interior Acrylic Graphic Braille signs for existing Men's and Women's Toilets for Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3). 2. Interior Acrylic Graphic Braille signs for new Men's and Women's Toilets for Fountain Drive (667-1) . 3. Interior Acrylic Graphic Braille signs for new Unisex HP Toilets for Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3). 4. Exterior post mounted HP parking and accessible entry signs all facilities. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of sign specified, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual components, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and erection of signs. Include plans, elevations, and large-scale sections of typical members and other components. Show anchors, grounds, layout, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sign Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing signs similar to those indicated for this Project, with a record of successful in-service performance, and sufficient production capacity to produce sign units required without causing delay in the Work. B. Single -Source Responsibility: For each separate sign type required, obtain signs from one source of a single manufacturer. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay. Signs 10425 -1 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Manufacturers of Panel Signs: a. ABC Architectural Signing System. b. Seaton Name Plate c. ASI Sign Systems, Inc. 2.02 INTERIOR ACRYLIC SIGNS A. Interior Signs: Provide 8"x8" injection molded .125 acrylic signs with matte, non -glare finish, 1/2" radiused corners, raised wording and symbols and grade II Braile. Color to be black background with white symbols and letters. Interior Acrylic Graphic Braille signs for existing Men's and Women's Toilets for Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3) to be model "M5172" and "M5174" respectively as manufactured by Seaton Name Plate Co. Branford Connecticut (800-243-6624) or approved equal. 2. Interior Acrylic Graphic Braille signs for new Men's and Women's Toilets for Fountain Drive (667-1) to be model "M5173" and "M5175" respectively as manufactured by Seaton Name Plate Co. Branford Connecticut (800- 243-6624) or approved equal. 3. Interior Acrylic Graphic Braille signs for new Unisex HP Toilets for Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3) to be model "M5177" as manufactured by Seaton Name Plate Co. Branford Connecticut (800- 243-6624) or approved equal. 2.03 EXTERIOR POST MOUNTED SIGNS A. Exterior Post mounted Signs: Provide 12"x 18" heavy duty steel signs with screen printed baked enamel finish and engineer grade reflective sheeting and radiused comers on 7'-0" long baked enamel "U" shaped steel sign posts to be installed where and as directed. 1. Provide two Exterior post mounted HP parking signs at each Building, model "M2146" as manufactured by Seaton Name Plate Co. Branford Connecticut (800-243-6624) or approved equal. 2. Provide one Exterior post mounted HP entrance sign at each Building, model "M2139" as manufactured by Seaton Name Plate Co. Branford Connecticut (800-243-6624) or approved equal. Signs 10425 - 2 of 3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority B. Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate sign units and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of the type described and in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at the height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance. 2. Mount interior signs at a height of 60" above the finished floor to the center of the sign. B. Wall -Mounted Signs: Attach interior signs to wall surfaces using the methods indicated below: 1. Silicone -Adhesive Mounting: Use liquid silicone adhesive recommended by the sign manufacturer to attach sign units to irregular, porous, or vinyl - covered surfaces. Use double -sided vinyl tape where recommended by the sign manufacturer to hold the sign in place until the adhesive has fully cured. C. Post Mounted Units: Provide the manufacturer's standard posts, fittings, and hardware for mounting exterior signs. Posts to be set minimum 20" in ground. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to the manufacturer's instructions. Protect units from damage until acceptance by the Owner. END OF SECTION Signs 10425-3of3 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 10800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following toilet and bath accessory items: 1. Surface Mounted Toilet Tissue Dispensers 2. Wall Mounted Waste Receptacles 3. Handicapped Grab Bars 4. Wall Mounted Soap dispenser 5. Robe Hooks 6. Adjustable Tilt Mirrors 7. Wall Mounted Shelves B. Related Work by Others: 1. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections. B. Product data for each toilet accessory item specified, including construction details relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting method, specified options, and finishes. C. Setting drawings where cutouts are required in other work, including templates, substrate preparation instructions, and directions for preparing cutouts and installing anchorage devices. D. Maintenance instructions including replaceable parts and service recommendations. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish accessory manufacturers' standard inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. B. Single -Source Responsibility: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of accessory unit and for units exposed to view in same areas, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 -1 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordination: Coordinate accessory locations, installation, and sequencing with other work to avoid interference with and ensure proper blocking for installation, operation, adjustment, cleaning, and servicing of toilet accessory items. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Submit a written warranty executed by mirror manufacturer, agreeing to replace any mirrors that develop visible silver spoilage defects within warranty period. B. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. The warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering toilet accessories and Toilet Compartment Doors and Hardware that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of the following: 1. A & J Washroom Accessories. 2. American Specialties, Inc. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. 4. Bradley Corporation. 5. General Accessory Manufacturing Co. 6. McKinney/Parker. 2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 0.034 inch (0.9 mm) minimum thickness. B. Brass: Leaded and unleaded, flat products, ASTM B 19; rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges, ASTM B 16 (ASTM B 16M); Castings, ASTM B 30. C. Sheet Steel: Cold -rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366 (ASTM A 366M), 0.04 inch (1.0 mm) minimum. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527 G60 (ASTM A 527M Z180). TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 -2 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority E. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro -deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. F. Baked Enamel Finish: Factory -applied, gloss white, baked acrylic enamel coating. G. Mirror Glass: Nominal 6.0 mm thick, conforming to ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, and with silvering, electro- plated copper coating, and protective organic coating. H. Stainless Steel Mirror Surfaces: Not less than 0.04 inch (1.0 mm) AISI Type 302/304 stainless steel sheet, stretcher -leveled with No. 8 polished mirror finish. Bond to 1/4 inch (6 mm) minimum hardboard backing. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. J. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or of galvanized steel where concealed. 2.03 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS A. Surface Mounted Roll Tissue Dispenser: Fabricate of stainless steel with satin finish for surface mounting on drywall and wood stud partitioning. Provide complete with drywall mounting fasteners. 1. Size: Unit to accommodate core -type tissue roll up to 5 inches (125 mm) in diameter. 2.04 WASTE RECEPTACLES A. Open -Top, Recessed Waste Receptacle: Fabricate of stainless steel with seamless exposed flange, removable receptacle with seamless exposed walls, hemmed edges, secured by tumbler lockset. Furnish removable, heavy-duty vinyl liner, secured to receptacle at not less than 4 points by grommets, stainless steel hooks; minimum 10.5 gallon (40 L) capacity. 2.05 GRAB BARS A. Stainless Steel Type: Provide grab bars with wall thickness not less than 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) and as follows: 2. Mounting: Concealed, manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages. 3. Clearance: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) clearance between wall surface and inside face of bar. - 3. Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard nonslip texture. 4. Heavy -Duty Size: Outside diameter of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). 2.06 SOAP DISPENSERS A. Hospital / Surgical Aseptic Soap Dispenser, Surface Mounted: Wall -mounted unit, complete with stainless steel hood, minimum 16 ounce (475 mL) capacity, shatterproof reservoir unit, and noncorroding dispensing mechanism designed to use with iodine -based, liquid surgical soaps and synthetic detergents with corrosive additives. Provide with wall plate for concealed mounting. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 -3 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2.07 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES A. Double -Prong Robe Hook: Heavy-duty satin finished stainless steel double - prong robe hook; rectangular wall bracket with backplate for concealed mounting. 2.08 MIRROR UNITS A. Adjustable -Tilt, Stainless Steel Framed Mirror Units: Fabricate frame with angle or channel shapes not less than 0.04 inch (1.0 mm), with square corners carefully mitered to hairline joints, welded, and ground smooth. Furnish continuous, stainless steel piano hinge at bottom of unit and adjustable elbow hinge at each side to allow pivoting from vertical to not less than 6 inches (150 mm) outward at top. 2.09 STAINLESS STEEL SHELF A Surface Mounted Shelves: Fabricate of stainless steel in heavy gauge 304 stainless steel w/ satin finish , 6 inches deep by 24" long. Turn down and return edges for additional rigidity. Provide w/ weld steel side support brackets. 2.10 FABRICATION B. General: Only a maximum 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, as approved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of toilet or bath accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or back surface, provide additional identification by either a printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate, indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. C. General: No names or labels are permitted on exposed faces of toilet and bath accessory units. On either interior surface not exposed to view or on back surface, provide identification of each accessory item either by a printed, waterproof label or a stamped nameplate indicating manufacturer's name and product model number. D. Surface -Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. E. Framed Mirror Units, General: Fabricate frames for glass mirror units to accommodate wood, felt, plastic, or other glass edge protection material. Provide mirror backing and support system that will permit rigid, tamperproof glass installation and prevent moisture accumulation, as follows: 1. Provide galvanized -steel backing sheet, not less than 0.034 inch (0.9 mm) and full mirror size, with non absorptive filler material. Corrugated cardboard is not an acceptable filler material. E. Mirror Unit Hangers: Provide system for mounting mirror units that will permit rigid, tamperproof, and theft proof installation. TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 -4 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers' instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. B. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, according to manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward load of at least 250 Ibf (1100 N), complying with ASTM F 446. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. END OF SECTION TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES 10800 -5 of 5 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 11452 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of residential appliances: 1.' Cooking equipment, including ranges and ovens. 2. Range hoods. 3. Refrigerators B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 06200 Finish Carpentry: Counter Tops and Cabinets 2. Section 15400 Minor Mechanical: Kitchen sinks, and connections for appliances 3. Section 16000 Electrical : Electrical services and connections for appliances 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each appliance type required indicating compliance with requirements, including installation instructions. Provide complete operating and maintenance instructions for each appliance. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Energy Ratings: Provide residential appliances that carry labels indicating energy cost analysis (estimated annual operating costs) and efficiency information as required by Federal Trade Commission. B. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electrical components required as part of residential appliances that are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards. C. AGA and ANSI Standards: Provide gas -burning appliances that carry the design certification seal of the American Gas Association (AGA) and comply with ANSI Z21 -Series standards. APPLIANCES 11452 -1 of 4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority D. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain appliances from a single supplier. 1. Provide products from the same manufacturer for each type of appliance required. 2. To the greatest extent possible, provide appliances by a single manufacturer for entire Project. E. Design Criteria: The drawings indicate sizes, profiles, and dimensional requirements of residential appliances and are based on the specific types and models indicated. Appliances by other manufacturers may be considered, provided deviations in dimensions and profiles are minor and do not change the design concept as judged by the Architect. The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver appliances to the Project site in the manufacturer's undamaged protective packaging. B. Delay delivery of appliances until utility rough -in is complete and construction in the spaces to receive appliances is substantially complete and ready for installation. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. Warranty: Submit written warranties executed by the manufacturer of each appliance specified agreeing to repair or replace units or components that fail in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. 1. Electric Cook Top: 4 -year limited warranty on surface burner elements. B. Warranties specified above shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering appliances that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Caloric Corporation. 2. General Electric Company. 3. Hotpoint. 4. Whirlpool Corporation. APPLIANCES 11452-2of4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 5. Magic Chef 6. Broan Manufacturing Co. 2.02 ELECTRIC COOKTOPS A. Countertop Electric Cooktop similar to design of Frigidaire "FEC32C4HG": Provide ADA compliant, hinged, tilt -up, 30 inch (750 mm), built-in, countertop - mounted electric cooktop unit with four plug-in, coil, surface -burner elements, infinitely adjustable controls, and burner "ON" indicator lights. 1. Cooktop Surface: White. 2. Burner Type: Provide two 8 inch (200 mm) (2100 watts maximum) and two 6 inch (150 mm) (1500 watts maximum) plug-in, coil burner elements. a. Burner Trim: Provide each burner with a removable, porcelain enamel drip pan and chrome -plated trim ring. 3. Burner Controls: Rotary type with removable knobs. 2.03 EXHAUST HOODS A. Recirculating, Nonventing Range Hood similar to design of Broan Manufacturing Co. "QB13699" or equal: Provide 30 inch (750 mm) hood for mounting below wall cabinets, with two -speed fan, permanent washable grease filter, replaceable charcoal odor filter, and built-in lighting. 1. Fan Control: Infinite -speed rotary control. 2. Finish: white 2.04 REFRIGERATORS A. ADA compliant side by side refrigerator / freezer unit similar to Magic Chef "CSB2121 ARW" 1. Finish: White PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Built -In Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or countertops with concealed fasteners. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are completely concealed. C. Utilities: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and electrical requirements. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Testing: Test each item of residential equipment to verify proper operation. Make necessary adjustments. B. Accessories: Verify that accessory items required have been furnished and installed. APPLIANCES 11452-3of4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Cleaning: Remove packing material from residential equipment items and leave units in clean condition, ready for operation. END OF SECTION APPUANCES 11452-4of4 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 15400 PLUMBING "FILED SUB -BID REQUIRED" PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the Contract and General Conditions and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub -Bids: 1. Sub -Bids for work under this Section shall be for the Complete Work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at the Time and Place stipulated in the "ADVERTISEMENT" and in accordance with the requirements of the "INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS". The Following information shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope to be submitted: Name of Sub -Bidder: Project Name: Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers Sub -Bid for Section: Section 15400 PLUMBING 2. Each Sub -Bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the Awarding Authority (herein in Division 0), as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the Massachusetts General Laws as amended. 3. Sub -Bids filed with the Awarding Authority shall be accompanied by a BID DEPOSIT in the amount of 5% of the amount of the BID, in the form of a BID BOND or Certified Check, from an institution or Surety, naming the Awarding Authority as the Obligee. The work of this section is shown on drawings AM -1, AM -2, BM -1 and all Architectural Drawings. 1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Furnish and install new fixtures, systems, equipment and accessories and modify existing systems, in accordance with the specifications and drawings and as required to provide complete, safe, code compliant and properly operating systems. 1. The filed sub -bidder shall confirm and / or verify all existing conditions in the field. B. The Work of this section shall include, but not be limited to the: 1. Removal and proper disposal of existing water closets, lavatories, PLUMBING 15400 - 1 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority sinks, equipment connections, valves, piping and other items indicated or required to be removed and the proper and legal temporary and / or permanent termination or modification of the existing services, in preparation for new work installations. 2. Removal of existing Laundry services including washer standpipes and services, relocation and reinstallation of same where and as indicated. 3. Removal and reconfiguration of portions of existing sanitary waste lines, drains and hot and cold domestic water systems in Bathrooms, Kitchens and Laundry areas. 4. Proper disconnection and termination of services for other fixtures, and devices to be removed by the General Contractor and equipment to be removed by others. 5. Reconfiguration, modification and relocation of existing services and the supply and installation of new services as required to facilitate the renovation and new work. 6. Supply and installation of new water closets as specified and as indicated on the drawings. 7. Supply and installation of new lavatories and sinks as specified and as indicated on the drawings. 8. Minor modifications to existing gas supply lines, including, but not limited to the proper cutting and capping of existing gas services serving kitchen ranges, gas clothes dryers and other equipment to be permanently removed, the modification and extension of existing gas services for existing and relocated gas clothes dryers and the supply and installation of new lines to facilitate the renovation and new work where and as indicated and required. 9. Supply and install all new sanitary, waste and domestic hot and cold water piping, valves and accessories required to provide a complete and fully functioning system in each Building. 10. Installation of a new standpipe waste and domestic hot and cold water services w/ valves and for relocated washers in Fountain Drive (667-1). 11. Securing of all required permits and approvals for the work and the cleaning out and Final testing of all existing plumbing in each of the buildings to insure proper and fully functional operation. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to PLUMBING 15400 - 2 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority this Section: 1. Section 02070 Selective Demolition 2. Section 06200 Finish Carpentry 3. Section 11452 Residential Appliances 4. Section 15500 HVAC 5. Section 16000 Electrical 1.03 DESIGN INTENT A. It is the intention of the Drawings and this Specification to show and specify a COMPLETE SYSTEM. Anything that is not shown on the Drawings but noted in the Specifications, or vice versa, or anything not expressly set forth in either, but which is required by Federal, State or local building codes, standards or regulations, shall be provided as though drawn or specified. B. Due to the scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, valves, etc., which may be required to complete the work. The plumbing subcontractor shall study ALL Drawings showing the structure and finished design of the building (as relevant information may be present on a drawing other than a Utility or Mechanical drawing) and shall furnish and install all fittings, etc., to complete the work. C. Examine all the contract documents and the actual site conditions, with special emphasis on all the adjoining work upon which the work of this section depends and if for any reason the plumbing subcontractor finds that the work cannot be done in accordance with the Plans and Specifications or applicable governing regulations, he shall immediately notify the Architect. Failure to do this, shall imply acceptance of the conditions and it shall become his responsibility for all costs for extra work involved. 1.04 INFORMATION A. The Plumbing subcontractor shall obtain detailed information from the manufacturers of apparatus which he is to furnish and/or install as to the proper method of installation and connections. He shall also be responsible for obtaining ALL information from the General Contractors and the other trades which may be necessary to facilitate the completion of his work. B. He shall be fully informed as to the conditions required for the proper installation of his apparatus and shall provide this information to other subcontractors as required, with sufficient advance notice so that all the work may proceed on schedule. The Plumbing subcontractor shall also furnish all sleeves and supports specified, shown or required and shall insert same. 1.05 CODES, PERMITS AND FEES A. All work shall be installed and tested in accordance with the PLUMBING 15400 - 3 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority Massachusetts State Plumbing Code and local regulations as they apply to the installation. Such laws and ordinances are considered a part of the Specification. B. The subcontractor shall file required notices and plans and shall secure and pay for all necessary permits for the installation, approving and /or testing of his work. C. If any portion of the Plans or Specification conflict with any rules and regulations with regard to type of materials, equipment, or fixtures to be used, the Plumbing subcontractor shall bring it to the Architect / Engineer's attention. 1.06 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to the Massachusetts State Building Codes, the following industries and all applicable standards published by them are a minimum requirement for this work: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 4. National Association of Plumbing/Heating/Cooling Contractors 5. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE): 6. Factory Mutual (FM): B. Drawings and other specification sections shall govern in those instances where requirements are greater than those specified in Codes. 1.07 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIALS AND DELIVERY A. All work of this section, shall be performed by skilled and qualified workmen who have a minimum of five years of experience in the installation of identical systems to those specified. B. Personnel: ensure that all persons performing work on the Project are skilled, knowledgeable and experienced in the methods and craftsmanship required of the Project and as necessary to achieve the required quality -levels for the Project work. 1. Where the work is required by local, state or federal agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, to be performed by a "licensed" person, the Contractor shall insure that such a licensed person is employed to perform the work. C. The subcontractor shall use only new materials, free from defects, and of good quality and shall deliver the same to the project site as required to conduct the work without delay to the project. D. NO SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS will be allowed without the expressed consent AND APPROVAL of the Owner's designated representative. In all cases where substitute materials are furnished, the subcontractor shall pay for additional work or charges required for the complete installation of PLUMBING 15400 - 4 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority the work. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300 Submittals. B. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Valves. 2. Water Closets and Accessories 3. Lavatories and Accessories 4. Kitchen Sinks and Accessories 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages or containers bearing product name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. C. During installation, Water Closets, Lavatories, Sinks and other like items, shall be protected against entry of dust, dirt, refuse and other foreign matter; and be cleaned both inside and outside before testing, operating and final acceptance. D. Damaged equipment shall be, as determined by the Owner's designated Representative, placed in first class operating condition or be returned to the source of supply for repair or replacement at no cost to the Owner. E. Finished surfaces shall be protected. Damaged finishes shall be refinished with the same material and quality workmanship as used by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of the Owner's designated Representative or the fixture replaced with a new fixture at no cost to the Owner. 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The subcontractor shall provide and maintain a complete "As -Built" record of his work and shall turn over these documents to the Owner's designated representative upon completion of the work. 1.11 CARTING, HANDLING AND CLEANUP A. The subcontractor shall do all carting, handling, hoisting, etc., for his material and equipment at his own expense, in a safe and satisfactory manner. Any damage resulting from the performance of this work, shall be paid by the subcontractor. B. Remove from the site and legally dispose of, at the end of each day, all cartons, rubbish and debris resulting from work of the Section. 1.12 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY PLUMBING 15400 - 5 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority A. The subcontractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all work included in this Section of the Specification and Drawings until it has been tested and accepted. B. After delivery and before, during and after installation, the subcontractor shall protect all equipment and materials from damage or loss and shall replace any material or equipment which has been lost or damaged due to his negligence at his own expense. 1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All material and equipment shall be listed, labeled or certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., standards where test standards have been established. B. Manufacturers Qualifications: The manufacturer shall regularly and presently produce, as one of the manufacturer's principal products, the equipment and material specified for this project, and shall have manufactured the item for at least five years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARRIERS A. ASME/ANSI Al 12.6.1 M, lavatory, floor mounted stanchion type chair carrier for stud cavity / drywall construction, with anchor foot assembly and support posts with extensions and chrome plated offset escutcheons. 2.02 SLEEVES, HANGERS, INSERTS AND FIXTURE SUPPORTS A. Pipe sleeves, pipe hangers and fixture supports for all piping shall be furnished and set by the subcontractor and the subcontractor shall be responsible for their proper and permanent location. B. Sleeves: Cast iron or steel pipe sleeves shall be furnished and set in walls where pipes are to pass through. Sleeves shall be two nominal sizes larger than pipe and large enough to provide approximately 1/4" clearance around insulation for insulated systems and shall finish flush with walls. C. Hangers: All piping shall be rigidly supported from the building structure by means of approved hangers, inserts, and supports. Pipe shall be supported to maintain required grading and pitching of lines to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place and shall be arranged so as to provide for proper expansion and contraction of pipe. All horizontal piping shall be hung with approved adjusted, malleable iron pipe hangers, unless otherwise specified and spaced according to code requirements and manufacturer's recommendations for each type and size of piping. Support to be provided at every change in line size, direction, and at tees, crosses, etc. PLUMBING 15400 - 6 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority D. Hangers for piping of sizes four inches and smaller shall be Grinnell, Type No. 1 A Band, or approved equal, black steel and hanger rods with machine threads. Hanger rods shall be secured by approved means only. E. Common runs of supply piping shall be supported on a single cross hanger consisting of prefabricated unistrut with rod support fittings and pipe guides. The subcontractor may share his hangers or the hangers of other subcontractors for the support of piping only by permission of the Architect. F. Each riser shall be supported with a pipe hanger at the top and at offset locations. Water riser shall have stiffeners attached an equal distance between floors and secured to studs. G. On insulated piping, each hanger shall be equipped with an 18 gauge steel shield to support the insulation and prevent the hanger from deforming the insulation. Each hanger shall be oversized so that the hanger will allow the insulation to pass through undisturbed and uncut. 2.03 PIPE, FITTINGS AND FABRICATION A. Sanitary and Vent Piping Above Ground: 1. Material: Service weight cast iron, hubless soil pipe and fittings conforming to latest standards. 2. Fabrication: Cast iron piping shall be jointed with neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamps as manufactured by Clamp -All and installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Sanitary and vent piping two inches and smaller may be Type DWV copper with drainage pattern fittings and 50-50 solder joints or minimum schedule 40 PVC. B. Water Piping Above Grade: 1. Materials: Type "L" copper tubing, hard drawn with solder type copper fittings. 2. Fabrication: Piping and Fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned over the full area of the mating parts after which solder shall be applied so as to flow over and offer complete bond to the full area of the mating parts. Excess solder shall be removed. Each joint shall be held rigid and still until completely cooled after being made up and soldered. Soft solder shall be lead free, Mueller Brass or approved equal. 2.04 INTERIOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Pipe: Copper tube, ASTM B88, type K or L, drawn. B. Fittings for Copper Tube: 1. Wrought copper or bronze castings conforming to ANSI 1316.18 and 1316.22. Unions shall be bronze, Fed. Spec. WW -U-516. Solder or braze joints. PLUMBING 15400 - 7 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Adapters: Provide adapters for joining screwed pipe to copper tubing. D. Solder: ASTM B32 Composition Sb5 HA or HB. Provide non -corrosive flux. E. Brazing alloy: AWS A5.8, Classification BCuP. 2.05 VALVES A. Furnish and install valves where indicated on the Drawings or specified, so located that they may be operated, repaired or replaced with a minimum of effort and repacked under pressure. Asbestos packing is prohibited. B. Shut-off: 1. Cold, Hot and Recirculating Hot Water: Fifty millimeter (2 inches) and smaller: Ball, Fed. Spec. WW -V-35, Type ll, Class 125, Style 1, three piece or double union end construction, full ported, full flow, with solder end connections, 2750 kPa (400 psi) WOG, MSS -SP -67. 2. Provide new stop valves at all fixtures. 2.06 PIPE INSULATION A. Furnish and install the following type pipe covering and insulation on all new hot water and cold water piping for the project, except branch supply immediately at fixtures. B. Cold and hot water piping valves and fittings insulation shall be 1/2" thick closed cell Neoprene foam rubber insulation, Armaflex or equal. C. All insulation installed shall pass through all walls, ceilings, and floors continuously and shall not be applied to any piping system until that system has been tested, proved tight and furnished with a sheet metal shield provided by the insulation subcontractor to support the insulation. D. Fire Safety: Insulating materials as described above or approved equal materials shall meet Fire and Smoke Hazard Classification ratings on a composite basis in accordance with NFPA 155 and UK 723. These products shall not exceed a flame spread and smoke rating minimum. Fitting covers shall not exceed maximum toxicity ratings. 2.07 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be iron body with heavy brass plug and raised nuts, same sizes as pipe for piping up to four inches in size and closed gas tight. 2.08 WATER CLOSETS A. Water Closets (Kolher Highline K -3427 -UR or approved equal, by American Standard, Eljer, Crane) Two piece, vitreous china, elongated bowl, 6 L (1.6 gallons) per flush, gravity flush floor outlet. Top of rim shall be between 410 and 435 mm (16 and 17 inches) above finished floor. Right hand chrome trip lever, fixture color white and include insuliner tank W/ top. PLUMBING 15400 - 8 of 11 Fled Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1. Seat: Kohler "Lustra" seat w/ cover K4652 -A white 2. Fittings and Accessories: Gaskets - neoprene; bolts with plated caps nuts and washers. B. Provide all required sanitary waste and supply piping and chrome plated supply line shut-off valve. 2.09 LAVATORIES A. Lavatory (Kolher Wall Mount K-1728 or approved equal, by American Standard, Eljer, Crane) ledge back, approximately 500 by 450 mm (20 by 18 inches), first quality vitreous china. Punchings for faucet on 4 -inch centers. Set with rim 864 mm (34 inches) above finished floor. Color white w/ polished chrome (K8998) trap and offset drain (K13885) 1. Faucet: Kohler K -16101-4A w/ chrome plated traditional handles 2. Stops: Lock shield, loose key, angle type with copper alloy control valve bodies, stems and gland nuts. Stops shall receive pipe with external thread ends. Supply pipe from wall to valve stop shall be rigid, threaded copper pipe. Supply pipe from valve stop to faucet shall be chrome plated flexible copper tubing. 3. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 40 by 32 mm (1-1 /2 by 1-1 /4 inch) P -trap. Adjustable with connected elbow and 1.4 mm thick (17 gauge) tubing extensions to wall. Exposed metal trap surfaces and connection hardware shall be chrome plated with a smooth bright finish. 2.10 KITCHEN SINKS A. Kitchen Sinks (Kolher K-3258 or approved equal, by American Standard, Eljer, Crane) self rimming, approximately (25 by 22 inches), 16 gauge stainless steel, single compartment. 3 Punchings for faucet on 4 -inch centers. Set with rim 864 mm (34 inches) above finished floor. Polished chrome trap. 1. Faucet: Kohler K-6272-4 w/ chrome plated lever handle inserts (K7266). 2. Sink Strainer: Kohler K-8801 polished Chrome. 3. Stops: Lock shield, loose key, angle type with copper alloy control valve bodies, stems and gland nuts. Stops shall receive pipe with external thread ends. Supply pipe from wall to valve stop shall be rigid, threaded copper pipe. Supply pipe from valve stop to faucet shall be chrome plated flexible copper tubing. 3. Trap: Cast copper alloy, 40 by 32 mm (1-1 /2 by 1-1 /4 inch) P -trap. Adjustable with connected elbow and 1.4 mm thick (17 gauge) tubing extensions to wall. Exposed metal trap surfaces and connection hardware shall be chrome plated with a smooth bright finish. B. Provide all required sanitary waste and supply piping and ball valve supply line shut -offs and stop valves at all new fixtures. PLUMBING 15400 - 9 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the PHCC National Standard Plumbing Code and the following: 1. Install branch piping for water and waste from the respective piping systems and connect to all fixtures, valves, cocks, outlets and equipment, including those furnished by the Owner or specified in other sections. 2. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper tools. 3. All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other work. 4. Install valves with stem in horizontal position whenever possible. All valves shall be easily accessible. Install valve in each water connection to fixture. 5. Install union and shut-off valve on pressure piping at connections to equipment. 6. All gravity waste drain lines inside the building with vertical drops over 6 m (20 feet) shall be provided with joint restraint on the vertical drop and horizontal offset or branch below the vertical drop. Joint restraint shall be accomplished by threaded, soldered, lead and oakum or grooved joints or a combination of pipe clamps and tie -rods as detailed in NFPA 24. Vertical joint restraint shall be provided from the fitting at the bottom of the vertical drop through every joint up to the riser clamp at the floor penetration of the floor above. Horizontal joint restraint shall be provided from the same fitting at the bottom of the vertical drop through every joint on the horizontal offset or branch for a minimum of 18 m (60 feet) or to anchoring point from the building structure. Joint restraint below ground shall be accomplished by thrust blocks detailed in NFPA 24. 7. All piping shall be supported per of the National Standard Plumbing Code, Chapter No. 8. If the vertical distance exceeds 6 m (20 feet) for cast iron pipe additional support shall be provided in the center of that span. Provide all necessary auxiliary steel to provide that support. 8. Install cast escutcheon with set screw at each wall, floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. 9. Penetrations: a. Fire Stopping: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls, smoke partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases b. Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances around the pipe and make watertight with sealant PLUMBING 15400 - 10 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 3.02 FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Fixture Setting: Opening between fixture and floor and wall finish shall be sealed. B. Supports and Fastening: Secure all fixtures, equipment and trimmings to partitions, walls and related finish surfaces. Exposed heads of bolts and nuts in finished rooms shall be hexagonal, polished chrome plated brass with rounded tops. C. Toggle Bolts: For hollow masonry units, finished or unfinished. D. Tightly cover and protect fixtures and equipment'against dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury. E. Where water closet waste pipe has to be offset due to beam interference, provide correct and additional piping necessary to eliminate relocation of water closet. 3.03 TESTS A. General: Test system either in its entirety or in sections. B. Piping Tests: Test new installed piping under 1 1/2 times actual operating conditions and prove tight. 3.04 CLEANING A. At completion of all work, fixtures, exposed materials and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned. END OF SECTION PLUMBING 15400 -11 of 11 Filed Sub -Bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 15500 HVAC PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the Contract and General Conditions and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. The work of this section is shown on drawings AM -1, AM -2, BM -1, and all Architectural Drawings 1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Furnish and install new ventilation systems, equipment and accessories and modify existing heating systems, in accordance with the specifications and drawings and as required to provide complete, safe, code compliant and properly operating systems. B. The Work of this section shall include, but not be limited to the: 1. Disconnection and removal of one existing dryer venting system. 2. Modification of existing 4" clothes dryer vent to accommodate relocated clothes dryer in Fountain Drive (667-1). 3. Modifications to existing hot water baseboard heating units and building heating system, including, but not limited to the removal of sections of existing baseboard heating, modification of existing baseboard heating convector covers, the relocation of existing baseboard heating units and the supply and installation of new baseboard heating to match the existing, where and as indicated. 4. Supply and installation of new toilet exhaust vent systems w/ ductwork insulation and coordination of same with other trades. 5. Securing of all required permits and approvals for the work and the Final testing of all existing heating and new exhaust fan systems in each of the buildings to insure proper and fully functional operation. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 02070 Selective Demolition 2. Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 3. Section 06200 Finish Carpentry 4. Section 15400 Plumbing 5. Section 16000 Electrical HVAC 15500 - 1 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.03 DESIGN INTENT A. It is the intention of the Drawings and this Specification to show and specify a COMPLETE SYSTEM. Anything that is not shown on the Drawings but noted in the Specifications, or vice versa, or anything not expressly set forth in either, but which is required by Federal, State or local building codes, standards or regulations, shall be provided as though drawn or specified. B. Due to the scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, hangers, and other accessories which may be required to complete the work. The HVAC subcontractor shall study ALL Drawings showing the structure and finished design of the building (as relevant information may be present on a drawing other than a Utility or Mechanical drawing) and shall furnish and install all products to complete the work. C. Examine all the contract documents and the actual site conditions, with special emphasis on all the adjoining work upon which the work of this section depends and if for any reason the HVAC subcontractor finds that the work cannot be done in accordance with the Plans and Specifications or applicable governing regulations, he shall immediately notify the General Contractor and the Architect. Failure to do this, shall imply acceptance of the conditions and it shall become his responsibility for all costs for extra work involved. 1.04 INFORMATION A. The HVAC subcontractor shall obtain detailed information from the manufacturers of apparatus which he is to furnish and/or install as to the proper method of installation and connections. He shall also be responsible for obtaining ALL information from the General Contractors and the other trades which may be necessary to facilitate the completion of his work. B. He shall be fully informed as to the conditions required for the proper installation of his apparatus and shall provide this information to other subcontractors as required, with sufficient advance notice so that all the work may proceed on schedule. The HVAC subcontractor shall also furnish all hangers and supports specified, shown or required and shall install same. 1.05 CODES, PERMITS AND FEES A. All work shall be installed and tested in accordance with the Massachusetts State Building Code and Plumbing Code and local regu- lations as they apply to the installation. Such laws and ordinances are considered a part of the Specification. B. The subcontractor shall file required notices and plans and shall secure and pay for all necessary permits for the installation, approving and /or testing of his work. HVAC 15500 - 2 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. If any portion of the Plans or Specification conflict with any rules and regulations with regard to type of materials, equipment, or fixtures to be used, the HVAC subcontractor shall bring it to the Architect / Engineer's attention. 1.06 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to the Massachusetts State Building Codes, the following industries and all applicable standards published by them are a minimum requirement for this work: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 4. National Association of Plumbing/Heating/Cooling Contractors 5. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE): 6. Factory Mutual (FM): B. Drawings and other specification sections shall govern in those instances where requirements are greater than those specified in Codes. 1.07 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIALS AND DELIVERY A. All work of this section, shall be performed by skilled and qualified workmen who have a minimum of five years of experience in the installation of identical systems to those specified. B. Personnel: ensure that all persons performing work on the Project are skilled, knowledgeable and experienced in the methods and craftsmanship required of the Project and as necessary to achieve the required quality -levels for the Project work. 1. Where the work is required by local, state or federal agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, to be performed by a "licensed" person, the Contractor shall insure that such a licensed person is employed to perform the work. C. The subcontractor shall use only new materials, free from defects, and of good quality and shall deliver the same to the project site as required to conduct the work without delay to the project. D. NO SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS will be allowed without the expressed consent AND APPROVAL of the Owner's designated representative. In all cases where substitute materials are furnished, the subcontractor shall pay for additional work or charges required for the complete installation of the work. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01300 Submittals. B. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Toilet Exhaust Vent System and accessories. 2. Baseboard heating units HVAC 15500 - 3 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages or containers bearing product name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. C. During installation, toilet exhaust vent systems, baseboard heating units and accessories shall be protected against entry of dust, dirt, refuse and other foreign matter; and be cleaned both inside and outside before testing, operating and final acceptance. D. Damaged equipment shall be, as determined by the Owner's designated Representative, placed in first class operating condition or be returned to the source of supply for repair or replacement at no cost to the Owner. E. Finished surfaces shall be protected. Damaged finishes shall be refinished with the same material and quality workmanship as used by the manufacturer to the satisfaction of he Owner's designated Representative or the damaged product replaced with new product at no cost to the Owner. 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. The subcontractor shall provide and maintain a complete "As -Built" record of his work and shall turn over these documents to the Owner's designated representative upon completion of the work. 1.11 CARTING, HANDLING AND CLEANUP A. The subcontractor shall do all carting, handling, hoisting, etc., for his material and equipment at his own expense, in a safe and satisfactory manner. Any damage resulting from the performance of this work, shall be paid by the subcontractor. B. Remove from the site and legally dispose of, at the end of each day, all cartons, rubbish and debris resulting from work of the Section. 1.12 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. The subcontractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all work included in this Section of the Specification and Drawings until it has been tested and accepted. B. After delivery and before, during and after installation, the subcontractor shall protect all equipment and materials from damage or loss and shall replace any material or equipment which has been lost or damaged due to his negligence at his own expense. HVAC 15500 - 4 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All material and equipment shall be listed, labeled or certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., standards where test standards have been established. B. Manufacturers Qualifications: The manufacturer shall regularly and presently produce, as one of the manufacturer's principal products, the equipment and material specified for this project, and shall have manufactured the item for at least five years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SLEEVES, HANGERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Pipe sleeves, pipe hangers and supports for all piping shall be furnished and set by the subcontractor and the subcontractor shall be responsible for their proper and permanent location. B. Sleeves: Cast iron or steel pipe sleeves shall be furnished and set in walls where pipes are to pass through. Sleeves shall be two nominal sizes larger than pipe and large enough to provide approximately 1/4" clearance around insulation for insulated systems and shall finish flush with walls. C. Hangers: All piping shall be rigidly supported from the building structure by means of approved hangers, inserts, and supports. Pipe shall be supported to maintain required grading and pitching of lines to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place and shall be arranged so as to provide for proper expansion and contraction of pipe. All horizontal piping shall be hung with approved adjusted, malleable iron pipe hangers, unless otherwise specified and spaced according to code requirements and manufacturer's recommendations for each type and size of piping. Support to be provided at every change in line size, direction, and at tees, crosses, etc. D. Hangers for piping of sizes four inches and smaller shall be Grinnell, Type No. 1 A Band, or approved equal, black steel and hanger rods with machine threads. Hanger rods shall be secured by approved means only. E. Common runs of supply piping shall be supported on a single cross hanger consisting of prefabricated unistrut with rod support fittings and pipe guides. The subcontractor may share his hangers or the hangers of other subcontractors for the support of piping only by permission of the Architect. F. Each riser shall be supported with a pipe hanger at the top and at offset locations. Water riser shall have stiffeners attached an equal distance between floors and secured to studs. HVAC 15500 - 5 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority G. On insulated piping, each hanger shall be equipped with an 18 gauge steel shield to support the insulation and prevent the hanger from deforming the insulation. Each hanger shall be oversized so that the hanger will allow the insulation to pass through undisturbed and uncut. 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A. Furnish and install the following type pipe covering and insulation on all new heating piping for the project, except branch supply immediately at fixtures. B. Cold and hot water piping valves and fittings insulation shall be 1/2" thick closed cell Neoprene foam rubber insulation, Armaflex or equal. C. All insulation installed shall pass through all walls, ceilings, and floors continuously and shall not be applied to any piping system until that system has been tested, proved tight and furnished with a sheet metal shield provided by the insulation subcontractor to support the insulation. D. Fire Safety: Insulating materials as described above or approved equal materials shall meet Fire and Smoke Hazard Classification ratings on a composite basis in accordance with NFPA 155 and UK 723. These products shall not exceed a flame spread and smoke rating minimum. Fitting covers shall not exceed maximum toxicity ratings. 2.03 TOILET EXHAUST VENT SYSTEM A. Toilet Exhaust Fan (Single -Port in-line, attic mounted Guardian Model SP200 Exhaust Fan by Broan or approved equal by NuTone, Miami -Carey, Dayton Electric) for Fountain Drive (667-1), Bingham Way (667-2) and Fould's Terrace (667-3) Toilets. 1. HOUSING: Steel housing finished with electrically -bonded black epoxy paint, w/ removable panel quick access to blower for cleaning and servicing without disturbing ductwork , 6" round inlet and 6" round outlet for duct connections. All wiring and ductwork to be connected from the outside of the housing 2. BLOWER: High pressure, centrifugal blower to accommodate extended duct runs w/ Permanent Split Capacitor (PSC) Plug-in motor, Permanently -lubricated, designed for continuous operation with Metal blower wheels. Unit to be HVI certified. B. Vent System Accessories: Supply and install new Toilet exhaust vent system complete, to include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Single wall, spiral seam, galvanized sheet metal duct work. all duct and fittings shall be a minimum G-60 galvanized sheet metal in accordance with ASTM A653 and A924 specifications. Gauges are to be in accordance with current SMACNA standards HVAC 15500 - 6 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 2. Fittings: Round elbows in diameters of 12 inches or less may be of 22 -gauge minimum die -stamped (45 and 90 degrees) construction. Nonstandard bend angle configurations or 1/2 -inch diameter (e.g., 3 1/2 inches, 41 /2 inches, etc.) elbows shall be of gored construction. 3. Ceiling Grille: min. 12" x 12" for recessed, drywall, ceiling mount. Two Cone type, galvanized steel, pre -finished white w/ pre- fabricated housing and all duct connection accessories. 4. Roof Exhaust: Pre -finished, roof top termination , w/ flashing collar and domed weather cap. 5. Other items and accessories as may be required to provide a complete and fully functional Toilet Vent System. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the PHCC National Standard Plumbing Code and the following: 1. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper tools. 2. All pipe and duct runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other work. 3. Penetrations: a. Fire Stopping: Where pipes or ducts pass through fire partitions, fire walls, smoke partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that provides an effective barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases b. Waterproofing: At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances around the pipe and make watertight with sealant 3.02 TESTS A. General: Test system either in. its entirety or in sections. B. Toilet Vent System Tests: Test new installed Toilet Vent System under actual operating conditions, eliminate leaks and prove tight. 3.03 CLEANING A. At completion of all work, exposed materials and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned. END OF SECTION HVAC 15500 - 7 of 7 Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL "FILED SUB -BID REQUIRED" PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Attention is directed to the Contract and General Conditions and all Sections within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications. B. The work of this section is shown on drawings AE -1, BE -1 and CE -1 C. Time, Manner and Requirements for Submitting Sub -Bids: 1. Sub -Bids for work under this Section shall be for the Complete Work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at the Time and Place stipulated in the "ADVERTISEMENT" and in accordance with the requirements of the "INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS". The Following information shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope to be submitted: Name of Sub -Bidder: Project Name: Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers Sub -Bid for Section: Section 16000 ELECTRICAL 2. Each Sub -Bid submitted for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by the Awarding Authority (herein in Division 0), as required by Section 44F of Chapter 149 of the Massachusetts General Laws as amended. 3. Sub -Bids filed with the Awarding Authority shall be accompanied by a BID DEPOSIT in the amount of 5% of the amount of the BID, in the form of a BID BOND or Certified Check, from an institution or Surety, naming the Awarding Authority as the Obligee. 1.02 SUMMARY OF WORK A. Furnish and install electrical wiring, fixtures, systems, equipment and accessories in accordance with the specifications and drawings and as required to provide complete, safe and properly operating systems. B. The Work of this section shall include, but not be limited to the: 1. Removal and proper disposal of existing lighting fixtures, equipment connections, receptacles, outlets and wiring indicated to ELECTRICAL 16000 -1 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority be removed in the existing and new toilet areas. 2. Removal of existing laundry fixture services and reconfiguration of existing circuits. 3. Removal of existing electric range services and reconfiguration of existing circuits. 4. Removal of existing range hoods services and reconfiguration of existing circuits. 5. Removal of existing hardwired alarm and detection devices, relocation and reinstallation of same and reconfiguration of existing circuits. 6. Proper disconnection and termination of feeds for fixtures and devices to be removed by the Contractor and equipment to be removed by others. 7. Reconfiguration / relocation of existing circuits and feeds and supply and installation of new circuits and feeds as required to facilitate the new work, including existing telephone services and thermostats. 8. Supply and installation of new lighting fixtures as specified and as indicated on the drawings. 9. Supply and installation of new GFI receptacles as specified and as indicated on the drawings. 10. Supply and installation of new fire alarm strobe as specified and as indicated on the drawings. 11. Supply and installation of new power connections and receptacles (as required) for new electric cook top and vent hoods w/ light as specified and as indicated on the drawings. 12. Supply and install new electric service for new toilet exhaust vent systems, w/ new switching tied into new toilet lighting switching. 13. Supply and installation of other items as may be required to provide complete systems in conformance with the overall Project design and intent. 14. Supply and Installation of a new 200 amp electrical service to the Building with a new 200 amp main panel, new weather head, new meter box and meter, new primary feed to panel, feed existing 100 amp panel from new panel at Bingham Way only and all work necessary to provide a complete, leagal and fully function system. See section 1.08 WORK PERFORMANCE item G for additional information. C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 02070 Selective Demolition 2. Section 11452 Residential Appliances 3. Section 15400 Plumbing 4. Section 15500 HVAC ELECTRICAL 16000 - 2 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Manufacturer's original catalog data and descriptive information shall be supplied for each type of product specified. C. Product certificates signed by manufacturers that their products comply with specified requirements. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages or containers bearing product name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. C. During installation, enclosures, equipment, controls, controllers, circuit protective devices, and other like items, shall be protected against entry of foreign matter; and be vacuum cleaned both inside and outside before testing, operating and painting. D. Damaged equipment shall be, as determined by the Owner's designated Representative, placed in first class operating condition or be returned to the source of supply for repair or replacement. E. Painted surfaces shall be protected with factory installed removable heavy kraft paper, sheet vinyl or equal. F. Damaged paint on equipment and materials shall be refinished with the same quality of paint and workmanship as used by the manufacturer so repaired areas are not obvious. 1.05 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS A. References to Massachusetts State Building Codes, National Electrical Code (NEC), Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) are a minimum requirement standard. B. Drawings and other specification sections shall govern in those instances where requirements are greater than those specified in NEC. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All material and equipment shall be listed, labeled or certified by a nationally recognized testing laboratory to meet Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., standards where test standards have been established. ELECTRICAL 16000 - 3 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority B. Manufacturers Qualifications: The manufacturer shall regularly and presently produce, as one of the manufacturer's principal products, the equipment and material specified for this project, and shall have manufactured the item for at least five years. C. Personnel: ensure that all persons performing work on the Project are skilled, knowledgeable and experienced in the methods and craftsmanship required of the Project and as necessary to achieve the required quality -levels for the Project work. 1. Where the work is required by local, state or federal agencies having jurisdiction over the Project, to be performed by a "licensed" person, the Contractor shall insure that such a licensed person is employed to perform the work. 1.07 CODES, PERMITS AND FEES A. All work shall be installed and tested in accordance with the Massachusetts State Building Code and local regulations as they apply to the installation. Such laws and ordinances are considered a part of the Specification. B. The subcontractor shall file required notices and plans and shall secure and pay for all necessary permits for the installation, approving and /or testing of his work. C. The Electrical Sub -Contractor shall coordinate with the local electric utility company regarding all new work and / or service installations and all backcharges by the local electric utility company shall be billed directly to the North Andover Housing Authority. D. If any portion of the Plans or Specification conflict with any rules and regulations with regard to type of materials, equipment, or fixtures to be used, the plumbing subcontractor shall bring it to the Architect/Engineer's attention. A. Arrange, phase and perform work to assure electrical service for other areas of the building at all times. B. New work shall be installed and connected to existing work neatly and carefully. Disturbed or damaged work shall be replaced or repaired to its prior conditions, as required by Owner's Designated Representative. C. Coordinate location of equipment and conduit with other trades to minimize interference's D. Equipment location shall be as close as practical to locations shown on the drawings. ELECTRICAL 16000 - 4 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority E. Clearances shall not be less than specified by NEC for all voltages. F. Where connecting new work to existing services, work and related components shall include, but not be limited to additions or changes to branch circuits, circuit protective devices, conduits, wire, feeders, controls, panels and installation methods. G. Notes specifically regarding Supply and Installation of a new 200 amp panel and new meter and refeed existing 100 amp panel at Bingham Way only: Existing electric service main panel is located in the basement on the right end of the building. The existing panel does not have a main breaker. It is intended therefore that a new 200 amp service is to be brought into the building with a new weatherhead, new primary feed, new meter box and meter and that a new 200 amp panel be installed adjacent to the existing 100 amp main panel with a new feed from the meter. The new 200 amp panel shall be provided with a proper primary main breaker and new circuit breakers. The existing panel shall be fed from the new panel and all new circuits shall be taken off the new panel. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of the removal of the existing service and the supply and installation of the new service to the building with the owner and the local electric utility. All work required for a complete, legal and fully functional new electrical service, not provided by the local utility company, shall be the responsibility of the electrical contractor including demolition and disposal. Any Utility Backcharges will be billed directly to the North Andover Housing Authority. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAY AND FITTINGS A. Raceways General 1. Rigid steel conduit shall be of mild steel tube, hot dip galvanized with an interior baked -on enamel or equivalent finish. 2. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) shall be of mild steel tube galvanized outside and with an enameled surface inside. 3. Acceptable Manufacturers: Pittsburg Standard Conduit Company, Republic Steel and Tube, Youngstown Sheet and Tube Co.,Carlon. ELECTRICAL 16000 - 5 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority B. Fittings 1. Rigid steel conduit fittings, couplings and connectors shall be threaded and shall be galvanized or cadmium plated. Conduit fittings and outlet boxes shall be held in place by fittings of a type approved by the Architect. Steel supports or racks shall be galvanized steel channel and fittings, Unistrut, Kindorf or Husky Products Company, or equal. 2. Couplings and connectors for electric metallic tubing shall be galvanized steel of the compression type other than the indenter type and with insulated throat. Set -screw type couplings or connectors will not be permitted. 3. Provide insulated bushings on all conduits 1" diameter and larger. 4. Manufacturer's standard fittings shall be used for raceway supports. Raceways on trapeze hangers shall be secured to trapeze. Ty -raps or wire is not allowed as a method of securing raceways. 5. Expansion fittings shall be used where structural and concrete expansion joints occur and shall include a ground strap. 6. Acceptable Manufacturers: Crousehinds , Steel City, RACO C. Outlet and Switch Boxes 1. Outlet and switch boxes shall be of the proper type and size for each application and shall be suitable for the apparatus to be mounted thereon or therein. 2. Gang type boxes shall be of unit construction of the size required at each location. 3. Outlet and switch boxes for exposed work shall be of the cast ferroalloy type with inside threaded hubs; boxes for flush work shall be of the pressed steel type. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: Cast Boxes Appleton or Crouse -Hinds pressed steel type-Raco, Steel City. D. Pull and Junction Boxes 1. Pull and junction boxes shall be of adequate size to permit the installation of conductors without excessive bending which will damage conductor insulation. Boxes shall not be smaller than required by MEC Article 370.20x. 2. Gang type boxes shall be of unit construction of the size required at each location. 3. Boxes for installation indoors shall be of sheet steel construction. 4. Sheet steel boxes shall be of drip proof welded seam construction with turned in lips drilled and tapped for fastening of covers, shall be primed and given a finish coat of gray enamel inside and outside. E. Wires and Cables Wires and cables shall be soft drawn copper of the sizes and types ELECTRICAL 16000 - 6 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority as shown and specified. Minimum size conductor shall be #12 AWG for branch power & lighting work, 14 AWG for control circuit work. Conductors #8 AWG or larger shall be stranded. 2. Conductors for secondary work shall be NEC type THW, THWN, THHN or XHHW, 600 volt insulation with maximum copper operating temperature of 90 deg. C. 3. Acceptable manufacturers: American Wire and Cable, Cabelc , Okonite F. Wiring Devices and Plates 1. Wiring devices shall be of the Specification Grade with composition bodies and operating handles and shall be as manufactured by Hubbell, Pass and Seymour, Levitron or approved equal. 2. Switches shall be of the quiet operating type with screw terminals for side wiring rated at 120/277 volts AC and shall be of adequate ampere ratings for the loads controlled in accordance with code requirements. Toggle switches shall be equal to Hubbell 1221. 3. Ground fault interrupter type receptacle shall be 125V, 20A, 2P, 3W grounding feed through type equal to Hubbell GF5350. 4. Device plates shall be of the proper type and number of gangs for each device and group of devices. Plates for installation in finished type spaces shall match existing Plastic plates, pressed steel for installation in unfinished areas; of the cast ferralloy spring lift cover type for outdoors or where designated weatherproof. 2.02 PANELBOARD A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide panelboard, enclosure and auxiliary components, of types, sizes, and ratings indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design and construction in accordance with published product information; equip with proper number of unit panelboard devices as required for complete installation. Where types, sizes, or ratings are not indicated, comply with NEC, UL and established industry standards for those applications indicated. B. Panelboard: Provide dead -front safety type panelboards as indicated, with switching and protective devices in quantities, ratings, types and arrangement shown; with anti -burn solderless pressure type lug connectors approved for copper conductors; construct unit for connecting feeders at top of panel; equip with copper bus bars, full-sized neutral bar, equipment groundbus, with bolt -in type heavy-duty, quick -make, quick - break, single pole circuit -breakers, with toggle handles that indicate when tripped. Provide suitable lugs on neutral bus for each outgoing feeder required; provide bare uninsulated grounding bars suitable for bolting bare uninsulated grounding bars suitable for bolting to enclosures. Select enclosures fabricated by same manufacturer as panelboards, and which mate properly with panelboards. ELECTRICAL 16000 - 7 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority C. Panelboard Enclosures: Provide galvanized sheet metal cabinet type enclosures, in sizes and NEMA types as indicated, code -gage, minimum 16 -gage thickness. Construct with multiple knockouts and wiring gutters. Provide fronts with adjustable indicating trim clamps, and doors with flush locks and keys, all panelboard enclosures keyed alike, with concealed piano door hinges and door swings as indicated. Equip with interior circuit -directory frame, and card with clear plastic covering. Provide baked gray enamel finish over a rust inhibitor coating. Design enclosures for surface mounting. Provide enclosures fabricated by same manufacturer as panelboards, and which mate properly with panelboards to be enclosed. 2.03 LIGHTING SYSTEM A. Furnish and install a complete lighting system consisting of lighting fixtures, lamps, switches, branch wiring, supports, etc. as shown and specified. B. Lighting fixtures shall be of the quantities shown and of the types and manufacturers (or approved equals) as scheduled below: 1. New Toilet Room Fixtures Surface Mounted, 120 v energy efficient, fluorescent "Wall / Surface mount" type fixture, UL rated for "Damp" areas, approximately 5"x 5" x 48" long, w/ LE energy saving ballast Rapid Start, w/ two lamps. White in color w/ white acrylic prismatic lens, by Progress, Lightolier or an approved equal. C. Fluorescent lamp ballasts shall be energy saving Class P, high power factor type, CBM-ETL certified with a sound rating (where available) as manufactured by Advance, Valmont, Magnetek, Universal, or equal. D. Lamps shall be of the energy saving type number and types as scheduled and shall be as manufactured by Sylvania, General Electric, Osram, Phillips. 2.04 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES A. General: 1. All wiring for the fire alarm system devices shall comply with the NEC, Article 760. Raceways containing conductors identified as "Fire Protective Alarm System" conductors shall not contain any other conductors, and A.C. current carrying conductors will not be allowed in the same raceway with the D.C. fire alarm detection and signaling conductors. 2. Furnish and install equipment, wiring and accessories in accordance with the following specifications. To be wired, connected and placed in first class operating condition. ELECTRICAL 16000 - 8 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority a. All equipment shall be listed by Underwriters laboratories or approved by Factory Mutual or as accepted by the authority having jurisdiction. b. The devices, wiring and accessories, in their entirety shall be in compliance with all applicable fire and electrical codes and comply with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction over said systems. C. The new devices shall match existing system manufacturer or be capable of directly interfacing with the existing Building control panel, including power supplies, audible and visual alarm devices, and all accessories required. B. Codes and Standards 1. All equipment, devices and cable, shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories and/or approved by Factory Mutual for the purpose of fire alarm systems. 2. ' New devices shall comply with all local and state codes. 3. The system shall comply with ALL applicable sections of the following Standards and Guides: a. NFPA 72 (A, B, C, D) b. NFPA 72G C. NFPA 72E d. NFPA 90A e. NFPA Life Safety Code #101 f. 70 NEC g. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 4. All test requirements shall be as required by the local authority having jurisdiction and NFPA 72H. C. Alarm Indication Strobe Devices: Audible and visual initiating Strobe devices shall be Horn / Strobe light assembly with the word FIRE on two sides. The horn and light assembly shall be surface mounted. Units shall be installed where shown on plans using Class A supervised circuits. A break in one or both conductors will not prevent the unit from operating on either side of the break. D. Wiring: 1. The installer shall coordinate the installation of the fire alarm equipment with the manufacturer or his authorized distributor. All conductor and wiring shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. It shall be the installers responsibility to coordinate with the supplier the correct wiring procedures prior to installing any conduits or conductors. 2. System components shall be installed in accordance with the latest revisions of the appropriate NFPA pamphlets, the requirements ELECTRICAL 16000 - 9 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority contained herein, National Electrical Code, local and state regulations, the requirements of the fire department and other applicable authorities having jurisdiction (AHJ). Pigtail connections between circuit wires and detector terminals are not acceptable. Devices shall be connected directly to the circuit line wires. For inside wiring refer to the appropriate NFPA Standard for acceptable wiring and installation requirements. All wire used on the fire alarm systems shall have a minimum insulation rating of 105 degrees Centigrade. Bell wire or thermostat wire is not acceptable. Low energy UL listed fire protective signaling circuit cable with 105 degree Centigrade insulation may be used when allowed by the local authority having jurisdiction. E. Guarantee and Final Test: The contractor shall guarantee all equipment and wiring free from any mechanical and electrical defects for a period of one year from date of the final acceptance. Before the installation shall be considered completed and acceptable by the awarding authority, a test on the system shall be performed as follows: The contractor's job foreman, in the presence of a representative of the manufacturer, a representative of the owner, and the fire department shall operate each new building fire alarm device to ensure proper operation, correct annunciation at each remote annunciator and the existing control panel. One half of all tests shall be performed on battery stand-by power. Where applying heat would destroy any detector, they may be manually operated. The initiating circuit and the signaling circuits shall be opened in at least two locations open zone to check for the presence of correct supervisory circuitry. When the testing has been completed to the satisfaction of both the contractors' job foreman and the representatives of the manufacturer and owner, a notarized letter co-signed by each attesting to the satisfactory completion of said testing shall be forwarded to the owner and the fire department. The contractor shall place the fire alarm system in proper working order and without additional expense to the owner, shall replace any defective materials or equipment provided by him under this contract within one year from the date of final acceptance by the awarded authority. Prior to final test, the fire department must be notified within a reasonable time of test (at least 24 hours).The contractor shall provide the necessary personnel and equipment to conduct the tests outlined above. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION METHODS: A. General: 1. Provide materials and equipment as shown and specified or as required to provide complete and satisfactory operating systems omitting only those items specifically excluded. Make connections to equipment, devices, etc., provided or installed under this Section ELECTRICAL 16000 - 10 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority and to equipment furnished under other Sections as shown and specified. 2. Work as shown is diagrammatic. Locations, mounting heights, routings, etc., of equipment and devices shall be verified prior to installation. Check all Contract and shop Drawings, consult with those installing work specified under other Sections regarding locations of apparatus, pipes, ducts, etc. Select locations for the work covered under this Section which shall provide for the proper access and which will avoid interferences with the work specified under other Sections. 3. Install work in finished areas concealed and flush except as shown or specified otherwise. 4. At completion of project, relamp all fixtures which have ailed / burned -out lamps. Clean all lenses, diffusers and louvers which have accumulated dust/dirt during construction. 5. Align, mount and level the lighting fixtures uniformly. B. Use of Raceways: 1. Use liquid tight flexible metal conduit for all final connections to motors and other equipment requiring flexible connections. 2. Use flexible metallic conduit for final connections to recessed lighting fixtures. 3. Use EMT for all other work. C. Installation of Raceways: 1. Install exposed raceways parallel to building walls and floors. Routings shall be as approved by the Engineer. 2. Support conduits at intervals not exceeding 10'. 3. Keep raceways separated from runs of steam, hot water and similar piping by at least 12 inches. 4. Terminate conduits entering sheet metal enclosures using double locknuts and insulating bushings. D. Install equipment in accordance with recommendations and/or instructions of the equipment manufacturers. 3.02 PANELBOARDS: A. Installer must examine areas and conditions under which panelboards and enclosures are to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ri B. Panels will be connected to existing and/or new feeders as indicated on ELECTRICAL 16000 - 11 of 12 Filed Sub -bid Physical Access Improvements Three Community Centers North Andover Housing Authority the Drawings. C. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for connectors. D. Anchor enclosures firmly to walls and structural surfaces, ensuring that they are permanently and mechanically secure. E. Provide electrical connections within enclosures. F. Provide "Typed", not Handwritten panelboard's circuit directory card upon completion of installation work. 3.03 GROUNDING: A. Provide equipment grounding connections for panelboards as indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards 486A and B to assure permanent and effective grounds. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Prior to energizing of circuitry, check all accessible connections for compliance with manufacturer's tightening torque Specifications. B. Prior to energizing of panelboards, check with ground resistance tester phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground insulation resistance levels to ensure requirements are fulfilled. C. Prior to energizing, check panelboards for electrical continuity of circuits, and for short-circuits. D. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize panelboards and demonstrate functioning in accordance with requirements. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units, and then retest to demonstrate compliance. END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL 16000 - 12 of 12 Filed Sub -bid